diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/epslatex-fr/btxdoc.bib')
-rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/epslatex-fr/btxdoc.bib | 13392 |
1 files changed, 13392 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/epslatex-fr/btxdoc.bib b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/epslatex-fr/btxdoc.bib new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a4631c729c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/epslatex-fr/btxdoc.bib @@ -0,0 +1,13392 @@ +This is BTXDOC.BIB in text format, as of Mar 31, 1986. +Copyright (C) 1985, all rights reserved. + +You can put a comment in a database file as long as it's not within an +entry. If you really want to put a comment inside an entry, simply +make up a never-to-be-used field. + +@string{AW="Addison-Wesley"} +@String{TUGboat = "TUGboat"} +@String{j-GUTENBERG = "Cahiers GUTenberg"} +@String{pub-PEACHPIT = "Peachpit Press, Inc."} +@String{pub-PEACHPIT+adr= "1085 Keith Avenue, Berkeley, CA 94708, USA"} +@String{pub-SV = "Springer Verlag"} + +@String{pub-SV+adr = "Berlin, Germany~/ Heidelberg, Germany~/ + London, UK~/ etc."} +@String{j-COMP-PHYS-COMM = "Computer Physics Communications"} + +@COMMENT{You may put a comment in a `comment' command, + the way you would with SCRIBE.} + +@COMMENT{ "\newcommand{\noopsort}[1]{} " + # "\newcommand{\singleletter}[1]{#1} " } +@PREAMBLE{ "\def\PiCTeX{P\kern-.12em\lower.5ex\hbox{I}\kern-.075emC\kern-.11em\TeX} " } + +@BOOK{latex-manual-old, + AUTHOR = {Leslie Michel Lamport}, + TITLE = {The {\LaTeX} Document Preparation System}, + PUBLISHER = {Addison-Wesley}, + EDITION="premi{\`e}re", + ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts", + YEAR = {1986} + } + +@BOOK{latex-manual, + AUTHOR = {Leslie Michel Lamport}, + TITLE = {{\LaTeX}: {A} Document Preparation System: User's Guide and Reference Manual}, + PUBLISHER = {Addison-Wesley}, + ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts", + EDITION="seconde", + ISBN="0-201-52983-1", + LCCN="Z253.4.L38L35 1994", + PAGES="xvi + 272", + YEAR = {1994} + } + +@BOOK{math-type, + AUTHOR = {Ellen E. Swanson}, + TITLE = {{M}athematics into {T}ype}, + YEAR = {1986}, + PUBLISHER = {American Mathematical Society}, + ADDRESS = "P.O. Box 6248, Providence, Rhode Island 02940" + } + +@MISC{amsmath1999, + TITLE="{U}ser's {G}uide for the amsmath {P}ackage", + PUBLISHER = {American Mathematical Society}, + ADDRESS = "P.O. Box 6248, Providence, Rhode Island 02940", + MONTH=dec, + YEAR=1999} + + +@MISC {prime-number-theorem, + AUTHOR = "de la Vall{\'e}e Poussin, Charles Louis Xavier Joseph", + NOTE = "Une forme forte du th{\'e}or{\`e}me des nombres premiers, 19i{\`e}me si{\`e}cle" + } + +@MANUAL {unix, + TITLE = "{UNIX}, {\sc Unix} de base au {CERT}", + PUBLISHER = "CERT-ONERA", + ORGANIZATION = "CERT-ONERA/GPI", + AUTHOR = "Drucbert, Jean-Pierre and Vignat, Jean-Claude", + YEAR = "1994", + NOTE = "Une introduction au syst{\`e}me {\sc Unix}" + } + +@MANUAL {latex-memo, + TITLE="M{\'e}mento {\LaTeX}", + AUTHOR = "Jean-Pierre Drucbert and Robert Houdeville", + PUBLISHER = "ONERA-Centre de Toulouse", + ORGANIZATION = "ONERA-Centre de Toulouse/SRI", + NOTE="Une br\`eve introduction \`a {\LaTeX}", + YEAR = "{\number\year}" + } + +@Manual {scribe, + TITLE="Scribe Document Production System User Manual", + ORGANIZATION = {Unilogic, Ltd.}, + ADDRESS = "Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania", + MONTH =apr, + YEAR=1984, + note = {Le chapitre 12 et les appendices E8--E10 traitent des bibliographies}, + key = "Scribe" +} + +@BOOK {strunk-and-white, + AUTHOR = "Strunk, Jr., William and E. B. White", + TITLE= "The Elements of Style", + PUBLISHER = "Macmillan Publishing Company", + EDITION = "troisi{\`e}me", + YEAR = 1979, + ISBN = "0-02-418190-0", + ADDRESS = "New York" + } + +@BOOK {texbook, + AUTHOR = "Donald~E. Knuth", + TITLE= "The {\TeX{}book}", + PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley", + YEAR = "1989{\noopsort{a}}", + EDITION="seizi{\`e}me", + ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts", + VOLUME = "A", + SERIES = "{C}omputers and {T}ypesetting", +NOTE="Revised to cover {\TeX}3, 1991" + } + +@MISC {plain.tex-3.14159, + AUTHOR = "Donald~E. Knuth", + NOTE="Fichier source {{\tt plain.tex}}", + TITLE="{\PlainTeX}", + } + +@BOOK {vanleunen, + TITLE = "A Handbook for Scholars", + AUTHOR = "Leunen, Marie-Claire van", + PUBLISHER = {Alfred A. Knopf}, + YEAR = 1979, + ADDRESS = "New York" + } + +@BOOK {ps-design, + TITLE= "{PostScript} Language Program Design", + SERIES= "{Adobe Systems Inc.}", + AUTHOR= "Glenn C. Reid", + PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley", + YEAR = 1988, + EDITION = "deuxi\`eme", + ISBN = "0-201-14396-8", + ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts" + } + +@BOOK {ps-tutorial, + TITLE= "{PostScript} Language, Tutorial and Cookbook", + EDITOR= "{Adobe Systems Inc.}", + PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley", + ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts", + ISBN="0-201-10179-3", + YEAR= 1985 + } + +@BOOK {ps-exemple, + TITLE= "{PostScript} par l'{Exemple}", + EDITOR= "{Adobe Systems Inc.}", + PUBLISHER= "Inter\'Editions", + YEAR= 1987 + } + +@BOOK {ps-intro, + TITLE= "Introduction {\`a} {PostScript}", + AUTHOR= "Holzgang, David A.", + PUBLISHER= "{SYBEX}", + YEAR= 1987, + ADDRESS = "6--8, Impasse du Cur{\'e}, 75018 Paris" + } + +@BOOK {ps-compr, + TITLE= "Comprendre {PostScript}", + AUTHOR= "Holzgang, David A.", + PUBLISHER= "{SYBEX}", + YEAR= 1992, + ADDRESS = "6--8, Impasse du Cur{\'e}, 75018 Paris" + } + +@BOOK {ps-service, + TITLE= "{PostScript} {\`a} {V}otre {S}ervice", + AUTHOR= "Kertesz, Judith and Breteis, Pierre", + PUBLISHER= "B.I.P.", + SERIES= "{Edit2000}", + VOLUME="1", + YEAR= 1987 + } + +@BOOK {ps-livre, + TITLE= "{Le} {Livre} de {PostScript}", + AUTHOR= "{\'E}minet, Bernard-Paul", + PUBLISHER="P.S.I. Micro-\'Edition", + ADDRESS="BP 86 - 77402 Lagny-s/Marne CEDEX - France", + YEAR= 1987 + } + +@BOOK {ps-facile, + TITLE= "{PostScript} facile", + AUTHOR= "Gille, Philippe", + PUBLISHER="Marabout", + ADDRESS="Alleur, Belgique", + SERIES="{M}arabout {S}ervice, les best-sellers de l'informatique", + NUMBER="878", + YEAR= 1989 + } + +@BOOK {careful, + TITLE= "The {C}areful {W}riter: A {M}odern {G}uide to {E}nglish + {U}sage", + AUTHOR= "Bernstein, Theodore M.", + PUBLISHER= "Atheneum", + ADDRESS= "New-York", + YEAR= 1965 + } + +@MANUAL {chicago, + KEY="chicago", + TITLE= "The {C}hicago {M}anual of {S}tyle", + ORGANIZATION= "University of Chicago", + PUBLISHER= "University of Chicago Press", + EDITION="quatorzi{\`e}me", + ISBN="0-226-10389-7", + YEAR= "1969, 1982, 1993" + } + +@BOOK {wmaths, + TITLE="{H}ow to {W}rite {M}athematics", + AUTHOR="Steenrod, Norman E. and Halmos, Paul R. and Schiffer, Menahem M. and Dieudonn\'e, Jean A.", + PUBLISHER="Addison-Wesley", + SERIES="American Mathematical Society", + ADDRESS = "P.O. Box 6248, Providence, Rhode Island 02940", + EDITION= "cinqui{\`e}me", + YEAR= 1995 + } + +@MANUAL {words, + TITLE="{W}ords {I}nto {T}ype", + PUBLISHER= "Prentice Hall, Inc.", + ORGANIZATION= "Prentice Hall, Inc.", + ADDRESS="Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey", + EDITION="troisi{\`e}me", + YEAR= 1974 + } + +@BOOK {edientr, + TITLE="{Le} {G}uide de l'{\'E}dition d'{E}ntreprise", + AUTHOR="Girard, Bernard", + PUBLISHER="AFNOR, PVC Diffusion", + ADDRESS= "BP 86 77402 Lagny Cedex", + YEAR= 1988 + } + +@BOOK {texprog, + AUTHOR = "Donald~E. Knuth", + TITLE= "{{\TeX}: The Program}", + PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley", + YEAR = "1986{\noopsort{b}}", + ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts", + VOLUME = "B", + SERIES = "{C}omputers and {T}ypesetting" + } + +@BOOK {metabook, + AUTHOR = "Donald~E. Knuth", + TITLE= "The {\MFT}book", + PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley", + ISBN="0-201-13445-4 (hard), 0-201-13444-6 (soft)", + note="Avec les corrections finales de 1993", + YEAR = "1993{\noopsort{c}}", + ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts", + VOLUME = "C", + SERIES = "{C}omputers and {T}ypesetting" + } + +@BOOK {metaprog, + AUTHOR = "Donald~E. Knuth", + TITLE= "{\MFT: The Program}", + PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley", + ISBN="0-201-13438-1", + YEAR = "1986{\noopsort{d}}", + ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts", + VOLUME = "D", + SERIES = "{C}omputers and {T}ypesetting" + } +@BOOK {cmt, + AUTHOR = "Donald~E. Knuth", + TITLE= "{C}omputer {M}odern {T}ypefaces", + PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley", + YEAR = "1986{\noopsort{e}}", + ISBN="0-201-13446-2", + ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts", + VOLUME = "E", + SERIES = "{C}omputers and {T}ypesetting" + } +@MANUAL {typo, + TITLE = "{L}exique des {R}{\`e}gles {T}ypographiques en {U}sage {\`a} l'{I}mprimerie {N}ationale", + PUBLISHER = "Imprimerie Nationale", + ORGANIZATION = "Imprimerie Nationale", + YEAR = 1993, + ISBN="2-11-081075-0", + EDITION = "troisi\`eme", + ADDRESS = "27, rue de la Convention 75732 PARIS CEDEX 15" + } + +@MANUAL{caract-nat, + TITLE="Les caract{\`e}res de l'{I}mprimerie {N}ationale", + PUBLISHER = "Imprimerie Nationale", + ORGANIZATION = "Imprimerie Nationale", + ADDRESS = "27, rue de la Convention 75732 PARIS CEDEX 15", + YEAR=1990 + } + +@BOOK{pltex, + AUTHOR = {Raymond Seroul}, + TITLE = {Le petit {L}ivre de {\TeX}}, + MONTH= dec, + EDITION= {deuxi{\`e}me}, + PUBLISHER = {Masson}, + ISBN = "2-225-85376-2", + ADDRESS = "{Paris}", + YEAR = 1996 + } + +@BOOK{bgtex, + AUTHOR = {Raymond Seroul and Silvio Levy}, + TITLE = {A Beginner's Book of {\TeX}}, + YEAR = {1992}, + ISBN = "0-387-97562-4", + PUBLISHER = {{Springer Verlag}}, + } + +@ARTICLE{knuth-lp, +AUTHOR={Donald~E. Knuth}, +TITLE={Literate programming}, +JOURNAL={The Computer Journal}, +VOLUME=27, +NUMBER=2, +PAGES="97--186", +MONTH=may, +YEAR={1984} +} + +@PHDTHESIS{reid-phd, +AUTHOR={Brian~K. Reid}, +TITLE={\em Scribe: A document specification language and its compiler}, +ADDRESS={Computer Science Department. Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania}, +SCHOOL={Carnegie-Mellon University}, +MONTH=oct, +YEAR={1980}, +NOTE={Disponible comme rapport technique CMU-CS-81-100} +} + +@BOOK{ps-real, + EDITOR = {Stephen F. Roth}, + TITLE = {Real {W}orld {P}ost{S}cript}, + YEAR = {1988}, + PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley", + ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts" + } + +@BOOK {ps-ref-manual, + TITLE= "{PostScript} Language Reference Manual", + EDITOR= "{Adobe Systems Inc.}", + PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley", + YEAR = 1990, + MONTH= dec, + EDITION = "deuxi\`eme", + ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts" + } + +@BOOK {ps-ref-manual-f, + TITLE="{M}anuel de r{\'e}f{\'e}rence du langage {PostScript}", + EDITOR= "{Adobe Systems Inc.}", + PUBLISHER="Vuibert Informatique", + ADDRESS="Paris", + ISBN="2-878908-009-6", + NOTE="Traduction de {\cite{ps-ref-manual}}", + YEAR=1992} + + +@BOOK {type1, + TITLE= "{A}dobe {T}ype 1 {F}ont {F}ormat", + EDITOR= "{Adobe Systems Inc.}", + PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley", + ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts", + EDITION= "premi{\`e}re", + ISBN="0-201-57044-0", + MONTH= mar, + YEAR= 1990 + } + +@BOOK {type1m, + TITLE= "{A}dobe {T}ype 1 {F}ont {F}ormat: {M}ultiple {M}aster {E}xtensions", + EDITOR= "{Adobe Systems Inc.}", + PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley", + ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts", + NOTE = "{A}dobe {D}eveloper {S}upport", + MONTH= feb, + YEAR= 1992 + } + +@BOOK{weaving, + AUTHOR = {E. Waine Sewell}, + TITLE = {Weaving a {P}rogram, {L}iterate {P}rogramming in {\tt WEB}}, + YEAR = {1989}, + ISBN = "0-442-31946-0", + PUBLISHER = "{V}an {N}ostrand {R}einhold", + ADDRESS = "New York" + } + +@BOOK{impatient, + AUTHOR = {Abrahams, Paul W. and Berry, Karl and Hargreaves, Kathryn A.}, + TITLE = "{\TeX\ }for the {I}mpatient", + PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley", + ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts", + ISBN="0-201-51375-7", + YEAR = {1990} + } + +@BOOK{introtex, + AUTHOR = {Krieger, J. and Schwarz, Norbert}, + TITLE = "{I}ntroduction to {\TeX}", + PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley", + ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts", + ISBN = "0-201-51141-X", + YEAR = {1990} + } + +@BOOK{ps-disp, + AUTHOR = {Holzgang, David A.}, + TITLE = "{P}rogramming the {D}isplay {P}ost{S}cript {S}ystem with {NeXTStep}", + PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley", + ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts", + YEAR = {1990} + } + +@BOOK{ps-disp-x, + AUTHOR = {Holzgang, David A.}, + TITLE = "{P}rogramming the {D}isplay {P}ost{S}cript {S}ystem with {X}", + PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley", + ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts", + YEAR = {1992} + } + +@BOOK{ps-think, + AUTHOR = {Reid, Glenn C.}, + TITLE = "{T}hinking in {P}ost{S}cript", + PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley", + ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts", + NOTE="Ce livre est disponible sous forme de fichier + PDF {à} {\url{http://www.rightbrain.com}} (cliquer sur + {«~Books~»}", + ISBN = "0-201-52372-8", + YEAR = {1990} + } + +@BOOK{ps-book, + AUTHOR ={Weltner, Tobias}, + TITLE = "{L}e {G}rand {L}ivre de {P}ost{S}cript", + PUBLISHER = "Micro Application", + ADDRESS = "58, rue du Faubourg Poissonni\`ere, 75010 PARIS", + YEAR = {1991} + } + +@BOOK{tex-tbe, + AUTHOR ={Borde, Arvind}, + TITLE = "{\TeX} by {E}xample, (a {B}eginner's {G}uide)", + PUBLISHER = "{A}cademic {P}ress", + ADDRESS = "Boston", + ISBN = "0121176509", + YEAR = {1992} + } + +@BOOK{tex-mtbe, + AUTHOR ={Borde, Arvind}, + TITLE = "{M}athematical {\TeX} by {E}xample", + PUBLISHER = "{A}cademic {P}ress", + ADDRESS = "Boston", + ISBN = "0121176452", + YEAR = {1993} + } + +@BOOK{tex-top, + AUTHOR={E{\ij}khout, Victor}, + TITLE= "{\TeX} by {T}opic, {A} {\TeX}nician's {R}eference", + PUBLISHER= "{A}ddison-{W}esley ", + ADDRESS= "{W}okingham, {E}ngland", + YEAR= {1991}, + ISBN= "0-201-56882-9" + } + +@BOOK{latex-eng, + TITLE="{\LaTeX} for {E}ngineers and {S}cientists", + AUTHOR= "Buerger, David J.", + ISBN= "0-070-08845-4", + PUBLISHER="{M}c{G}raw {H}ill", + YEAR="1990" + } + +@BOOK{sgml-pra, + TITLE="{P}ractical {\SGML}", + AUTHOR="Herw{\ij}nen, Eric van", + PUBLISHER="Kluwer Academic Publishers", + YEAR="1990" + } + +@BOOK{macro-tex, + TITLE="{M}acro{\TeX}, {A} {\TeX} {M}acro {T}oolkit", + AUTHOR="Hendrickson, Amy", + PUBLISHER="{\TeX}nology Inc.", + ADDRESS="Brookline, Massachusetts", + YEAR="1991" + } + +@BOOK{graps, + TITLE="{A} {P}ost{S}cript {C}ookbook", + AUTHOR="Barry and Thomas", + PUBLISHER="{V}an {N}ostrand {R}einhold", + YEAR="1988" + } + +@BOOK{encps, + TITLE="{E}ncapsulated {P}ost{S}cript", + AUTHOR="Peter Vollenweider", + PUBLISHER="Prentice Hall", + ADDRESS="Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey", + YEAR="1990" + } + +@COMMENT{ltypo, + key= "IN1990", + TITLE="{L}exique des {R}\`egles {T}ypographiques en Usage \`a l'{I}mprimerie + {N}ationale", + EDITOR="{I}mprimerie {N}ationale", + EDITION="troisi\`eme", + YEAR="1990" + } + +@BOOK{precis, + TITLE="{P}r\'ecis de {M}ise en {P}age", + AUTHOR="Louis Gu{\'e}ry", + PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions du {C}entre de formation et de perfectionnement des journalistes {(CFPJ)}", + ADDRESS="38, rue Croix-des-Petits-Champs, 75001 Paris", + EDITION="quatri{\`e}me", + YEAR="1995" + } + +@BOOK{mep, + TITLE="Manuel de secr{\'e}tariat de r{\'e}daction. {D}e la copie {\`a} la maquette + de mise en page", + AUTHOR="Louis Gu{\'e}ry", + PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions du {C}entre de formation et de perfectionnement des journalistes {(CFPJ)}", + ADDRESS="38, rue Croix-des-Petits-Champs, 75001 Paris", + EDITION="cinqui{\`e}me", + YEAR="1995" + } + +@BOOK{orgdoc, + TITLE="Organiser sa documentation et savoir consulter d'autre sources", + AUTHOR="Christian Batifoulier and Marie-H{\'e}l{\`e}ne du Pasquier", + PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions du {C}entre de formation et de perfectionnement des journalistes {(CFPJ)}", + ADDRESS="38, rue Croix-des-Petits-Champs, 75001 Paris", + YEAR="1990" + } + +@BOOK{richaudeau1, + TITLE="Manuel de typographie et de mise en page", + AUTHOR="Fran{\c{c}}ois Richaudeau", + PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {R}etz", + ADDRESS="Paris", + YEAR="1989" + } + +@BOOK{richaudeau2, + TITLE="Recherches actuelles sur la lisibilit{\'e}", + AUTHOR="Fran{\c{c}}ois Richaudeau", + PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {R}etz", + ADDRESS="Paris", + YEAR="1984" + } + +@BOOK{ps-fonts, + TITLE="The PostScript Font Handbook, A Directory of Type~1 Fonts", + AUTHOR="Grosvenor, Jonathan and Morrison, Key and Pim, Alexander", + PUBLISHER="Addison Wesley", + note="{\'e}dition revue", + ADDRESS="Wokingham, Berkshire RG11 2NZ, England", + ISNN = "0-201-56893-4", + YEAR="1992" + } + +@BOOK{text-pro, + TITLE="An {I}ntroduction to {T}ext {P}rocessing", + AUTHOR="Smith, Peter D.", + PUBLISHER="The {MIT} {P}ress", + ADDRESS="Cambridge, Massachusetts", + YEAR="1990" + } + +@BOOK{ps-inside, + TITLE="{I}nside {P}ost{S}cript", + AUTHOR="Merritt and Braswell, Frank", + PUBLISHER="Systems of Merrit \& Peachpit Press", + ADDRESS="Berkeley, California", + YEAR="1989" + } + +@BOOK{tex-beg, + TITLE="{\TeX} for the {B}eginner", + AUTHOR="Wynter Snow", + PUBLISHER = {Addison-Wesley}, + ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts", + ISBN = "0-201-54799-6", + YEAR="1992" + } + +@BOOK{tex-plain, + TITLE="{A} {P}lain {\TeX} {P}rimer", + AUTHOR="Clark, Malcom", + PUBLISHER="Oxford University Press", + ISBN="0-198-53724-7", + YEAR="1992" + } + +@BOOK{tex-bech, + TITLE="{\TeX} in {P}ractice", + AUTHOR="{von Bechtolsheim}, Stephan P.", + PUBLISHER=pub-SV, + ADDRESS=pub-SV+adr, + NOTE="{\begin{enumerate} + \item Basics. + \item Paragraphs, Maths and Fonts. + \item Tokens, Macros. + \item Output Routines. + \end{enumerate} + (Une approche progressive des secrets de \TeX)}", + ISBN="3-540-97597-7", + YEAR="1992"} + +@BOOK{latex-tips, + TITLE="{\LaTeX} {L}ine by {L}ine {T}ips and {T}echniques for {D}ocument + {P}rocessing", + AUTHOR="Antoni Diller", + PUBLISHER="John Wiley {\&} Sons", + ISBN="0-471-97918-X", + EDITION="deuxi{\`e}me", + YEAR="1999" + } + +@InCollection{Winckler+1990+FIG, + author = "{J\"org} Winckler", + title = "{\TeX} fonts in image generation software", + crossref = "tex-appli", + year = "1990", + bibsource = "ftp://ftp.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texgraph.bib", + acknowledgement = ack-spqr, +} + + +@BOOK{tex-appli, + TITLE="{\TeX} applications, uses, methods", + EDITOR="Clark, Malcom", + PUBLISHER="Ellis Horwood Publishers", + ADDRESS="Chichester, England", + YEAR="1990" + } + +@BOOK{tech-edit, + TITLE="Lexique de l'{\'e}dition et des techniques {\'e}ditoriales", + AUTHOR="Jacques Berthelot", + PUBLISHER="Hachette", + YEAR="1992" + } + +@BOOK{aut-deb, + TITLE="Petit guide {\`a} l'usage des auteurs d{\'e}butants et de quelques autres", + AUTHOR="Jacques Berthelot", + PUBLISHER="Hachette", + YEAR="1991" + } + +@BOOK{abr+typo, + TITLE="Abr\'eg\'e du Code Typographique \`a l'usage de la presse", + PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions du {C}entre de formation et de perfectionnement des journalistes", + AUTHOR="{(CFPJ)}", + NOTE="Diffusion, distribution: {P}resses universitaires de {F}rance", + ADDRESS="38, rue Croix-des-Petits-Champs, 75001 Paris", + EDITION = "sixi{\`e}me", + ISBN="2-908056-26-7", + MONTH=jan, + YEAR="2000" + } + +@BOOK{ahu, + TITLE="The Design and Analysis of Computer Algorithms", + AUTHOR="Alfred V. Aho and John E. Hopcroft and Jeffrey D. Ullman", + PUBLISHER = {Addison-Wesley}, + ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts", + YEAR="1974" + } + +@ARTICLE{barsky, + TITLE="Determining a Set of B-spline Control Vertices to Generate an Interpolating Surface", + AUTHOR="Brian A. Barsky and Donald P. Greenberg", + JOURNAL="Computer Graphics and Image Processing", + MONTH=nov, + YEAR="1980", + PAGES="303--226", + VOLUME="14", + NUMBER="3" + } + +@BOOK{ross, + TITLE="The Art of Music Engraving and Processing", + AUTHOR="Ted Ross", + PUBLISHER="Hansen Books", + YEAR="1970" + } + +@ARTICLE{wu-abel, + AUTHOR="Sheng-Chuan Wu and John F. Abel and Donald Greenberg", + TITLE="An Interactive Computer Graphics Approach to Surface Representation", + JOURNAL="Communications of the ACM", + VOLUME="20", + NUMBER="10", + MONTH=oct, + YEAR="1977", + PAGES="703--712" + } + +@ARTICLE {chemtex, + author = "Roswitha T. Haas and Kevin C. O'Kane", + title = "Typesetting Chemical Structure Formulas with the Text + Formatter {\TeX/\LaTeX}", +journal = "Computers \& Chemistry", + year = "1987", + volume = "11", + number = "4", + pages = "251--271" + } + +@phdthesis + {Tables, + AUTHOR = {R. J. Beach}, + TITLE={Setting Tables and Illustrations with Style}, + SCHOOL = {University of Waterloo}, + YEAR = {1985}, +} + +@inproceedings + {Karlsruhe, + AUTHOR = {Anne Br{\"u}ggeman-Klein and P. Dolland and A. Heinz}, + TITLE = {How to please authors and publishers: a versatile document preparation system at + {K}arlsruhe}, + BOOKTITLE = {{\TeX} for Scientific Documentation}, + YEAR = {1986}, + editor = {Jacques D\'esarm\'enien}, + volume = {LNCS 236}, + address = {Strasbourg, France}, + month = jun, + publisher = {Springer-Verlag}, +} + +@article + {desarmenien1984, + author = {Jacques D\'esarm\'enien}, + title="La division par ordinateur des mots fran{\c{c}}ais: application {\`a} {\TeX}", + journal="TSI", + publisher="AFCET, Gauthier-Villars", + volume=5, + number=4, + year=1984} + +@book + {abk, + AUTHOR = "Anne Br{\"u}ggemann-Klein", + TITLE = "{E}inf{\"u}hrung in die {D}okumentverarbeitung", + PUBLISHER = "B.G. Teubner", + ADDRESS = "Stuttgart", + YEAR = 1989} + +@techreport + {TreeTeX, + AUTHOR = {Anne Br{\"u}ggemann-Klein and Derick Wood}, + TITLE = {{T}ree{\TeX}: Documentation and User Handbook}, + INSTITUTION = {University of Waterloo}, + YEAR = {1987}, +} + +@inproceedings + {AverageHeight, + AUTHOR = {N.G. de Bru{\ij}n and Donald~E. Knuth and S.O. Rice}, + TITLE = {The average height of binary search trees}, + BOOKTITLE = {Graph Theory and Computing}, + YEAR = {1972}, + editor = {R.C. Read}, +} + +@article + {BinarySearchTrees, + AUTHOR = {L. Devroye}, + TITLE = {A note on the height of binary search trees}, + JOURNAL = {Journal of the ACM}, + YEAR = {1986}, + volume = {33}, + number = {3}, + month = jul, +} + +@article + {BinaryTrees, + AUTHOR = {Ph. Flajolet and A. Odlyzko}, + TITLE = {The average height of binary trees and other simple trees}, + JOURNAL = {Journal of Computer and System Sciences}, + YEAR = {1982}, + volume = {25}, +} + +@article + {DocumentFormatting, + AUTHOR = {Richard K. Furuta and J. Scofield and Alan C. Shaw}, + TITLE = {Document formatting systems: surveys, concepts, issues}, + JOURNAL = {Computing Surveys}, + YEAR = {1982}, + volume = {14}, + number = {3}, +} + +@article + {GML, + AUTHOR = {Charles F. Goldfarb}, + TITLE = {A generalized approach to document markup}, + JOURNAL = {SIGPLAN Notices of the ACM}, + YEAR = {1981}, + month = jun, +} + +@incollection + {ACP, + AUTHOR = {Donald~E. Knuth}, + TITLE = {Fundamental {A}lgorithms}, + BOOKTITLE = {The Art of Computer Programming}, + PUBLISHER = {Addison-Wesley}, + YEAR = {1973}, + volume = {1}, + address = {Reading, Massachusetts}, +} + +@incollection + {ACP3, + AUTHOR = {Donald~E. Knuth}, + TITLE = {Sorting and {S}earching}, + BOOKTITLE = {The Art of Computer Programming}, + PUBLISHER = {Addison-Wesley}, + YEAR = {1973}, + volume = {3}, + address = {Reading, Massachusetts}, +} + +@article + {Brother, + AUTHOR = {Th. Ottman and H.-W. Six}, + TITLE = {{E}ine neue {K}lass ausgeglichener {B}in{\"a}rb{\"a}ume}, + JOURNAL = {Angewandte Informatik}, + YEAR = {1976}, + volume = {9}, +} + + +@inproceedings + {Grif, + AUTHOR = {Vincent Quint and I. Vatton and H. Bedor}, + TITLE = {Grif: an interactive document environment for {\TeX{}}}, + BOOKTITLE = {{\TeX} for Scientific Documentation}, + YEAR = {1986}, + editor = {Jacques D\'esarm\'enien}, + volume = {LNCS 236}, + address = {Strasbourg, France}, + month = jun, + publisher = {Springer-Verlag}, +} +@article + {TidierTrees, + AUTHOR = {E. M. Reingold and J. S. Tilford}, + TITLE = {Tidier drawings of tree}, + JOURNAL = {IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering}, + YEAR = {1981}, + volume = {7}, + number = {2}, + month = mar, +} + +@article + {Complexity, + AUTHOR = {K. J. Supowit and E. M. Reingold}, + TITLE = {The complexity of drawing trees nicely}, + JOURNAL = {Acta Informatica}, + YEAR = {1983}, + volume = {18}, +} + +@article + {TidyTrees, + AUTHOR = {Ch. Wetherell and A. Shannon}, + TITLE = {Tidy drawings of trees}, + JOURNAL = {IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering}, + volume = {5}, + number = {5}, + month = sep, + YEAR = 1979 +} + + +@BOOK {latexguide, + TITLE= "A Guide to {\LaTeXe}, Document Preparation for Beginners and Advanced + Users", + AUTHOR= "Helmut Kopka and Patrick W. Daly", + PUBLISHER = "Addison Wesley Longman Limited", + XADDRESS = "Edimburgh Gate, Harlow, Essex CM20 2JE, England", + EDITION= "troisi{\`e}me", + ISBN="0-201-39825-7", + YEAR= 1999 + } + +@BOOK {mtypo, + TITLE= "M{\'e}mento Typographique", + AUTHOR="Gouriou, Charles", + PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions du {C}ercle de la {L}ibrairie", + ISBN="2-7654-0447-X", + YEAR=1992 + } + +@BOOK {latexgp, + TITLE= "{{\LaTeX}} guide pratique", + AUTHOR= "Christian Rolland", + PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley", + ADDRESS = "France", + EDITION= "seconde", + YEAR= 1995, + MONTH= jun + } + +@BOOK {rolland1999, + TITLE="{{\LaTeX}} par la pratique", + AUTHOR= "Christian Rolland", + URL="{\url{Rolland.Christian@wanafoo.fr}}", + PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions O'Reilly", + ADDRESS="18, rue S{\'e}guier, 75006 PARIS", + ISBN="2-84177-073-7", + MONTH=oct, + YEAR=1999} + +@Manual{ patashnik+bibtexing, + title = "\BibTeX{}ing", + author = "Oren Patashnik", + note = "Documentation for general {\BibTeX} users", + month = jan, + year = 1988 +} + +@Manual{ patashnik+designing, + title = "Designing \BibTeX{} Styles", + author = "Oren Patashnik", + year = 1988 +} + +@BOOK{gurari, + TITLE="{\TeX} and {\LaTeX}: {D}rawing and {L}iterate {P}rogramming", + AUTHOR= "Gurari, Eitan M.", + PUBLISHER="{M}c{G}raw {H}ill", + ADDRESS = "New York", + ISBN= "0-07-025208-4", + YEAR="1994" + } + + +@BOOK{gurari2, + TITLE="Writing with {\TeX}", + AUTHOR= "Gurari, Eitan M.", + PUBLISHER="{M}c{G}raw {H}ill", + ADDRESS = "New York", + ISBN = "0-07-025207-6", + YEAR="1994" + } + +@BOOK{typo+tschichold+essays, + author = {Jan Tschichold}, + title = {The Form of The Book: Selected Essays on Questions of Book + Design \& Quality}, + publisher = {Hartley \& Marks, Inc.}, + address = {Point Roberts, Washington}, + year = "1975, 1991", + isbn = {0-88179-034-6}, + note = {Traduit par Hajo Hadeler. \'Edit\'e, avec une introduction, par + Robert Bringhurst}, +} + +@BOOK{typo+tschichold+biographie, + author = {Jan Tschichold}, + title = {Leben und Werk des Typographen Jan Tschichold}, + publisher = {K.\,G. Saur}, + address = {M\"unchen}, + year = 1988, + isbn = {3-598-07224-4}, +} + +@BOOK{typo+tschichold+1961.1, + author = {Jan Tschichold}, + title = {Contemporary Typography}, + publisher = {New Laboratory Press}, + address = {Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania}, + year = 1961, + note = {Traduction de {\it Zur Typographie der Gegenwart}} +} + +@BOOK{typo+tschichold+drucksachen, + author = {Jan Tschichold}, + title = {Erfreuliche Drucksachen durch gute Typographie}, + publisher = {Maro-Verlag}, + address = {Augsburg}, + year = 1992, + edition="seconde", + isbn = {3-87512-403-0}, + note = {R\'eimpression de l'\'edition originale (Ravensburg~1960)}, +} + +@BOOK{vdm, + author={Cliff B. Jones}, + title={Systematic Software Development using {VDM}}, + publisher={Prentice Hall International, Series in Computer Sciences}, + ADDRESS="Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey", + edition = "deuxi\`eme", + year=1990 +} + +@BOOK{spiker, + author={Sina Soiker}, + title={Indexing Your Book: A Practical Guide for Authors}, + publisher={University of Wisconsin Press}, + year=1954 +} + +@book{ponctu, + author={Albert Doppagne}, + title={La bonne ponctuation: clart\'e, pr\'ecision, efficacit\'e de vos phrases}, + publisher={Duculot}, + address={Paris}, + edition="deuxi\`eme", + year=1984 +} + +@book{maj-abrev, + author={Albert Doppagne}, + title="Majuscules, abr{\'e}viations, symboles et sigles", + publisher={Duculot}, + address={Paris}, + year=1975 +} + +@book{ps-essen, + author={Pierre Blanc}, + title={{PostScript}, l'essentiel}, + publisher={Eyrolles}, + address={Paris}, + month=aug, + year=1993 +} + +@BOOK{tex-help, + AUTHOR ={Borde, Arvind and Rokicki, Tomas}, + TITLE = "{\TeX} {Help}", + PUBLISHER = "{A}cademic {P}ress", + ADDRESS = "Boston", + YEAR = {1993} + } +@book{latex-comp, + TITLE={The {\LaTeX} Companion}, + series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting", + AUTHOR={Michel Goossens and Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin}, + PUBLISHER={Addison-Wesley}, + ISBN={0-201-54199-8}, + ADDRESS={Reading, Massachusetts}, + YEAR=1994 +} + +@book{f-latex-comp, + TITLE={The {\LaTeX} Companion}, + series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting", + AUTHOR={Michel Goossens and Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin}, + PUBLISHER={CampusPress}, + ISBN={2-7440-0897-4}, + ADDRESS={19, rue Michel-le-Comte, 75003~Paris, {\url{http://www.campuspress.fr}}}, + Note="Traduction fran{\c{c}}aise de {\cite{latex-comp}} par {El Mamoun Souidi}", + MONTH=jul, + YEAR=2000 +} + +@BOOK{latex-g-comp, + TITLE={The {\LaTeX} {G}raphic Companion: + {I}llustrating {D}ocuments with {\TeX} and + {P}ost{S}cript}, + series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting", + AUTHOR={Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz and Frank + Mittelbach}, + PUBLISHER={Addison-Wesley}, + ADDRESS={Reading, Massachusetts}, + ISBN="0-201-85469-4", + MONTH=mar, + YEAR=1997 +} + +@book{ps-grd, + TITLE="Graphic design with {PostScript}", + AUTHOR="Kunkel, Gerard", + PUBLISHER="Scott, Foresman", + ADDRESS="Glenview, IL", + ISBN="0-673-38794-1", + YEAR=1990 +} + +@book{ps-half, + TITLE="Halftoning with Adobe Accurate Screens", + AUTHOR ="Peter Fink", + PUBLISHER="Hayden", + YEAR=1992 +} + +@book{ps-learn, + TITLE="Learning PostScript: a visual approach", + AUTHOR="Smith and Ross", + PUBLISHER="Peachpit Press", + ADDRESS="Berkeley, California", + ISBN="0-938151-12-6", + YEAR=1990 +} + +@book{ps-exa, + TITLE="{PostScript} by Example", + AUTHOR="McGilton, Henry and Mary Campione", + PUBLISHER="Addison-Wesley", + ADDRESS={Reading, Massachusetts}, + ISBN="0-201-63228-4", + YEAR=1992 +} + +@book{ps-screen, + TITLE="{PostScript} screening: Adobe accurate screens", + AUTHOR="Fink, Peter", + PUBLISHER="Adobe Press", + ADDRESS="Mountain View, California", + ISBN="0-672-48544-3", + YEAR=1992 +} + +@book{ps-prg, + TITLE="{PostScript} programmer's reference guide: featuring {PhoenixPage}", + AUTHOR="Holzgang, David A.", + PUBLISHER="Scott, Foresman", + ADDRESS="Glenview, IL", + ISBN="0-673-38574-4", + YEAR=1989 +} + +@book{ps-msdos, + TITLE="Running {PostScript} from {MS-DOS}", + AUTHOR="Glover, Gary", + PUBLISHER="Windcrest", + ADDRESS="Blue Ridge Summit, Pennsylvania", + ISBN="0-8306-2998-X", + YEAR=1989 +} + +@book{ps-adv, + TITLE="Taking advantage of {PostScript}", + AUTHOR="Sherman, John F.", + PUBLISHER="Wm. C. Brown Publishers", + ADDRESS="Dubuque, IA", + ISBN="0-697-14032-6", + YEAR=1992 +} + +@book{ps-verb, + TITLE="The {V}erbum book of {PostScript} illustration", + SERIES="The {V}erbum electronic art {\&} design series", + AUTHOR="Gosney, Michael and Linnea Dayton and Janet Ashford", + PUBLISHER="{M\&T} Books", + ADDRESS="Redwood City, California", + ISBN="1-55851-089-3", + YEAR=1990 +} + +@book{ps-soker, +TITLE="{PostScript}, Eine Umfassende Einfuhrung in die Programmierung", +AUTHOR="Wilfred Soker", +PUBLISHER ="Vieweg {\&} Sohn Verlag GmbH", +ADDRESS="Postfach 5829, D-6200, Wiesbaden 1, Germany", +ISBN="3-528-14711-3" +} + +@book{ps-ws, +TITLE="{PostScript} f{\"u}r Workstations", +AUTHOR="Vollenweider, Peter", +PUBLISHER="Addison-Wesley", +ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts", +ISBN="3-89319-459-2 ", +YEAR=1992 +} + +@book{ps-term, +TITLE="Terminal Buch, {PostScript} Fonts und Programmiertechnik", +AUTHOR="Thomas Merz", +PUBLISHER="R. Oldenburg Verlag", +ADDRESS="Munchen, Germany", +ISBN="3-486-21674-0" +} + +@BOOK {cweb, + AUTHOR = "Donald~E. Knuth and Silvio Levy", + TITLE= "The {CWEB} System of Structured Documentation, Version~3.0", + PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley", + ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts", + ISBN="0-201-57569-8", + YEAR = "1993" + } + +@BOOK {texwork, + AUTHOR = "Norman Walsh", + TITLE= "Making {\TeX} work", + PUBLISHER="O'Reilly {\&} {A}ssociates, Inc.", + ADDRESS="103 Morris Street, Suite~A, Sebastopol, CA 95472", + ISBN="1-56592-051-1", + YEAR="1994" + } + +@BOOK {pdf, + AUTHOR = "Tim Bienz and Richard Cohn", + SERIES= "{Adobe Systems Inc.}", + TITLE = "{P}ortable {D}ocument {F}ormat {R}eference {M}anual", + PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley", + ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts", + ISBN="0-201-62628-4", + YEAR = "1993" + } + +@MISC {pdf1, + AUTHOR = "Tim Bienz and Richard Cohn and Meehan, Jim R.", + TITLE = "{P}ortable {D}ocument {F}ormat {R}eference {M}anual, {V}ersion{~}1.2", + PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley", + NOTE="{\url{http://www.adobe.com/supportservice/devrelations/PDFS/TN/PDFSPEC.PDF}}", + YEAR=1996} + +@BOOK {punctua, + AUTHOR = "Catach, Nina", + TITLE = "La ponctuation", + PUBLISHER = "Presses Universitaires de France", + SERIES="la collection <<Que sais-je?>>", + NUMBER="2818", + ADDRESS="Paris", + MONTH=mar, + EDITION="premi{\`e}re", + YEAR = "1994" + } + +@BOOK {ortho, + AUTHOR = "Catach, Nina", + TITLE = "L'orthographe", + PUBLISHER = "Presses Universitaires de France", + SERIES="la collection <<Que sais-je?>>", + NUMBER="685", + EDITION="cinqui{\`e}me", + ADDRESS="Paris", + MONTH=dec, + YEAR = "1993" + } + +@BOOK {dict-ortho, + EDITOR = "Catach, Nina", + TITLE="Dictionnaire historique de l'orthographe fran{\c{c}}aise", + PUBLISHER="Larousse", + YEAR=1995} + +@INCOLLECTION {g-ortho, + AUTHOR = "Catach, Nina", + BOOKTITLE = "Retour aux sources", + TITLE = "Le g\'enie de la ponctuation", + SERIES="Traverses", + NUMBER="43", + PUBLISHER = "Centre Georges Pompidou", + ADDRESS = "Paris", + YEAR = "1988" + } + +@BOOK {colignon, + AUTHOR= "Colignon, Jean-Pierre", + TITLE="La ponctuation (art et finesse)", + PUBLISHER="{\'E}dition {\'E}ole", + ADDRESS="171, rue Saint-Jacques, Paris", + YEAR="1988" + } + +@BOOK {damour, + AUTHOR= "Damour", + TITLE="Trait\'e moderne de ponctuation", + PUBLISHER="Larousse", + YEAR="1939" + } + +@BOOK {drillon, + AUTHOR= "Drillon, Jacques", + TITLE="Trait\'e de la ponctuation fran\c{c}aise", + SERIES="{Collection TEL}", + PUBLISHER="Gallimard", + YEAR="1991" + } + +@BOOK {sawyer, + AUTHOR= "Sawyer, Stanley A. and Krantz, Steven G.", + TITLE="A {\TeX} primer for scientists", + PUBLISHER="CRC Press", + ADDRESS = "Boca Raton (FL), Ann Arbor, London, + Tokyo", + ISBN="0-84937-1597", + YEAR="1995" + } + +@BOOK {vulis, + AUTHOR= "Vulis, Michael", + TITLE="Modern {\TeX} and its applications", + PUBLISHER="CRC Press", + ADDRESS = "Boca Raton, FL", + ISBN="0-8493-4431-X", + YEAR="1993" + } + +@MANUAL {xymtex, + AUTHOR="Shinsaku Fujita", + TITLE="{\XyMTeX}: A Macro Package for Typesetting Chemical Structural Formulas", + ORGANIZATION="Ashigara Research Laboratories, Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.", + ADDRESS="Minami-Ashigara, Kanagawa, 250-01 Japan", + MONTH=dec, + YEAR="1993"} + +@BOOK{texcetera, + EDITOR="Vicki Brown", + TITLE="{P}rime {T}ime {\TeX}cetera", + PUBLISHER="{P}rime {T}ime {F}reeware", + ADDRESS="379 Altair Way {\#}150, Sunnyvale CA 94086 USA", + YEAR="1994"} + +@incollection + {ZN, + AUTHOR = {Mike Spivey}, + BOOKTITLE = {M{\'e}thodologie de {L}ogiciel}, + TITLE = {La {N}otation {Z}}, + PUBLISHER = {Masson {(Prentice-Hall)}}, + YEAR = {1994}, + address = {Paris}, +} + +@BOOK {qsj-biblio, + AUTHOR = "Malcl{\`e}s, Louise-No{\"e}lle and Lh{\'e}ritier, Andr{\'e}e", + TITLE = "La Bibliographie", + PUBLISHER = "Presses Universitaires de France", + SERIES="la collection <<Que sais-je?>>", + NUMBER="708", + EDITION="cinqui{\`e}me", + ADDRESS="Paris", + MONTH=dec, + YEAR = "1989" + } + +@BOOK {qsj-imp, + AUTHOR = "G{\'e}rard Martin", + TITLE = "L'Imprimerie", + PUBLISHER = "Presses Universitaires de France", + SERIES="la collection <<Que sais-je?>>", + NUMBER="1067", + EDITION="huiti{\`e}me", + ADDRESS="Paris", + MONTH=dec, + YEAR = "1993" + } + +@BOOK {gr-files, + AUTHOR = "Murray, James D. and {Ryper}, William van", + TITLE= "Encyclopedia of Graphics File Formats", + PUBLISHER="O'Reilly {\&} {A}ssociates, Inc.", + ADDRESS="103 Morris Street, Suite~A, Sebastopol, CA 95472", + EDITION="seconde", + YEAR="1996" + } + +@BOOK {doob, + AUTHOR=" Michael Doob", + PUBLISHER="Springer Verlag", + TITLE="Starting from {\fbox{$1$}}", + YEAR=1993, + ISBN="3-540-56441-1"} + +@BOOK {tips, + AUTHOR="J. Kenneth Shultis", + TITLE="{\LaTeX\ Notes}: Practical Tips for Preparing Technical Documents", + PUBLISHER="Prentice Hall", + ADDRESS="Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey", + YEAR=1994, + ISBN="0-131-20973-6"} + +@BOOK {gauth, + AUTHOR="Gauthier, Richard L.", + TITLE="Using the {\TeX\ } Typesetting Language", + PUBLISHER="Reston Pub. Co.", + ADDRESS="Reston, Va.", + YEAR=1984, + ISBN="0-8359-8160-6"} + +@BOOK {math-tex, + AUTHOR="George Gr{\"a}tzer", + TITLE="Math into {\TeX}: A Simple Introduction to {\AmSLaTeX}", + PUBLISHER="Birkh{\H a}user Boston", + ADDRESS="Boston MA", + YEAR=1993, + ISBN="0-8176-3637-4"} + +@BOOK {math-latex, + AUTHOR="George Gr{\"a}tzer", + TITLE="Math into {\LaTeX}: {A}n {I}ntroduction to + {\LaTeX\ } and {\AmSLaTeX}", + PUBLISHER="Birkh{\H a}user Boston et Springer-Verlag New York", + YEAR=1999, + EDITION="troisi{\`e}me", + ISBN="0-8176-4431-9"} + +@BOOK {gratzer1999, + AUTHOR="George Gr{\"a}tzer", + TITLE="{F}irst {S}teps in {\LaTeX}", + PUBLISHER="Birkh{\H a}user Boston", + ADDRESS="Boston MA", + YEAR=1999, + NOTE="{\`A} para{\^{\i}}tre", + ISBN="0-8176-4132-7"} + + +@MANUAL {figuring, + AUTHOR="Anil K. Goel", + TITLE="Figure'ing and Picture'ing {\LaTeX}", + ORGANIZATION="Math Faculty Computing Facility, University of Waterloo", + ADDRESS="Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, N2L 3G1", + MONTH=jul, + YEAR=1994} + +@BOOK {everyone, + AUTHOR="Jane Hahn", + TITLE="{\LaTeX} for {E}veryone: a reference guide and tutorial for typesetting + documents using a computer", + PUBLISHER="Prentice Hall", + ADDRESS="Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey", + ISBN="0-13-605908-2", + YEAR=1993} + +@BOOK {concis, + AUTHOR="Adrian Johnstone", + TITLE="{\LaTeX}, Concisely", + SERIES="Series in Computers and Their Applications", + PUBLISHER="Ellis Horwood", + ADDRESS="New York", + ISBN="0-13-524539-7", + YEAR=1992} + + +@BOOK{agsm, + AUTHOR = "John Pitson", + ADDRESS = "Canberra", + EDITION = "troisi{\`e}me", + PUBLISHER = "Australian Government Publishing Service", + TITLE = "Style Manual for authors editors and printers of {A}ustralian +government publications", + YEAR = "1978" +} + +@UNPUBLISHED{latex2htmldoc, + AUTHOR = "Nikos Drakos", + NOTE = "Documentation accompagnant le traducteur de {\LaTeX} vers {\sc Html}, URL = {\url{http://www-dsed.llnl.gov/files/programs/unix/latex2html/manual/}}", + TITLE = "The {\LaTeX}2{\HTML} {T}ranslator, {U}ser's {G}uide and {M}anual", + YEAR = "1998", +} + +@BOOK{latex2html93, + AUTHOR = "Nikos Drakos", + MONTH = aug, + TITLE = "A {\LaTeX} to {HTML} translator", + NOTE = "(Rapport interne)", + PUBLISHER = "Computer Based Learning Unit", + ADDRESS = "University of Leeds", + YEAR = 1993} + + +@BOOK{concrete, + AUTHOR= "Ronald L. Graham and Donald~E. Knuth and Oren Patashnik", + TITLE = "Concrete Mathematics: A Fondation for Computer Science", + PUBLISHER="Addison-Wesley", + ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts", + ISBN = "0-201-14236-8", + YEAR=1989 + } + +@PHDTHESIS{liang, + AUTHOR={Franklin Mark Liang}, + MONTH=jun, + YEAR=1983, + SCHOOL={Stanford University}, + ADDRESS={Stanford, CA 94305}, + TITLE={{Word Hy-phen-a-tion by Com-pu-ter}}, + NOTE={Disponible {\'e}galement comme ``Stanford University, + Department of Computer Science Report No. STAN-CS-83-977''} + } + +@PHDTHESIS{hobby-phd, + author = "John Douglas Hobby", + title="{D}igitized {B}rush {T}rajectories", + NOTE={Disponible {\'e}galement comme ``Stanford University, + Department of Computer Science Report No. STAN-CS-85-1070''}, + SCHOOL={Stanford University}, + ADDRESS={Stanford, CA 94305}, + MONTH=apr, + YEAR=1985} + +@PHDTHESIS{wyk-phd, + AUTHOR="Christopher J. Van Wyk", + TITLE="A {L}anguage for {T}ypesetting {G}raphics", + NOTE={Disponible {\'e}galement comme ``Stanford University, + Department of Computer Science Report No. STAN-CS-80-803''}, + SCHOOL={Stanford University}, + ADDRESS={Stanford, CA 94305}, + MONTH=jun, + YEAR=1980} + +@ARTICLE{wyk1981, + AUTHOR="Christopher J. Van Wyk", + title="A graphics typesetting language", + JOURNAL = {SIGPLAN Notices of the ACM}, + VOLUME=16, + NUMBER=6, + MONTH=jun, + PAGES="99--107", + YEAR=1981} + +@BOOK{bugs, + AUTHOR = {Lyn Dupr{\'e}}, + TITLE = {Bugs in Writing}, + PUBLISHER = {Addison-Wesley}, + ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts", + ISBN={0-201-60019-6}, + YEAR = {1995} + } + +@MISC{amsfonts, +TITLE="{AMSFonts} version {\textup{2.2}---}user's guide", +AUTHOR="{American Mathematical Society}", +ADDRESS="Providence, RI", +YEAR="1995", +MONTH=jan, +NOTE="(CTAN: {\url{fonts/amsfonts/doc/amsfndoc.ps}}), + distribu{\'e} avec le paquetage {AMSFonts}" +} + +@MISC{author-guidelines, +TITLE="Instructions for preparation of papers and monographs---{\amslatex/}", +AUTHOR="{American Mathematical Society}", +ADDRESS="Providence, RI", +YEAR="1994, 1996, 1999"} + +@MISC{amsthdoc, +TITLE="{Using} the {\texttt{amsthm}} {P}ackage", +AUTHOR="{American Mathematical Society}", +ADDRESS="Providence, RI", +YEAR=1999} + +@BOOK {texm, + TITLE= "La ma{\^{\i}}trise de {\TeX} et {\LaTeX}", + AUTHOR= "Thomas Lachand-Robert", + PUBLISHER = "Masson", + ADDRESS = "Paris", + ISBN= "2-225-84832-7", + YEAR= 1995, + } + +@techreport{CSTR116, + author = "Kernighan, Brian W. and Ritchie, Denis M.", + title = "{PIC}---A Graphics Language for Typesetting, User Manual", + series = "Computing Science Technical Report", + number = 116, + institution = "AT\&T Bell Laboratories", + address = "Murray Hill, New Jersey", + year = 1984 +} +@incollection{ke+pic, + author = "Kernighan, Brian W.", + title = "Pic---A Graphics Language for Typesetting", + booktitle = "Unix Research System Papers, Tenth Edition", + publisher = "AT\&T Bell Laboratories", + pages = "53--77", + year = 1990 +} +@article{ho+mp1, + keyx = "Hobby", + author = "John Douglas Hobby", + title = "A {\MFT}-like System with {P}ost{S}cript Output", + journal = "{TUGboat}", + volume = 10, + number = 4, + pages = "505--512", + month = dec, + year = 1989 +} + +@book{ps-visual, +TITLE="Learning {PostScript}: A Visual Approach", +AUTHOR="Ross Smith", +PUBLISHER="Peachpit Press", +ISBN="0-938151-12-6", +YEAR=1995 +} + +% +% extracted from litprog.bib database +% + +@string{ tub = "{TUGboat}"} + +@article{litprog-schrod-cweb, + author = {Klaus Guntermann and Joachim Schrod}, + title = {{\WEB} adapted to {C}}, + journal = tub, + volume = 7, + number = 3, + month = Oct, + year = 1986, + pages = {134-137}, + xannote = {\js{} My {\small CWEB}, an adaption of Knuth's Pascal +\WEB{}, ie, written in \WEB{}. Created to write an IBM~/370 +assembler/emulater for undergrad CS courses. I was an graduate +student, Klaus was my supervisor then.} +} + +% +% from doc of circuit_macros +% +@techreport{KRm4, +author={Kernighan, Brian W. and Richie, Denis M.}, +title={The {M4} Macro Processor}, +institution={Bell Laboratories}, +year={1977}} + +@misc{gpic, +author={The Free Software Foundation}, +title={Gpic man page}, +year={1992}} + +@misc{mfpic, +author={Leathrum, Thomas}, +title={Pictures in {\TeX\ }with Metafont}, +institution={Dartmouth}, +year={1992}} + +@misc{pstricks, +author={Zandt, Timothy van}, +title={{PST}ricks User's Guide}, +institution={Princeton}, +year={1993}} + +@misc{vanZandt93, +author={Zandt, Timothy van}, +title="{PSTricks} macros for {G}eneric {\TeX}", +note="Disponible sur CTAN dans {\url{tex-archive/graphics/pstricks/}}", +year={1993}} + +@misc{Johnstone92, +author={Johnstone, Adrian}, +title={Electronic symbols for \protect{\LaTeX}\ picture mode}, +institution={Royal Holloway, University of London}, +note={Email: {\tt adrean@cs.rhbnc.ac.uk}}, +year={1992}} + +@misc{Verwer92, +author={Verwer, Nico}, +title={Readme for {L}oggates}, +institution={Utrecht, Dept. of Computer Science}, +note={Email: {\tt nico@cs.ruu.nl}}, +year={1992}} + +@techreport + {guide-loria, + TITLE = "Guide local {\LaTeX} du site {LORIA}", + AUTHOR = "J.-M. Antoine and J.-M. Hufflen and Denis R{\oe}gel and K. Tombre", + INSTITUTION = {Centre de Recherche en Informatique de Nancy}, + TYPE = "Rapport technique", + MONTH = dec, + YEAR = 1996 +} + +@BOOK {advtexbook, + AUTHOR = "David Salomon", + TITLE= "The Advanced {\TeX{}book}", + PUBLISHER="{Springer Verlag}", + ADDRESS="New York", + ISBN="0-387-94556-3", + YEAR = "1995", + } + +@BOOK {objlatex, + AUTHOR = "Vincent Granet and Jean-Pierre Regourd", + TITLE= "Objectif {\LaTeX}", + ADDRESS= "Paris", + PUBLISHER="Masson", + ISBN="2-225-84993-5", + YEAR = "1995", + } + +@BOOK {revol, + AUTHOR = "Eisenstein, Elizabeth L.", + TITLE= "The Printing Revolution in Early Modern Europe", + PUBLISHER="Cambridge University Press", + ADDRESS="New York", + ISBN="0-521-44770-4", + YEAR = "{(Canto imprint)}", + } + +@TECHREPORT{LT3+ClassGuide, + KEY="latex3", + INSTITUTION="The {\LaTeX3} Project Team", + TITLE="{\LaTeXe\ }for class and package writers", + TYPE="Distribu{\'e} avec {\LaTeXe}", + NOTE="{\url{CTAN/macros/latex/macros/latex/base/clsguide.tex}}", + MONTH=dec, + YEAR=1999} + +@TECHREPORT{LT3+ConfigGuide, + KEY="latex3", + INSTITUTION="The {\LaTeX3} Project Team", + TITLE="Configuration options for {\LaTeXe}", + TYPE="Distribu{\'e} avec {\LaTeXe}", + NOTE="{\url{CTAN/macros/latex/macros/latex/base/cfgguide.tex}}", + MONTH=Dec, + YEAR=1999} + +@TECHREPORT{LT3+ModGuide, + KEY="latex3", + INSTITUTION="The {\LaTeX3} Project Team", + TITLE="Configuration options for {\LaTeXe}", + TYPE="Distribu{\'e} avec {\LaTeXe}", + NOTE="{\url{CTAN/macros/latex/macros/latex/base/modguide.tex}}", + MONTH=Dec, + YEAR=1999} + +@TECHREPORT{LT3+FontGuide, + INSTITUTION="The {\LaTeX3} Project Team", + KEY="latex3", + TITLE="{\LaTeXe{}} font selection", + TYPE="Distribu{\'e} avec {\LaTeXe}", + NOTE="Documente le m{\'e}canisme de s{\'e}lection des + fontes. Fait partie de la distribution {\LaTeX}, + {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/macros/latex/base/fntguide.tex}}", + MONTH=dec, + YEAR=1999} + +@TECHREPORT{LT3+UserGuide, + KEY="latex3", + INSTITUTION="The {\LaTeX3} Project Team", + TITLE="{\LaTeXe~}for authors", + TYPE="Distribu{\'e} avec {\LaTeXe}", + NOTE="{\url{CTAN/macros/latex/macros/latex/base/usrguide.tex}}", + MONTH=Dec, + YEAR=1999} + +@TECHREPORT{LT3+CyrGuide, + KEY="latex3", + AUTHOR="Vladimir Volovitch and Werner Lemberg", + INSTITUTION="The {\LaTeX3} Project Team", + TITLE="Cyrillic languages support in {\LaTeX}", + TYPE="Distribu{\'e} avec {\LaTeXe}", + NOTE="{\url{CTAN/macros/latex/macros/latex/base/cyrguide.tex}}", + MONTH=Dec, + YEAR=1999} + +@MISC{simple-nfss, + TITLE="A few words on fonts", + AUTHOR="Timothy Murphy", + NOTE={\url{ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/info/simple-nfss.tex}}, + MONTH=jun, + YEAR=1994} + +@TECHREPORT{LT3+source2e, + KEY="latex3", + INSTITUTION="The {\LaTeX3} Project Team", + TITLE="{\LaTeX}: the program", + TYPE="Distribu{\'e} avec {\LaTeXe}", + MONTH=Jun, + YEAR=1994} + +@UNPUBLISHED{Goldberg+lastpage, + AUTHOR="Jeffrey Goldberg", + TITLE="The {\texttt{lastpage}} package", + NOTE="Documentation électronique", + MONTH=Oct, + YEAR=1995} + +@TECHREPORT{l2e-config, + INSTITUTION="The {\LaTeX3} Project Team", + KEY="latex3", + TITLE="Configuration Options for {\LaTeXe{}}", + TYPE="Distribu{\'e} avec {\LaTeXe}", + MONTH=jun, + YEAR=1994} + +@TECHREPORT{l2e-mod, + INSTITUTION="The {\LaTeX3} Project Team", + KEY="latex3", + TITLE="Modifying {\LaTeXe{}}", + TYPE="Distribu{\'e} avec {\LaTeXe}", + MONTH=jun, + YEAR=1994} + +@TECHREPORT{l2e-auth, + INSTITUTION="The {\LaTeX3} Project Team", + KEY="latex3", + TITLE="{\LaTeXe{}} for Authors", + TYPE="Distribu{\'e} avec {\LaTeXe}", + MONTH=jun, + YEAR=1994} + + +@BOOK {roy, + AUTHOR = "Roy, Yves", + TITLE= "{\TeX/WEB} et le traitement de textes math{\'e}matiques", + PUBLISHER="Masson", + ADDRESS="Paris", + ISBN="2-225-80249-1", + YEAR = 1984} + +@incollection + {unicode91, + AUTHOR = "{Unicode Inc.}", + TITLE = {The {U}nicode {S}tandard}, + BOOKTITLE = {Worldwide Character Encoding, Version 1.0}, + PUBLISHER = {Addison-Wesley}, + YEAR = {1991}, + volume = {1}, + isbn = "0201-56788-1", + address = {Reading, Massachusetts}, +} + +@incollection + {unicode92, + AUTHOR = "{Unicode Inc.}", + TITLE = {The {U}nicode {S}tandard}, + BOOKTITLE = {Worldwide Character Encoding, Version 1.0}, + PUBLISHER = {Addison-Wesley}, + YEAR = {1992}, + volume = {2}, + isbn = "0201-60845-6", + address = {Reading, Massachusetts}, +} + +@TECHREPORT + {cheng, + AUTHOR="Pehong Chen and Michael A. Harrison", + TITLE= "{A}utomatic {I}ndex {P}reparation and {P}rocessing", + NOTE="Fichier {\texttt{indexing/makeindex/paper/ind.tex}} sur les archives {\CTAN}", + NUMBER= "UCB/CSD 87/347", + INSTITUTION="Computer Science Division, University of California", + ADDRESS="Berkeley, California", + MONTH=mar, + YEAR=1987, + } + +@ARTICLE + {cheng1, + AUTHOR="Pehong Chen and Michael A. Harrison", + TITLE= "Index preparation and processing", + JOURNAL="Software -- Practice and Experience", + PAGES="897--915", + VOLUME=18, + NUMBER=9, + MONTH=sep, + YEAR=1988, + } + +@INPROCEEDINGS{Decouchant95b, + AUTHOR="D. Decouchant and Vincent Quint and M. Romero", + TITLE="Structured and Distributed Cooperative Editing in a Large Scale Network", + EDITOR="R. Rada", + BOOKTITLE="Groupware and Authoring", + PUBLISHER="Academic Press", + YEAR=1995, + } + +@ARTICLE{Andre94g, + AUTHOR="Jacques Andr{\'e} and A. Wild", + TITLE="Ligatures, typographie et informatique", + VOLUME=892, + JOURNAL="{PI}", + NOTE="Irisa, Rennes", + MONTH=dec, + YEAR=1994, + } + +@BOOK{Quint94d, + AUTHOR="Vincent Quint", + TITLE="{\'E}dition de documents structur{\'e}s", + iNOTE="Le traitement {\'e}lectronique du document", + PAGES="11-47", + PUBLISHER="{ADBS} {\'e}ditions", + ADDRESS="Paris", + MONTH=oct, + YEAR=1994, + } + +@INPROCEEDINGS{Andre94e, + AUTHOR="Jacques Andr{\'e} and H. Richy", + TITLE="{\'E}dition structur{\'e}e et indexation hypertextuelle d'actes m{\'e}di{\'e}vaux", + BOOKTITLE="{C}olloque {H}istoire et {I}nformatique", + PUBLISHER="Presses Universitaires de Rennes", + XADDRESS="Rennes", + MONTH=jun, + YEAR=1994, + } + +@INPROCEEDINGS{Andre92c, + AUTHOR="Jacques Andr{\'e}", + TITLE="Font Metrics", + BOOKTITLE="Technical and Visual Aspects of Types", + EDITOR="Roger D. Hersch", + PUBLISHER="Cambridge University Press", + YEAR=1992, + } + +@INPROCEEDINGS{Andre92b, + AUTHOR="Jacques Andr{\'e} and Roger D. Hersch", + TITLE="An introduction to digital type", + BOOKTITLE="Technical and Visual Aspects of Types", + EDITOR="Roger D. Hersch", + PUBLISHER="Cambridge University Press", + YEAR=1992, + } + + +@INPROCEEDINGS{Quint89a, + AUTHOR="Vincent Quint", + TITLE="Systems for the Manipulation of Structured Documents", + BOOKTITLE="Structured Documents", + EDITOR="Jacques André and Richard K. Furuta and Vincent Quint", + PAGES="39-74", + PUBLISHER="Cambridge University Press", + YEAR=1989, + } + +@ARTICLE{kletzing95, + AUTHOR = "Dennis Kletzing", + TITLE="A multienumerate package", + JOURNAL="{TUGboat}", + VOLUME="16", + NUMBER="3", + MONTH=sep, + YEAR=1995} + +@TECHREPORT{lshort, + AUTHOR="Oetiker, Tobias and Partl, Hubert and Schlegl, Elisabeth", + TITLE="{T}he {N}ot {S}o {S}hort {I}ntroduction to {\LaTeXe}", + TYPE="{Or} {\LaTeXe} in 69 minutes", + INSTITUTION="(répertoire {\texttt{info/lshort}} sur les archives {\CTAN})", + MONTH=jan, + YEAR=1996} + +@MISC{ltmiscen, + AUTHOR="Johannes Braams and David Paul Carlisle and Alan Jeffrey and Leslie Michel Lamport and Frank Mittelbach and Chris A. Rowley and Rainer Sch{\"o}pf", + TITLE="Fichier {\texttt{ltmiscen.dtx}}", + NOTE="Fait partie de la distribution {\LaTeX}"} + +@MISC{cmfonts, + AUTHOR="Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch{\"o}pf", + TITLE="Fichier {\texttt{cmfonts.fdd}} {\`a} utiliser avec {\LaTeXe}", + NOTE="Fait partie de la distribution {\LaTeX}"} + +@MISC{everysel, + AUTHOR="Martin Schr{\"o}der", + TITLE="Le paquetage {\texttt{everysel}} pour {\LaTeXe}", + NOTE="{\CTAN}: \url{tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/everysel}"} + +@MISC{raggedri, + AUTHOR="Martin Schr{\"o}der", + TITLE="L'option de style \texttt{raggedri} pour + {\LaTeX2.09}", + NOTE="{\CTAN}: \url{tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/raggedright}"} + +@MISC{ragged, + AUTHOR="Laurent Siebenmann", + TITLE="Paquetage \texttt{ragged.sty}", + NOTE="{\CTAN}: + {\url{tex-archive/macros/generic/ragged/ragged.sty}}, + g{\'e}n{\'e}rique pour le {\PlainTeX} et {\LaTeX}"} + +@COMMENT{yh-imposs, + TITLE="Impossible n'est pas {\anyTeX}", + AUTHOR="Yannis Haralambous", + PUBLISHER="International Thomson Publishing's Forges", + ADDRESS="France", + NOTE="{\`A} para{\^{\i}}tre", + YEAR=1996} + +@TECHREPORT{lamport-longf, + AUTHOR="Leslie Michel Lamport", + TITLE="How to write a long formula", + TYPE="Research Report", + NUMBER="118", + INSTITUTION="Digital Equipment Corporation, Systems Research Center", + NOTE="{\`a} para{\^{\i}}tre dans {\em FACJ 6\/}(5) (September/October 1994)", + MONTH=dec, + YEAR=1993} + +@techreport{hobby, + AUTHOR="John Douglas Hobby", + TITLE="{D}rawing {G}raphs with {\MPT}", + NOTE="Documentation disponible en format {P}ost{Script} à + {\url{\texttt{http://www.loria.fr/tex/prod-graph.html}}}, + {\url{http://cm.bell-labs.com/who/hobby/MetaPost.html}} + et + {\url{http:/cm.bell-labs.com/cs/cstr/164.ps.gz}}" , + institution = {AT\&T Bell Laboratories}, + address = {Murray Hill, New Jersey}, + type = {Computing Science Technical Report}, + number = {no.~164}, + year = {1993} + } + +@BOOK{aidetypo, + AUTHOR="G{\'e}rard Blanchard", + TITLE="Aide pour le choix de la typographie", + NOTE="{PAO}, cours sup{\'e}rieur", + PUBLISHER="Ateliers Perrousseaux, {\'e}diteur", + ADDRESS="{L}a {T}uilli{\`e}re, 04110 {R}eillanne", + ISBN="2-911220-02-1", + MOMTH=fev, + YEAR=1998} + +@BOOK{ftypo, + AUTHOR="Yves Perrousseaux", + TITLE="Manuel de typographie fran{\c{c}}aise {\'e}l{\'e}mentaire", + PUBLISHER="Ateliers Perrousseaux, {\'e}diteur", + ADDRESS="{L}a {T}uilli{\`e}re, 04110 {R}eillanne", + ISBN="2-911220-00-5", + EDITION="quatri{\`e}me", + YEAR=2001} + +@BOOK{fmisepage, + AUTHOR="Yves Perrousseaux", + TITLE="Mise en page et impression, notions {\'e}l{\'e}mentaires", + PUBLISHER="Ateliers Perrousseaux, {\'e}diteur", + ADDRESS="{L}a {T}uilli{\`e}re, 04110 {R}eillanne", + ISBN="2-911220-01-3", + YEAR=1996} + +@MISC{IEEEstd, + KEY={IEEE}, + TITLE={Graphic Symbols for Electrical and Electronic Diagrams}, + NOTE={IEEE Std 315-1975}, + INSTITUTION={IEEE}, + YEAR={1975}} + +@TECHREPORT{ps-colorsep, + KEY="Adobe", + AUTHOR="{Adobe Developper Support}{\noopsort{Adobe}}", + INSTITUTION="{A}dobe {S}ystems {I}ncoporated", + TITLE="{C}olor {S}eparation {C}onventions for {P}ost{S}cript {L}anguage {P}rograms", + TYPE="{T}echnical {N}ote", + NUMBER="{\#}5044", + MONTH="24 " # may, + YEAR=1994} + +@BOOK{agfa+color, + AUTHOR="{A}gfa {C}orporation{\noopsort{Agfa}}", + TITLE="An Introduction to Digital Color Press", + NOTE="Volumes {I} and {II}", + PUBLISHER="{A}gfa {C}orporation", + YEAR=1991} + +@BOOK{foley, + AUTHOR="Foley, J. and others", + TITLE="Computer Graphics{\string:} Principles and Practice", + PUBLISHER = {Addison-Wesley}, + ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts", + ISBN="0-201-12110-7", + YEAR=1990} + +@BOOK{col-repro, + AUTHOR="Hunt, R.", + TITLE="The Reproduction of Color in Photography, Printing, and Television", + PUBLISHER="Fountain Press", + ISBN="0-85242-356-X", + YEAR=1987} + +@BOOK{judd+wys, + AUTHOR="Judd, D. B. and Wyszecki, G.", + TITLE="Color in Business, Science, and Industry", + EDITION="troisi{\`e}me", + PUBLISHER="John Wiley {\&} Sons", + YEAR=1975} + +@BOOK{molla, + AUTHOR="Molla, Da. R. K.", + TITLE="Electronic Color Separation", + PUBLISHER="R.K. Printing {\&} Publishing Company", + ADDRESS="Montgomery, WV", + YEAR=1988} + +@BOOK{wyszecki, + AUTHOR="Wyszecki, G. and Stiles, W. S.", + TITLE="Color Science{\string:} Concepts and Methods, Quantitative Data and Formula", + EDITION="seconde", + PUBLISHER="R.K. Printing {\&} Publishing Company", + YEAR=1982} + +@TECHREPORT{ps-font-support, + KEY="Adobe", + AUTHOR="{Adobe Developper Support}{\noopsort{Adobe}}", + INSTITUTION="{A}dobe {S}ystems {I}ncoporated", + TITLE="{S}upporting {F}onts in the {P}ost{S}cript {L}anguage {E}nvironment", + TYPE="{T}echnical {N}ote", + NUMBER="{\#}5075", + MONTH="31 " # mar, + YEAR=1992} + +@TECHREPORT{ps-man2-upd, + KEY="Adobe", + AUTHOR="{Adobe Developper Support}{\noopsort{Adobe}}", + INSTITUTION="{A}dobe {S}ystems {I}ncoporated", + TITLE="{U}pdates to the {P}ost{S}cript {L}anguage {R}eference {M}anual, {S}econd + {E}dition", + TYPE="{T}echnical {N}ote", + NUMBER="{\#}5085", + MONTH="7 " # Jul, + YEAR=1995} + +@TECHREPORT{ps-doc-struct, + KEY="Adobe", + AUTHOR="{Adobe Developper Support}{\noopsort{Adobe}}", + INSTITUTION="{A}dobe {S}ystems {I}ncoporated", + TITLE="{P}ost{S}cript {L}anguage {D}ocument + {S}tructuring {C}onventions {S}pecification", + TYPE="{T}echnical {N}ote", + NOTE="Version 3.0", + NUMBER="{\#}5001", + MONTH="25 " # Sep, + YEAR=1992} + +@TECHREPORT{ps-eps-format, + KEY="Adobe", + AUTHOR="{Adobe Developper Support}{\noopsort{Adobe}}", + INSTITUTION="{A}dobe {S}ystems {I}ncoporated", + TITLE="{E}ncapsulated {P}ost{S}cript {F}ile {F}ormat + {S}pecification", + TYPE="{T}echnical {N}ote", + NOTE="Version 3.0", + NUMBER="{\#}5002", + MONTH="1er " # may, + YEAR=1992} + +@TECHREPORT{ps-afm-format, + KEY="Adobe", + AUTHOR="{Adobe Developper Support}{\noopsort{Adobe}}", + INSTITUTION="{A}dobe {S}ystems {I}ncoporated", + TITLE="{A}dobe {F}ont {M}etrics {F}ile {F}ormat + {S}pecification", + TYPE="{T}echnical {N}ote", + NOTE="Version 4.1", + NUMBER="{\#}5004", + MONTH="16 " # Oct, + YEAR=1995} + +@TECHREPORT{ps-bin-screen, + KEY="Adobe", + AUTHOR="{Adobe Developper Support}{\noopsort{Adobe}}", + INSTITUTION="{A}dobe {S}ystems {I}ncoporated", + TITLE="{A}dobe {B}in {S}creen {F}iles + {S}pecification", + TYPE="{T}echnical {N}ote", + NOTE="Version 2.0", + NUMBER="{\#}5006", + MONTH="31 " # mar, + YEAR=1992} + +@TECHREPORT{ps-ai-file, + KEY="Adobe", + AUTHOR="{Adobe Developper Support}{\noopsort{Adobe}}", + INSTITUTION="{A}dobe {S}ystems {I}ncoporated", + TITLE="{A}dobe {I}llustrator {F}ile {F}ormat + {S}pecification", + TYPE="{T}echnical {N}ote", + NOTE="Version 2.0", + NUMBER="{\#}5007", + MONTH="28 " # Oct, + YEAR=1992} + +@TECHREPORT{ps-psft, + KEY="Adobe", + AUTHOR="{Adobe Developper Support}{\noopsort{Adobe}}", + INSTITUTION="{A}dobe {S}ystems {I}ncoporated", + TITLE="{P}ost{S}cript {L}anguage {F}ile {T}ransmission + {(PSFT)} {S}pecification", + TYPE="{T}echnical {N}ote", + NOTE="Version 1.0", + NUMBER="{\#}5011", + MONTH="02 " # apr, + YEAR=1993} + +@TECHREPORT{ps-type42, + KEY="Adobe", + AUTHOR="{Adobe Developper Support}{\noopsort{Adobe}}", + INSTITUTION="{A}dobe {S}ystems {I}ncoporated", + TITLE="{T}he {T}ype 42 {F}ont {F}ormat {S}pecification", + TYPE="{T}echnical {N}ote", + NUMBER="{\#}5012", + MONTH="1er " # Mar, + YEAR=1993} + +@TECHREPORT{ps-type1-ffs, + KEY="Adobe", + AUTHOR="{Adobe Developper Support}{\noopsort{Adobe}}", + INSTITUTION="{A}dobe {S}ystems {I}ncoporated", + TITLE="{T}ype 1 {F}ont {F}ormat {S}upplement", + TYPE="{T}echnical {N}ote", + NUMBER="{\#}5015", + MONTH="15 " # jan, + YEAR=1994} + +@TECHREPORT{ps-supp-down, + KEY="Adobe", + AUTHOR="{Adobe Developper Support}{\noopsort{Adobe}}", + INSTITUTION="{A}dobe {S}ystems {I}ncoporated", + TITLE="{S}upporting {D}ownloadable {P}ost{S}cript + {L}anguage {F}onts", + TYPE="{T}echnical {N}ote", + NUMBER="{\#}5040", + MONTH="31 March", + YEAR=1992} + +@TECHREPORT{ps-fnt-list, + KEY="Adobe", + AUTHOR="{Adobe Developper Support}{\noopsort{Adobe}}", + INSTITUTION="{A}dobe {S}ystems {I}ncoporated", + TITLE="{A}dobe {F}ont {N}ame {R}eference {T}able", + TYPE="{T}echnical {N}ote", + NUMBER="{\#}5090", + MONTH="27 " # Oct, + YEAR=1995} + +@TECHREPORT{ps-l2-setscreen, + KEY="Adobe", + AUTHOR="{Adobe Developper Support}{\noopsort{Adobe}}", + INSTITUTION="{A}dobe {S}ystems {I}ncoporated", + TITLE="{L}evel 2 {C}ompatibility{\string:} {T}he + setscreen and currentscreen {O}perators", + TYPE="{T}echnical {N}ote", + NUMBER="{\#}5119", + MONTH="31 " # Mar, + YEAR=1992} + +@TECHREPORT{ps-ext-cid, + KEY="Adobe", + AUTHOR="{Adobe Developper Support}{\noopsort{Adobe}}", + INSTITUTION="{A}dobe {S}ystems {I}ncoporated", + TITLE="{P}ost{S}cript {L}anguage {E}xtensions for + {CID-K}eyed {F}onts", + TYPE="{T}echnical {N}ote", + NOTE="{P}ost{S}cript {S}oftware {V}ersion 2015", + NUMBER="{\#}5213", + MONTH="29 " # jun, + YEAR=1995} + +@TECHREPORT{ps-man-supp, + KEY="Adobe", + AUTHOR="{Adobe Developper Support}{\noopsort{Adobe}}", + INSTITUTION="{A}dobe {S}ystems {I}ncoporated", + TITLE="{P}ost{S}cript {L}anguage {R}eference {M}anual + {S}upplement", + TYPE="{T}echnical {N}ote", + NOTE="{F}or {V}ersion 2016", + NUMBER="{PS} {S}upplement 2016", + MONTH="7 " # Jul, + YEAR=1995} + +@MISC{art+Chen, + AUTHOR="Leslie Michel Lamport", + TITLE="{MakeIndex}{\string:} {A}n {I}ndex {P}rocessor for {\LaTeX}", + MONTH="17 " # feb, + YEAR=1987, + NOTE="Extrait du fichier {\texttt{makeindex.tex}} fourni avec le code source du + programme"} + +@MISC{art+docstrip, + AUTHOR="Frank Mittelbach and Denys Duchier and Johannes Braams", + TITLE="\texttt{docstrip.dtx}", + NOTE="Ce fichier fait partie du paquetage {\texttt{doc}}"} + +@MISC{art+verbatim, + AUTHOR="Rainer Sch{\"o}pf", + TITLE="A New Implementation of {\LaTeX}'s {\texttt{verbatim}} and + {\texttt{verbatim*}} Environments", + NOTE="Fichier {\texttt{verbatim.doc}}, version 1.4i"} + +@MISC{fertel, + AUTHOR="{Fertel{, I}mprimeur {\&} {M}archand {L}ibraire, rue des {\'E}p{\'e}es, {\`a} l'{I}mage de {S}aint {B}ertin, {S}aint {O}mer}, Martin Dominique", + TITLE="La science pratique de l'imprimerie", + YEAR=1723} + +@BOOK{baudin, + AUTHOR="Baudin, Fernand", + TITLE="La {T}ypographie au tableau noir", + PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {R}etz", + ADDRESS="Paris", + YEAR=1984} + +@BOOK{baudin-gut, + AUTHOR="Baudin, Fernand", + TITLE="{L'E}ffet {G}utenberg", + PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions du {C} de la {L}ibrairie", + YEAR=1994} + +@BOOK{beaune, + AUTHOR="Beaune, Joseph and Ponot, Ren{\'e}", + TITLE="Qui a rammass{\'e} la plume d'oie?", + PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions Dessain et Tolra", + ADDRESS="Paris", + YEAR=1979} + +@BOOK{appriv, + AUTHOR="Bernard, Yves", + TITLE="Apprivoiser la cha{\^{\i}}ne graphique", + PUBLISHER="Les {\'e}ditions de l'{O}rganisation", + ADDRESS="Paris", + YEAR=1993} + +@BOOK{blanchard1, + AUTHOR="Blanchard, G{\'e}rard", + TITLE="Pour une s{\'e}miologie de la typographie", + PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions des {R}encontres de {L}ure", + YEAR=1979} + +@ARTICLE{blanchard2, + AUTHOR="Blanchard, G{\'e}rard", + TITLE="{J}an {T}schichold parle de typographie", + JOURNAL="Communication et langages", + VOLUME=63, + YEAR=1984} + +@ARTICLE{blanchard3, + AUTHOR="Blanchard, G{\'e}rard", + TITLE="Le look de l'{\'e}troit", + JOURNAL="Communication et langages", + VOLUME=73, + YEAR=1988} + +@ARTICLE{blanchard4, + AUTHOR="Blanchard, G{\'e}rard", + title = "N{\oe}uds {\&} esperlu{\`e}tes: actualit{\'e}s + et p{\'e}rennit{\'e} d'un signe", + journal = j-GUTENBERG, + year = "1995", + volume = "22", + pages = "43--59", + month = sep, +} + +@INCOLLECTION{brookfield, + AUTHOR="Brookfield, Karen", + TITLE="L'{\'e}criture et le livre", + BOOKTITLE="Les yeux de la d{\'e}couverte", + PUBLISHER="Gallimard", + YEAR=1993} + +@BOOK{dchoseimp, + AUTHOR="Chassagnard, Guy", + TITLE="Le petit dictionnaire de la chose imprim{\'e}e", + PUBLISHER="Sud {\'E}ditions", + ADDRESS="Nice", + YEAR=1995} + +@BOOK{logo, + AUTHOR="Delorme, Christian", + TITLE="Le logo", + PUBLISHER="Les {\'e}ditions de l'{O}rganisation", + ADDRESS="Paris", + edition="seconde", + ISBN="2708122185", + YEAR=1992} + +@BOOK{choseimp, + AUTHOR="Dreyfus, John and Ponot, Ren{\'e} and Richaudeau, Fran{\c{c}}ois", + TITLE="La chose imprim{\'e}e", + PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {R}etz", + ADDRESS="Paris", + YEAR=1985} + +@BOOK{civil-ecr, + AUTHOR="Druet, Roger and Gr{\'e}goire, Herman", + TITLE="La civilisation de l'{\'e}criture", + PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {A}rth{\`e}me {F}ayard et {D}essain et {T}olra", + ADDRESS="Paris", + YEAR=1976} + +@BOOK{maquette-map, + AUTHOR="Duplan, Pierre and Jauneau, Roger", + TITLE="Maquette et mise en page", + PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions du {M}oniteur", + ADDRESS="Paris", + YEAR=1994} + +@BOOK{duplan, +AUTHOR="Duplan, Pierre and Jauneau, Roger", +TITLE="Maquette et mise en page", +PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions de l'{U}sine {N}ouvelle", +ADDRESS="Paris", +YEAR=1982} + + +@BOOK{rook, + EDITOR="Eason, Ron and Rookledge, Sarah and Baines, Phil and Rookledge, Gordon", + TITLE="{R}ookledge's {I}nternational {H}andbook of {T}ype {D}esigners: {A} + {B}iographical {D}irectory", + NOTE="Compagnon de~{\cite{rookledge1990}}", + PUBLISHER="{S}arema {P}ress ({P}ublishers) {Ltd}", + ADDRESS="Surrey, England", + ISBN="1-55921-092-3", + YEAR=1991} + +@BOOK{faudouas, + AUTHOR="Faudouas, Jean-Claude", + TITLE="Dictionnaire des grands noms de la chose imprim{\'e}e", + PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {R}etz", + ADDRESS="Paris", + YEAR=1991} + +@BOOK{ency-type, + AUTHOR="Jaspert, W. P. and Berry and Johnson", + TITLE="{E}ncyclop{\oe}dia of {T}ype {F}aces", + PUBLISHER="{B}landford {P}ress {Ltd}", + ADDRESS="Londres", + EDITION="cinqui{\`e}me", + YEAR=1983} + +@BOOK{massin, + AUTHOR="Massin", + TITLE="La lettre et l'image", + PUBLISHER="Gallimard", + ADDRESS="Paris", + YEAR="1970--1993"} + +@BOOK{callig, + AUTHOR="Mediavilla, Claude", + TITLE="Calligraphie", + PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions de l'{I}mprimerie {N}ationale", + ADDRESS="Paris", + YEAR=1993} + +@BOOK{tech-gra, + AUTHOR="Ponot, Ren{\'e}", + TITLE="Techniques graphiques", + PUBLISHER="{M}inist{\`e}re du {C}ommerce et de l'{I}ndustrie", + ADDRESS="Paris", + YEAR=1975} + +@BOOK{plomb-encre, + AUTHOR="Ponot, Ren{\'e}", + TITLE="De plomb, d'encre et de lumi{\`e}re", + PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions de l'{I}mprimerie {N}ationale", + ADDRESS="Paris", + YEAR=1982} + +@BOOK{hist-carac, + AUTHOR="Ponot, Ren{\'e}", + TITLE="Histoire de presque tous les caract{\`e}res d'imprimerie", + PUBLISHER="Les cahiers de {L}ure", + YEAR=1979} + +@ARTICLE{uni-typo, + AUTHOR="Richaudeau, Fran{\c{c}}ois", + TITLE="Pour th{\'e}orie unitaire de la typographie", + JOURNAL="Communication et langages", + VOLUME=36} + +@BOOK{ruder, + AUTHOR="Ruder, Emil", + TITLE="Typographie", + PUBLISHER="{V}erlag {A}rtur {N}iggli", + ADDRESS="{T}eufen, {AR}", + YEAR=1967} + +@BOOK{salles, + AUTHOR="Salles, Ren{\'e}", + TITLE="{5\,000} ans d'histoire du livre", + PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {O}uest {F}rance", + ADDRESS="Rennes", + YEAR=1986} + +@BOOK{setola, + AUTHOR="Setola, Geert and Pohlen, Joep", + TITLE="La fontaine aux lettres", + PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {F}ontana", + YEAR=1994} + +@BOOK{tsi+livre-typo, + AUTHOR="Tschichold, Jan", + ISBN="2-904235-81-7", + TITLE="Livre et typographie", + PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {A}llia", + NOTE="Traduit de l'allemand par Nicole Casanova, postface + de Muriel Paris. Titre original: {\emph{Ausgew{\H{a}}hlte + Aufs{\H{a}}tze {\H{u}}ber Fragen der Gestalt des + Buches und der Typographie}}, {\cite{typo+tschichold+selected}}", + ADDRESS="16, rue Charlemagne, Paris iv", + YEAR= oct # " 1994--" # nov # " 1998"} + +@BOOK{majus, + AUTHOR="Dauppagnea, Albert", + TITLE="Majuscules, abr{\'e}viations, symboles et sigles", + PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {D}ucolot", + ADDRESS="Paris -- Louvain-la-Neuve", + YEAR=1991} + +@MANUAL{cgc, + ORGANIZATION="{F}{\'e}d{\'e}ration {CGC} de la communication", + TITLE="Code typographique", + ADDRESS="64, rue Taitbout, 75009~Paris", + EDITION="dix-septi{\`e}me", + YEAR=1995} + +@MANUAL{guibert1997, + TITLE="Le nouveau code typographique", + ORGANIZATION="{F}{\'e}d{\'e}ration {CGC} de la communication", + ADDRESS="64, rue Taitbout, 75009~Paris", + AUTHOR="Robert Guibert", + ISBN="2-9507157-1-0", + NOTE="R{\'e}vis{\'e}, compl{\'e}t{\'e} et modernis{\'e}", + YEAR=1997} + +@BOOK{ramat, + AUTHOR="Ramat, Aurel", + TITLE="Le {R}amat typographique", + PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {C}harles {C}orlet", + ADDRESS="Cond{\'e}-sur-{N}oireau", + ISBN="2-922366-00-6", + YEAR=2000} + +@BOOK{ramat-gram, + AUTHOR="Ramat, Aurel", + TITLE="Grammaire typographique", + PUBLISHER="Aurel Ramat", + ADDRESS="Montr{\'e}al (Qu{\'e}bec)", + YEAR=1984} + +@BOOK{bringhurst, + AUTHOR="Robert Bringhurst", + TITLE="{T}he {E}lements of {T}ypographic {S}tyle", + PUBLISHER="{H}artley {\&} {M}arks", + ADDRESS="Vanvouver, Canada", + ISBN="0-88179-133-4 (reli{\'e}), 0-88179-132-6 (pbk)", + EDITION="deuxi{\`e}me", + YEAR="1992, 1996, 1997, 1999"} + +@BOOK{itp, + AUTHOR="Esposito, Tony and Callan King, Jean", + TITLE="{ITP} {P}ost{S}cript {T}ypeface {L}ibrary", + PUBLISHER="{V}an {N}ostrand {R}heinhold", + ADDRESS="New York", + ISBN="0-442-01491-0", + YEAR=1994} + +@BOOK{tracy, + AUTHOR="Tracy, Walter", + TITLE="{L}etters of {C}redit -- {A} view of type design", + PUBLISHER="{G}ordon {F}raser", + ADDRESS="Londres", + YEAR=1986} + + +@inproceedings{Hobby82, + author = {John Douglas Hobby and Gu Guoan}, + title = {Using String Matching to Compress Chinese Characters}, + booktitle = {Proc. Int'l Conf. of the {C}hinese-Language Computer Society}, + pages = {56--70}, + month = sep, + year = {1982}, + note = {Also {\it Stanford Report STAN-CS-82-914.}} +} + +@article{Hobby83, + author = {John Douglas Hobby and Gu Guoan}, + title = {Using {\MFT} to Design Chinese Characters}, + journal = {Computer Processing of Chinese \& Oriental Languages}, + volume = {1}, + number = {1}, + pages = {4--23}, + month = jul, + year = {1983} +} + + +@article{Hobby84, + author = {John Douglas Hobby and Gu Guoan}, + title = {A {C}hinese meta-font}, + journal = "{TUGboat}", + volume = {5}, + number = {2}, + pages = {119--136}, + month = Nov, + year = {1984}, + note = {Also {\it Stanford Report STAN-CS-83-974\/} and {\it Proc. ICTP'83}, Tokyo, Japan, 1983}, +} + +@techreport{Hobby92, + title = {A User's manual for {MetaPost}}, + author = {John Douglas Hobby}, + institution = {AT\&T Bell Laboratories}, + address = {Murray Hill, New Jersey}, + type = {Computing Science Technical Report}, + number = {no.~162}, + note="Disponible {\`a} {\url{http://cm.bell-labs.com/who/hobby/MetaPost.html/}}", + year = {1992} +} + +@inproceedings{Hobby92a, + author = {John Douglas Hobby}, + title = {Introduction to {MetaPost}}, + booktitle = {Euro{\TeX} '92 Proceedings}, + month = sep, + year = {1992}, + pages = {21--36} +} + +@article{Hobby93, + author = {John Douglas Hobby}, + title = {Generating Automatically Tuned Bitmaps from Outlines}, + journal = {J. Assoc. Comp. Mach.}, + volume = {40}, + number = {1}, + pages = {48--94}, + year = {1993} +} + +@book{quaresma, + author="Quaresma de Almeida, Pedro", + title="Introdu{\c{c}\~ao} ao {\LaTeX}", + publisher="Escolar Editora", + address="Lisboa", + year=1996} + +@BOOK {ponct-m, + TITLE= "La ponctuation ma{\^{\i}}tris{\'e}e", + AUTHOR= "Jacquenod, Raymond", + PUBLISHER="Marabout", + ADDRESS="Alleur, Belgique", + SERIES="{M}arabout {S}avoirs", + NUMBER="8017", + ISBN="2-501-01863-X", + YEAR= 1993} + +@ARTICLE{SAUTER, +AUTHOR="John Sauter", +TITLE="Building {C}omputer {M}odern fonts", +JOURNAL="{TUGboat}", +NUMBER = "3", +MONTH=oct, +VOLUME="7", +PAGES="151--152", +YEAR=1986} + +@ARTICLE{ABC, +AUTHOR="Tobin, Georgia K.M.", +TITLE="The {ABC}'s of {S}pecial {E}ffects", +JOURNAL="{TUGboat}", +MONTH=apr, +VOLUME="9", +NUMBER="1", +PAGES="15--18", +YEAR=1988} + +@ARTICLE{Outline, +AUTHOR="Doug Henderson", +TITLE="{O}utline {F}onts with {\MFT}", +JOURNAL="{TUGboat}", +MONTH=apr, +VOLUME="10", +NUMBER="1", +PAGES="36--38", +YEAR=1989} + + +@INPROCEEDINGS{LL, +AUTHOR="Alexey Khodulev and I. Mahovaya", +TITLE="On {\TeX{}} experience in {MIR} {P}ublishers", +BOOKTITLE="Proceedings of the 7th {Euro\TeX{}} {C}onference", +ADDRESS="Prague", +YEAR=1992} + +@INPROCEEDINGS{LH, +AUTHOR="Olga G. Lapko", +TITLE="{MAKEFNT} as part of {CurTUG--EM\TeX{}} package", +BOOKTITLE="Proceedings of the 8th {Euro\TeX{}} {C}onference", +ADDRESS="Gd{\'a}nsk", +YEAR=1994} + +@BOOK{day, +AUTHOR="Day, Robert A.", +TITLE="{H}ow to {W}rite {\&} {P}ublish a {S}cientific {P}aper", +PUBLISHER="Cambridge University Press", +EDITION="quatri{è}me", +ISBN="0-521-55136-6", +YEAR=1995} + +@BOOK{ramasu, + AUTHOR="Nickalls, Richard W. D. and Ramasubramanian R. and Jahan, F. and Hall R.", + TITLE="Interfacing medical equipment to an {IBM PC}", + PUBLISHER="Cambridge University Press", + YEAR=1994} + +@ARTICLE{rahtz+afm, + AUTHOR="Rahtz, Sebastian", + TITLE="{AFM} files for {IBM} {C}ourier", + JOURNAL="{UKTeX Digest}", + MONTH=dec, + YEAR=1992, + VOLUME=92, + NUMBER=47} + +@BOOK{y+bach, + AUTHOR="Bach, Carl Philipp Emanuel", + TITLE="{V}ersuch {\"u}ber die wahre {A}rt das {C}lavier zu spielen. {Z}weyter {T}heil, + in welchem die {L}ehre von dem {A}ccompagnement und der freyen {F}antasie abgehandelt wird", + ADDRESS="Berlin", + PUBLISHER="G. L. Winter", + YEAR=1762} + +@ARTICLE{y+barthel, + AUTHOR="Barthel, Gustav", + TITLE="{W}arum deutsche {S}chrift?", + JOURNAL="{S}chrift und {S}chreiben", + VOLUME={4}, + PAGES={98--130}, + YEAR=1934} + +@ARTICLE{y+breitkopf, + AUTHOR="Breitkopf, Johann Gottlob Immanuel", + TITLE="{U}eber {B}uchdruckerey und {B}uchhandel in {L}eipzig", + JOURNAL="{J}ournal f{\"u}r {F}abrik, {M}anufaktur und {H}andlung", + VOLUME="5", + PAGES={1--57}, + YEAR=1793} + +@MISC{y+glaister, + AUTHOR="Glaister and Ashall, Geoffrey", + TITLE="{G}laister's {G}lossary of the {B}ook", + ADDRESS="Londres", + YEAR=1960} + +@BOOK{y+kiewel, + AUTHOR="Kiewel, Albert Eberhard Dietrich and St{\"o}lting, Inghild and + Wachtendorf, Heinold", + TITLE="{W}ir lesen deutsche {S}chrift", + ADDRESS="Hannovre", + PUBLISHER="{K}allmeyer'sche {V}erlagsbuchhandlung", + YEAR=1989} + +@BOOK{y+knebel, + AUTHOR="Knebel, P.", + TITLE="{S}ammlung der gebr{\"a}uchlisten {S}chriftgattungen", + ADDRESS="Landshut", + PUBLISHER="{V}erlag der {J}os. {T}homann'schen {B}uchhandlung", + YEAR=1870} + +@BOOK{y+mulsing, + AUTHOR="M{\"u}lsing, Ernst and Schmidt, Alfred", + TITLE="{D}uden, {R}echtschreibung der deutschen {S}prache und der {F}remdw{\"o}rter", + ADDRESS="Leipzig et Vienne", + PUBLISHER="{B}ibliographisches {I}nstitut", + YEAR=1919} + +@ARTICLE{y+partl, + AUTHOR="Partl, Hubert", + TITLE="{G}erman {\TeX}", + JOURNAL="{TUGboat}", + MONTH=apr, + VOLUME="9", + NUMBER="1", + PAGES="70--72", + YEAR=1988} + +@BOOK{y+stiebner, + AUTHOR="Stiebner, Erhardt Helmut Huber and Zahn, Heribert", + TITLE="{S}chriften + {Z}eichen", + ADDRESS="Munich", + PUBLISHER="Bruckmann", + YEAR=1987} + +@ARTICLE{y+thormeyer, + AUTHOR="Thormeyer, Traugott", + TITLE="{H}eraus aus der {S}chriftverelendung{!}", + JOURNAL="{S}chrift und {S}chreiben", + VOLUME="4", + PAGES={131--136}, + YEAR=1934} + +@BOOK{y+updike, + AUTHOR="Updike, Daniel Berkeley", + TITLE="{P}rinting {T}ypes: {T}heir {H}istory, {F}orms and {U}se", + EDITION="deuxi{\`e}me", + ADDRESS="Cambridge, Mass.", + YEAR=1937} + +@BOOK{y+walther, + AUTHOR="Walther, Karl Klaus", + TITLE="{L}exikon der {B}uchkunst und {B}ibliophilie", + ADDRESS="Leipzig", + PUBLISHER="Bibliographisches Institut", + YEAR=1987} + +@BOOK{y+wikenhauser, + AUTHOR="Wikenhauser, Alfred", + TITLE="{D}as {E}vangelium nach {J}ohannes", + ADDRESS="Regensburg", + PUBLISHER="{F}riedrich {P}ustet", + YEAR=1948} + +@TECHREPORT{StanCS+NBi89, + AUTHOR="Neenie Billawala", + TITLE="Metamarks: {P}reliminary studies for a pandora's box of shapes", + NUMBER="STAN-CS-89-1256", + INSTITUTION="Stanford University, Department of Computer Science", + ADDRESS="Stanford, California 94305", + MONTH=jul, + YEAR=1989} + +@TECHREPORT{haddad-knuth1985, + AUTHOR="Haddad, Ramsey W. and Knuth, Donald E.", + TITLE="A {P}rogramming and {P}roblem-{S}olving {S}eminar", + NUMBER="STAN-CS-85-1055", + INSTITUTION="Stanford University, Department of Computer Science", + ADDRESS="Stanford, California 94305", + MONTH=jun, + YEAR=1985} + +@INPROCEEDINGS{Stanford+NBi89, + AUTHOR="Neenie Billawala", + TITLE="{Opening Pandora's Box}", + EDITOR="Christina Thiele", + BOOKTITLE="1989 {C}onference {P}roceedings", + PUBLISHER="{TUG}boat, {\TeX} {U}sers {G}roup", + VOLUME="10{\#}4", + PAGES="481--489", + MONTH=dec, + YEAR=1989} + +@BOOK{codetypo, + AUTHOR="{F{\'e}d{\'e}ration nationale du personnel + d'encadrement des industries polygraphique et de la + communication}", + TITLE="Code typographique -- {C}hoix de r{\`e}gles {\`a} + l'usage des auteurs et professionnels du livre", + EDITION="quatorzi{\`e}me", + YEAR=1991} + +@BOOK{romand, + TITLE="Guide du typographe romand -- {R\`e}gles et + grammaires typographiques {\`a} l'usage des auteurs, + {\'e}diteurs, compositeurs et correcteurs de la langue + fran{\c{c}}aise", + EDITOR="{Groupe de Lausanne de l'Association suisse + des typographes}", + EDITION="cinqui{\`e}me", + PUBLISHER="{H\'e}liographia {S.A.}", + ADDRESS="route des {D}ragons 4, case postale 900, 1001, {L}ausanne", + YEAR=1994} + +@MISC{faqfr, + AUTHOR="Kluth, Marie-Paule", + TITLE="{FAQ} {\LaTeX} {F}ran{\c{c}}aise", + DATE="mensuelle", + NOTE="{\url{ftp://ftp.univ-lyon1.fr/pub/faq/by-name/fr/faq-latex-francaise}}" + } + +@BOOK{mla, + TITLE="{MLA} {H}andbook for {W}riters of {R}esearch {Pa}pers", + EDITOR = "Joseph Gibaldi and Walter S. Achtert", + EDITION="quatri{\`e}me", + PUBLISHER="The Modern Language Association of America", + ADDRESS="New York", + ISBN="0-87352-565-5", + YEAR=1995} + +@BOOK{rubinstein, + AUTHOR="Richard Rubinstein", + TITLE="{D}igital {T}ypography: {A}n {I}ntroduction to {T}ype and {C}omposition for {C}omputer {S}ystem {D}esign", + PUBLISHER="Addison-Wesley", + ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts", + ISBN = "0-201-17633-5", + YEAR = 1988} + +@BOOK{paput, + AUTHOR="Paput, Christian", + COMMENT="graveur de poin{\c{c}}ons {\`a} + l'imprimerie nationale, en charge de l'ANCT.", + TITLE="Vocabulaire des {A}rts graphiques, de la {C}ommunication, de la {PAO}, etc.", + PUBLISHER="{TVSO} {\'E}ditions", + ADDRESS="21 avenue {\'E}ric {M}orlet, 91320 {W}issous; T{\'e}l. 01 69 53 90 37", + ISBN = "9-782950-501523"} + +@BOOK{paput98, + AUTHOR="Paput, Christian", + TITLE="La gravure du poin{\c{c}}on typographique -- {T}he {P}unchcutting", + PUBLISHER="TVSO {\'E}ditions", + ADDRESS="21 avenue {\'E}ric {M}orlet, 91320 {W}issous; T{\'e}l. 01 69 53 90 37", + ISBN="2-950505015-4-0", + YEAR=1998} + +@BOOK{knuth-tax, +AUTHOR={Donald~E. Knuth}, +TITLE={{T}au {E}psilon {K}hi, a system for technical text}, +PUBLISHER={American Mathetical Society}, +ADDRESS = "P.O. Box 6248, Providence, Rhode Island 02940", +NOTE="Version r{\'e}vis{\'e}e du rapport {STAN-CS-78-675} publi{\'e} {\`a} Stanford en +septembre 1978", +YEAR=1979} + +@BOOK{hoenig, + AUTHOR="Hoenig, Alan J.", + TITLE="{\TeX} unbound: {\LaTeX} {\&} {\TeX} strategies for fonts, graphics, {\&} more", + PUBLISHER="Oxford University Press", + ADDRESS="New York", + EDITION="premi{\`e}re", + ISBN="0-19-509685-1 et 0-19-509686-X (pbk.)", + YEAR=1998} + +@BOOK{learning, + AUTHOR="David F. Griffiths and Desmond J. Higham", + TITLE="Learning {\LaTeX}", + PUBLISHER="{S}ociety for {I}ndustrial {\&} {A}pplied {M}athematics", + ISBN="0898713838", + MONTH=jun, + YEAR=1997} + +@BOOK{kellerman, + AUTHOR="Kellerman and Smith", + TITLE="A user's guite to {TEXTURES} -- {P}rofessional typesetting for the + {M}acintosh", + PUBLISHER = {Addison-Wesley}, + ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts", + ISBN="0-201-17221-6", + YEAR=1987} + +@BOOK{bryan, + AUTHOR="Martin Bryan", + TITLE="{\SGML}: an author's guide to the standard generalized markup language", + PUBLISHER = {Addison-Wesley}, + ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts", + ISBN="0-201-17535-5", + YEAR=1988} + +@BOOK{sgml-g, + AUTHOR="Charles F. Goldfarb", + TITLE="{T}he {\SGML} {H}andbook", + PUBLISHER = {Oxford University Press}, + ISBN="0-19-853737-9", + YEAR=1988} + +@INCOLLECTION{knuth-sel, + AUTHOR="Donald~E. Knuth", + TITLE="{D}igital {T}ypography (selected papers)", + PUBLISHER = {CSLI Publications}, + ADDRESS="Stanford, California", + XADDRESS="Ventura Hall, Standford University, Stanford, CA 94305", + ISBN="1-57586-010-4", + NOTE="{\url{http://Sunburn.Stanford.EDU/~knuth/dt.html}} + and {\url{http://www.active-tex.demon.co.uk/dek002.html}}", + MONTH=jun, + BOOKTITLE="{CSLI} {L}ecture {N}otes {Number~78}", + YEAR=1999} + +@BOOK{swan, + AUTHOR="Michael Swan", + TITLE="{P}ractical {E}nglish {U}sage", + PUBLISHER = {Oxford University Press}, + ISBN="0-19-431186-4", + YEAR=1980} + +@BOOK{thomson1, + AUTHOR="A. J. Thomson and A. V. Martinet", + TITLE="{P}ractical {E}nglish {G}rammar", + PUBLISHER = {Oxford University Press}, + ISBN="0-19-863117-9", + YEAR=1980} + +@BOOK{thomson2, + AUTHOR="A. J. Thomson and A. V. Martinet", + TITLE="Grammaire de l'anglais d'aujourd'hui", + PUBLISHER = {Presses Pocket}, + ADDRESS="Paris", + YEAR=1984} + +@BOOK{mauger, + AUTHOR="G. Mauger", + TITLE="Grammaire du fran{\c{c}}ais d'aujourd'hui, langue parl{\'e}e, langue {\'e}crite", + PUBLISHER = {Hachette}, + YEAR=1968} + +@BOOK{thomson, + AUTHOR="Maurice Grevisse", + TITLE="Le bon usage", + PUBLISHER = {Duculot}, + ADDRESS="Paris", + ISBN="2-8011-0588-0", + YEAR=1980} + +@TECHREPORT {kn-web, + AUTHOR = "Donald~E. Knuth", + TITLE= "The {WEB} System of Structured Documentation", + NUMBER="9", + INSTITUTION = "Stanford Computer Science Report", + YEAR = "1993" + } + +@BOOK {graphbase, + AUTHOR = "Donald~E. Knuth", + TITLE= "The Stanford {G}raph{B}ase: a platform for combinatorial computing", + PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley", + ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts", + ISBN="0-201-54275-7", + YEAR = "1993" + } + +@ARTICLE{levy-WEBC, +AUTHOR={Silvio Levy}, +TITLE={{WEB} adapted to {C}, another approach}, +JOURNAL={{TUG}boat}, +PAGES = "12--13", +VOLUME=8, +NUMBER=1, +MONTH=apr, +YEAR={1987} +} + +@ARTICLE{levy-lit, +AUTHOR={Silvio Levy}, +TITLE={{L}iterate {P}rogramming and {CWEB}}, +JOURNAL={Computer Language}, +VOLUME=10, +NUMBER=1, +MONTH=jan, +YEAR={1993} +} + +@BOOK {qsj-couleur, + AUTHOR = "M. D{\'e}rib{\'e}r{\'e}", + TITLE = "La couleur", + PUBLISHER = "Presses Universitaires de France", + SERIES="la collection <<Que sais-je?>>", + NUMBER="220", + ADDRESS="Paris", + EDITION="huit{\`e}me", + YEAR = "1993" + } + +@PHDTHESIS{andre93, + AUTHOR="Jacques Andr{\'e}", + TITLE="Cr{\'e}ation de fontes en typographie num{\'e}rique", + TYPE="Th{\`e}se d'habilitation {\`a} diriger des recherches", + SCHOOL="Universit{\'e} de Rennes~I, IRISA{$+$}IFSIC", + MONTH=sep, + YEAR=1993} + +@BOOK{bechtel, + AUTHOR="Guy Bechtel", + TITLE="Gutenberg et l'invention de l'imprimerie -- une enqu{ê}te", + PUBLISHER="Fayard", + YEAR=1992} + +@INPROCEEDINGS{lucida, + AUTHOR = "Charles A. Bigelow and Kris Holmes", + TITLE= "{T}he {D}esign of {L}ucida: an {I}tegrated {F}amily of {T}ypes for {E}lectronic + {L}iteracy", + BOOKTITLE="Text processing and document manipulation", + EDITOR="Vliet, J. C. van", + PAGES="1--17", + PUBLISHER="Cambridge University Press", + YEAR=1986} + +@BOOK{chartier, + AUTHOR="Roger Chartier and Henri-Jean Martin", + TITLE="Histoire de l'{\'e}dition fran{\c{c}}aise", + PUBLISHER="Fayard", + YEAR=1990} + +@BOOK{macchi, + AUTHOR="De Macchi, Piero", + TITLE="L'avventura {D}idot: caratteri da stampa e nuove technologie", + PUBLISHER="Demacchi Progetti Grafici", + ADDRESS="Turin", + NOTE="En anglais et en italien", + YEAR=1994} + +@BOOK{farin, + AUTHOR="Gerald Farin", + TITLE="{C}urves and {S}urfaces for {C}omputer {A}ided {G}eometric {D}esign {--} {A} {P}ractical {G}uide", + PUBLISHER="Academic Press, Inc.", + ADDRESS="San Diego, CA", + EDITION="troisi{\`e}me", + YEAR=1992} + +@BOOK{febvre, + AUTHOR="Lucien Febvre and Henri-Jean Martin", + SERIES="dans la collection {«~}L'{\'e}volution de l'humanit{\'e}{~»}", + TITLE="L'apparition du livre", + PUBLISHER="Albin Michel", + YEAR=1971} + +@BOOK{karow87, + AUTHOR="Peter Karow", + TITLE="{D}igital {F}ormats for {T}ypefaces", + PUBLISHER="{URW} {V}erlag", + ADDRESS="Hamburg", + YEAR=1987} + +@MISC{marshall92, + AUTHOR="Alan Marshall", + TITLE="Ruptures et continuit{\'e}s dans un changement de syst{\`e}me technique -- le + remplacement du plomb par la lumi{\`e}re dans la composition typographique", + ADDRESS="Grenoble", + NOTE="Th{\`ese}. Parue comme {\emph{Publication interne Irisa}} numéro 638, mars 1992", + MONTH=dec, + YEAR=1991} + +@BOOK{marshall96, + AUTHOR="Alan Marshall", + TITLE="La {L}umitype photon", + PUBLISHER="Mus{\'e}e de l'{I}mprimerie et de la banque", + ADDRESS="Lyon", + YEAR=1996} + +@TECHREPORT{ruggle, + AUTHOR="Lynn Ruggle", + TITLE="{L}etterform {D}esign {S}ystems", + INSTITUTION="Stanford Unoversity", + NUMBER="STAN-CS-83-971", + YEAR=1983} + +@ARTICLE{seybold91, + AUTHOR="Jonathan Seybold", + TITLE="Adobe's 'MultiMasters' Technology: Breakthrough in Type {\AE}sthetics", + JOURNAL="The Seybold Report on Desktop Publishing", + VOLUME=5, + NUMBER=7, + MONTH="4 " # mar, + PAGES="3--7", + YEAR=1991} + +@BOOK{seybold87, + AUTHOR="Jonathan Seybold and F. Dressler", + TITLE="La micro-{\'e}dition selon {S}eybold", + PUBLISHER="Dunod", + ADDRESS="Paris", + YEAR=1987} + +@BOOK{twyman, + AUTHOR="Michael Twyman and others", + NOTE="Film vid{\'e}o", + TITLE="Making type by hand", + PUBLISHER="{T}ypographic {\&} {G}raphic {C}ommunication {D}epartment, + University of Reading", + ADDRESS="Angleterre", + YEAR=1993} + +@BOOK{balagna, + AUTHOR="Balagna, Jos{\'e}e", + TITLE="L'imprimerie arabe en occident", + PUBLISHER="Maisonneuve {\&} Larose", + ADDRESS="Paris", + YEAR=1984} + +@BOOK{syed, + AUTHOR="Syed Barakat Ahmad", + TITLE="Introduction to {Q}ur'anic {S}cript", + PUBLISHER="Curzon Press", + ADDRESS="Londres", + YEAR=1985} + +@ARTICLE{jbecker, + AUTHOR="Joseph D. Becker", + TITLE="{A}rabic {W}ord {P}rocessing", + JOURNAL="Communications of the ACM", + VOLUME="30", + NUMBER="7", + PAGES="600--610", + YEAR="1987" + } + +@BOOK{y+faulmann, + AUTHOR="Claus Faulmann", + TITLE="{D}as {B}uch der {S}chrift, enthaltend die {S}chriftzeichen und {A}lphabete aller {Z}eiten und aller {V\"o}lker des {E}rdkreises.", + ADDRESS="Vienne", + PUBLISHER="{D}ruck und {V}erlag der kaiserlich-k{\"o}niglichen {H}of- und {S}taatsdruckerei", + NOTE="(R{é}impression par Frank Greno, N{\"o}rdlingen, 1985)", + YEAR=1880} + +@ARTICLE{yannis-berb, + AUTHOR="Yannis Haralambous", + TITLE="Un syst{\`e}me {\TeX} berb{\`e}re", + JOURNAL="{\'E}tudes et documents berb{\`e}res", + VOLUME=11, + PAGES="43--54", + YEAR=1991} + +@BOOK{yannis-arab, + AUTHOR="Yannis Haralambous", + TITLE="Towards the revival of traditional {A}rabic typography{\ldots} through {\TeX}", + PUBLISHER="Proceedings of the Euro{\TeX}92 conference", + ADDRESS="Prague", + YEAR=1992} + +@BOOK{yannis-coran, + AUTHOR="Yannis Haralambous", + TITLE="Typesetting the {H}oly {Qur'\=an}with {\TeX}", + PUBLISHER="Proceedings of the 2nd International Conference on Multilingual Computing + (Latin and Arabic script)", + ADDRESS="Durham", + YEAR=1992} + +@BOOK{lagally, + AUTHOR="Klaus Lagally", + TITLE="{Arab\TeX} -- Typesetting Arabic with Vowels and Ligatures", + PUBLISHER="Proceedings of the Euro{\TeX}92 conference", + ADDRESS="Prague", + YEAR=1992} + +@BOOK{asv-codar, + AUTHOR="Ahmed Lakhdar-Ghaxal", + TITLE="Caract{\`e}res arabes diacritiques selon l'{ASV-CODAR} (pour imprimer les + langues arabes)", + PUBLISHER="Institut d'{\'E}tudes et de {R}echerches pour l'{A}rabisation", + ADDRESSE="Rabat", + YEAR=1993} + +@ARTICLE{mackay-type, + AUTHOR="Pierre A. MacKay", + TITLE="Typesetting problem scripts", + JOURNAL="{BYTE}", + VOLUME=2, + NUMBER=11, + PAGES="201--218", + MONTH=fev, + YEAR=1986} + +@ARTICLE{mackay-arabic, + AUTHOR="Pierre A. MacKay", + TITLE="Setting {A}rabic with a computer", + JOURNAL="{Scholarly Publishing}", + VOLUME=2, + NUMBER=8, + PAGES="142--150", + MONTH=jan, + YEAR=1977} + +@ARTICLE{amseuler1989, + AUTHOR="Knuth, Donald E. and Zapf, Hermann", + TITLE="{\AmS} {E}uler -- {A} {N}ew {T}ypeface for {M}athematics", + JOURNAL="{Scholarly Publishing}", + VOLUME=20, + PAGES="131--157", + YEAR=1989} + +@ARTICLE{decker-arabic, + AUTHOR="Joseph D. Decker", + TITLE="{A}rabic word processing", + JOURNAL="{Communication of the ACM}", + VOLUME=30, + PAGES="600--610", + YEAR=1987} + +@BOOK{meynet, + AUTHOR="Roland Meynet", + TITLE="L'{\'e}criture arabe en question", + PUBLISHER="Dar el-Maghrab {\'E}diteurs", + ADDRESS="Beyrouth", + YEAR=1971} + +@TECHREPORT{iso-31/11, + TITLE="Mathematical sign and symbols for use in physical sciences and technology", + AUTHOR="{ISO Standards Handbook N.2}", + NUMBER="ISO 31/11", + EDITION="seconde", + INSTITUTION="International Organization for Standardization", + ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve", + YEAR=1982} + +@TECHREPORT{iso-31/12, + TITLE="Dimensionless parameters", + AUTHOR="{ISO Standards Handbook N.2}", + NUMBER="ISO 31/12", + EDITION="seconde", + INSTITUTION="International Organization for Standardization", + ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve", + YEAR=1982} + +@TECHREPORT{iso-1000, + TITLE="{SI} units and recommandations for the use of their multiples and of certain + other units", + AUTHOR="{ISO Standards Handbook N.2}", + NUMBER="ISO 1000", + EDITION="seconde", + INSTITUTION="International Organization for Standardization", + ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve", + YEAR=1982} + +@BOOK{SI, + TITLE="{L}e {S}yst{\`e}me {I}nternational d'{U}nit{\'e}s", + AUTHOR="{Bureau International des Poids et Mesures}", + ADDRESS="Pavillon de Breteuil, S{\`e}vres, France", + EDITION="sixi{\`e}me", + YEAR=1992} + +@TECHREPORT{iso-4217, + TITLE="Codes for the representation of currencies and funds", + NUMBER="ISO 4217", + KEY="{ISO 4217}", + INSTITUTION="International Organization for Standardization", + ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve", + YEAR=1982} + +@INBOOK{syphy, + CHAPTER="{``}Symbols, units and nomenclature in physics{''}", + TITLE="CRC Handbook of chemistry and physics", + EDITOR="R. C. Weast and M. J. Astle and W. H. Beyer", + PUBLISHER="CRC Press Inc.", + ADDRESS="Boca Raton, Florida", + EDITION="{65\,\textsuperscript{e}}", + PAGES="F259--F293", + YEAR=1985} + +@ARTICLE {xymtex-1, + AUTHOR="Shinsaku Fujita", + TITLE="{\XyMTeX} for drawing chemical structural formulas", + JOURNAL="{TUGboat}", + VOLUME=16, + NUMBER=1, + PAGES="81--89", + MONTH=mar, + YEAR=1996} + +@ARTICLE{xymtex-2, + AUTHOR="Shinsaku Fujita", + TITLE="Typesetting Structural Formulas with the Text + Formatter {\TeX/\LaTeX}", +journal = "Computers \& Chemistry", + year = "1994", + volume = "18", + number = "109", + pages = "109--116" + } + + +@BOOK{guery-typo, + TITLE="Dictionnaire des r{\`e}gles typographiques", + AUTHOR="Louis Gu{\'e}ry", + PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions du {C}entre de {F}ormation et de {P}erfectionnement des {J}ournalistes {{(CFPJ)}}", + ADDRESS="38, rue Croix-des-Petits-Champs, 75001 Paris", + ISBN="2-908056-27-5", + EDITION="deuxi{\`e}me", + NOTE="Diffusion, distribution: {P}resses universitaires de {F}rance", + MONTH=jan, + YEAR="2000" + } + +@BOOK{chatelain, + AUTHOR="Roger Chatelain", + TITLE="La typo du journaliste", + PUBLISHER="Centre de formation des journalistes", + ADDRESS="Florimont 1, CH-1006 Lausane, Suisse", + YEAR=1996} + +@MISC{porchez, + AUTHOR="Jean-Fran{\c{c}}ois Porchez", + TITLE="Le guide: la typographie {\&} son utilisation", + NOTE="Chez l'auteur, 38bis, avenue Augustin-Dumont, F-92240 Malakoff"} + +@BOOK{porchez98, + EDITOR="Jean-Fran{\c{c}}ois Porchez", + NOTE="Ouvrage compos{\'e} par Philippe Millot", + TITLE="{L}ettres {F}ran{\c{c}}aises", + PUBLISHER="{ATypI} et l'adpf (association pour la diffusion de la pens{\'e}e fran{\c{c}}aise) {$\bullet$} (Minist{\`e}re des Affaires + {\'e}trang{\`e}res)", + ADDRESS="ATypI office: 10 Ridgeway Road, Redhill + Surrey,rh1 6ph. Grande Bretagne. + {\url{www.atypi.org}}. + Adpf: 34 rue {L}a {P\'e}rouse, 75016~Paris", + YEAR=1998} + +@BOOK{attar, + AUTHOR="Pierre Attar", + TITLE="L'{\'e}dition sur le {Web} -- m{\'e}thode d'utilisation de {\HTML}", + PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions Herm{\`e}s", + ADDRESS="Paris", + ISBN="2-86601-565-7", + YEAR=1996} + +@BOOK {qsj-typo, + AUTHOR = "Letouzey, Victor", + TITLE = "La typographie", + PUBLISHER = "Presses Universitaires de France", + SERIES="la collection <<Que sais-je?>>", + NUMBER="1101", + ADDRESS="Paris", + EDITION="deuxi{\`e}me", + YEAR = "1970" + } + +@BOOK{glotypo, + TITLE="Glossary of Typesetting Terms", + AUTHOR="Richard Eckersley and others", + PUBLISHER= "University of Chicago Press", + YEAR=1994, + ISBN="0-226-18371-8", + COMMENT="169 pages, en anglais", + SERIES="Chicago guides to writing, editing and publishing" + } + +@Article{Braams+TB15-3-255, + author = "Johannes Braams", + title = "{{Document classes and packages in {\LaTeXe}}}", + journal = {TUGboat}, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "3", + pages = "255--262", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Mittelbach+TB10-2-245, + author = "Frank Mittelbach", + title = "{{The {\tt doc}--option}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "2", + pages = "245--273", + month = Jul, +} + +@Article{Horn+TB12-34-377, + author = "Berthold K. P. Horn", + title = "{{{\tt dvi} and eps: The ideal author-to-publisher + interface?}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1991", + volume = "12", + number = "34", + pages = "377--381", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Spivak+TB10-2-164, + author = "Michael D. Spivak and Michael Ballantyne and Yoke Lee", + title = "{{HI-{\TeX} cutting \& pasting}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "2", + pages = "164--165", + month = Jul, +} + +@Article{Reid+TB8-3-315, + author = "Thomas J. Reid", + title = "{{Floating figures at the right, and Some random text + for testing}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1987", + volume = "8", + number = "3", + pages = "315--320", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Haralambous+TB12-1-129, + author = "Yannis Haralambous", + title = "{{Typesetting old german: Fraktur, Schwabacher, + Gotisch and initials}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1991", + volume = "12", + number = "1", + pages = "129--138", + month = Mar, +} + +@Article{Knuth+TB8-2-217, + AUTHOR = "Donald~E. Knuth", + title = "{{Reply: Printing out selected pages}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1987", + volume = "8", + number = "2", + pages = "217--217", + month = Jul, +} + +@Article{Wonneberger+TB6-3-156, + author = "Reinhard Wonneberger", + title = "{{Stream lists and related list types for {\LaTeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1985", + volume = "6", + number = "3", + pages = "156--157", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Eppstein+TB6-1-31, + author = "Eppstein, David B. A.", + title = "{{Trees in {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1985", + volume = "6", + number = "1", + pages = "31--35", + month = Mar, +} + +@Article{Fossmeier+TB12-2-229, + author = "Reinhard F{\"{o}}{\ss}meier", + title = "{{X bitmaps in {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1991", + volume = "12", + number = "2", + pages = "229--232", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Mittelbach+TB11-2-297, + author = "Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch{\"{o}}pf", + title = "{{Reprint: The new font family selection\Dash User + interface to standard {\LaTeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1990", + volume = "11", + number = "2", + pages = "297--305", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Mittelbach+TB13-1-51, + author = "Frank Mittelbach", + title = "{{Comments on ``Filenames for Fonts'' ({\TUB} + 11\#4)}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "1", + pages = "51--53", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Berry+TB11-4-517, + author = "Karl Berry", + title = "{{Filenames for fonts}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1990", + volume = "11", + number = "4", + pages = "517--520", + month = Nov, +} + +@BOOK{acs-86, + TITLE = "The ACS Style Guide", + AUTHOR = "Dodd, Janet S.", + YEAR = "1986", + PUBLISHER = "{American Chemical Society}" + } + +@UNPUBLISHED{alexander-89, + TITLE = "Tib: A {\TeX} bibliographic preprocessor", + AUTHOR = "Alexander, James C.", + YEAR = "1989", + NOTE = "Document deposited in electronic archives" + } + +@BOOK{apa-83, + TITLE = "Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association", + EDITION = "troisi{\`e}me", + YEAR = "1983", + PUBLISHER = "{American Psychological Association}", + KEY = "{American Psychological Association}", + NOTE = "Obtainable from: American Psychological Association, + P. O. Box 2710, + Hyattsville, MD 20784" + } + +@UNPUBLISHED{bennett-93, + TITLE = "{Lexi\TeX}: a {\LaTeX} macro package for lawyers", + AUTHOR = "Bennett, Jr., Frank G.", + YEAR = "1993", + NOTE = "Document deposited in electronic archives" + } + +@BOOK{butcher-92, + TITLE = "{C}opy-editing, {T}he {C}ambridge {H}andbook for {E}ditors, {A}uthors and {P}ublishers", + AUTHOR = "Judith Butcher", + PUBLISHER = "Cambridge University Press", + YEAR = "1992", + EDITION = "3rd" + } + +@TECHREPORT{bs-1629, + TITLE = "References to Published Materials", + INSTITUTION = "British Standards Institution", + KEY = "British Standards Institution", + YEAR = "1989", + AUTHOR = "BSI", + NUMBER = "1629" + } + +@TECHREPORT{bs-5605, + TITLE = "Citing Publications by Bibliographic References", + INSTITUTION = "British Standards Institution", + KEY = "British Standards Institution", + YEAR = "1978", + AUTHOR = "BSI", + NUMBER = "5605" + } + +@TECHREPORT{bs-6371, + TITLE = "Citation of Unpublished Documents", + INSTITUTION = "British Standards Institution", + KEY = "British Standards Institution", + YEAR = "1983", + AUTHOR = "BSI", + NUMBER = "6371" + } + +@BOOK{harvard-law, + TITLE = "The Bluebook: A Uniform System of Citation", + PUBLISHER = "{Harvard Law Review Association}", + KEY = "Harvard Law Review Association", + YEAR = "1991", + EDITION = "15th", + NOTE = "Obtainable from: Harvard Law Review Association, + 1511 Massachusetts Avenue, + Cambridge, + Massachusetts 02138" + } + +@BOOK{mhra-91, + TITLE = "MHRA Style Book", + PUBLISHER = "{Modern Humanities Research Association}", + KEY = "Modern Humanities Research Association", + YEAR = "1991", + EDITION = "4th" + } + +@TECHREPORT{iso-690, +KEY="{ISO-960}", + TITLE = "Documentation --- Bibliographic references --- Content, form + and structure", + INSTITUTION = "International Organization for Standardization", + YEAR = "1987", + TYPE = "ISO", + NUMBER = "690" + } + +@ARTICLE{stigleman-93, + AUTHOR = "Sue Stigleman", + TITLE = "Bibliography formatting software: an update", + JOURNAL = "Database", + YEAR = "1993", + MONTH = feb, + } + +@ARTICLE{vancouver-91, + AUTHOR = "{International Committee of Medical Journal Editors}", + TITLE = "Uniform requirements for manuscripts submitted to biomedical + journals", + JOURNAL = "British Medical Journal", + VOLUME = "302", + YEAR = "1991", + MONTH = feb, + PAGES = "338--341", + NOTE = "This article was also published in the {\it New England + Journal of Medicine} (7th February 1991) --- it specifies the + ``Vancouver style'' for manuscript-preparation, which is accepted + by over 400 journals." + } + +@BOOK{dewey, + TITLE="Classification d{\'e}cimale de {D}ewey et Index", + AUTHOR="Melvil Dewey", + NOTE= "{\'E}dition interm{\'e}diaire", + ADDRESS= "Montr{\'e}al", + PUBLISHER="ASTED", + YEAR=1994, + ISBN="2-921548-11-9"} + +@INCOLLECTION{dewey-ab, + TITLE="Abr{\'e}g{\'e} de la classification d{\'e}cimale de Dewey", + AUTHOR="Annie B{\'e}thery", + ADDRESS="Paris", + NOTE = "{\'E}dition enti{\`e}rement refondue et compl{\'e}t{\'e}e", + PUBLISHER="Cercle de la librairie", + YEAR=1982, + BOOKTITLE="{C}ollection {B}iblioth{\`e}ques", + ISBN="2-7654-0296-5"} + +@book{typo+tschichold+selected, + author = {Jan Tschichold}, + title = {Ausgew{\"a}hlte Aufs{\"a}tze {\"u}ber Fragen der Gestalt des + Buches und der Typographie}, + publisher = {Birkh\"auser}, + address = {Basel}, + year = 1975, + isbn = {3-7643-1946-1}, + note = {Une seconde {\'e}dition, inchang{\'e}e, est parue en~1987.}, + library = {}, + annote = {A collection of his ``classic'' papers. The best book on + typographic principles read so far. A definitive `{\it + must\/}' for everyone interested in typography, book design, + or typesetting.} +} + +@article{typo+blostein+music, + author = {Dorothea Blostein}, + title = {Justification of Printed Music}, + journal = cacm, + volume = 34, + number = 3, + month = mar, + year = 1991, + pages = {88-99}, + annote = {Presents problems and solutions of the task to create a + correct spacing while setting notes. The proposed method also + takes the temporal relationship of notes into account. + Handles two-dimensional layout, e.g., staffs and texts.} +} + +@book{zapf+sammlung, + key="zapf", + title="{S}ammling {H}ermann {Z}apf", + publisher="Herzog August Bibliothek", + address="{Wolfenb{\"u}ttel}", + year=1993} + +@book{typo+sta+zapf, + key="zapf", + title = {Herman Zapf and his Design Philosophy}, + publisher = {Society of Typographic Arts}, + address = {Chicago}, + year = 1987, + isbn = {0-941447-00-6}, + note = {}, + library = {}, + annote = {A valuable book. A chapter on his work around \MFT{} is + included. Was among the most beautiful books of the year.} +} + +@BOOK{zapf1970a, + AUTHOR="Zapf, Hermann", + TITLE="{A}bout {A}lphabets: {S}ome {M}arginal {N}otes on {T}ype {D}esign", + PUBLISHER="M.I.T. Press", + ADDRESS="Cambridge, Massachusetts", + YEAR=1970} + + +@Article{Cameron+TB6-3-155, + author = "A. G. W. Cameron", + title = "{{Wiggly lines}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1985", + volume = "6", + number = "3", + pages = "155--155", + month = Nov, +} + +@BOOK{calvet1996, + author= "Calvet, Louis-Jean", + title= "Histoire de l'{\'e}criture", + publisher="Plon", + ISBN="2-259-02726-1", + year=1996} + +@BOOK{calvet1999, + author= "Calvet, Louis-Jean", + title= "Histoire de l'{\'e}criture", + publisher="Hachette Litt{\'e}ratures", + address="74, rue Bonaparte, Paris", + ISBN="2-01-278943-9", + ISSN="0296-2063", + note="R{\'e-\'e}dition de {\cite{calvet1996}}, {\copyright~Plon}", + year=1999} + +@Article{Spivak+TB1-1-10, + author = "Michael D. Spivak", + title = "{{{\AmSTeX}\Dash``A very friendly product''}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1980", + volume = "1", + number = "1", + pages = "10--11", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Fuchs+TB1-1-17, + author = "David Fuchs", + title = "{{The format of {\TeX}'s DVI files}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1980", + volume = "1", + number = "1", + pages = "17--19", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Fuchs+TB2-1-11, + author = "David Fuchs", + title = "{{Erratum: The format of {\TeX}'s DVI files}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1981", + volume = "2", + number = "1", + pages = "11--11", + month = Feb, +} + +@Article{Fuchs+TB2-1-12, + author = "David Fuchs", + title = "{{{\TeX} Font Metric files}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1981", + volume = "2", + number = "1", + pages = "12--16", + month = Feb, +} + +@Article{Fuchs+TB2-2-12, + author = "David Fuchs", + title = "{{The format of {\TeX}'s DVI files, Version I}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1981", + volume = "2", + number = "2", + pages = "12--16", + month = Jul, +} + +@Article{Liang+TB2-2-19, + AUTHOR={Franklin Mark Liang}, + title = "{{{\TeX} and hyphenation}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1981", + volume = "2", + number = "2", + pages = "19--20", + month = Jul, +} + +@Article{Sherrod+TB2-1-17, + author = "Phil Sherrod and Alan Wright", + title = "{{{\TeX} support programs}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1981", + volume = "2", + number = "1", + pages = "17--19", + month = Feb, +} + +@Article{Spivak+TB2-2-50, + author = "Michael D. Spivak", + title = "{{Macro madness}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1981", + volume = "2", + number = "2", + pages = "50--54", + month = Jul, +} + +@Article{Fuchs+TB2-3-8, + author = "David Fuchs", + title = "{{The format of PXL files}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1981", + volume = "2", + number = "3", + pages = "8--12", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Beeton+TB2-3-23, + author = "Barbara Beeton", + title = "{{A {\TUB} tour: Excerpts from the {\TeX}nician's + log}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1981", + volume = "2", + number = "3", + pages = "23--25", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Plass+TB2-3-39, + author = "Michael F. Plass", + title = "{{Charting your grammar with {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1981", + volume = "2", + number = "3", + pages = "39--56", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Nichols+TB2-3-57, + author = "Monte Nichols and Barbara Beeton", + title = "{{Chemical notation using {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1981", + volume = "2", + number = "3", + pages = "57--58", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Sannella+TB2-3-66, + author = "Michael Sannella", + title = "{{Formatting a book with {\TeX}: Experiences and + observations}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1981", + volume = "2", + number = "3", + pages = "66--74", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Fuchs+TB3-2-14, + author = "David Fuchs", + title = "{{The format of \TeX's DVI files}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1982", + volume = "3", + number = "2", + pages = "14--19", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Lamport+TB3-2-34, + author = "Leslie Michel Lamport", + title = "{{Some \TeX\ programming hacks}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1982", + volume = "3", + number = "2", + pages = "34", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Maus+TB7-1-41, + author = "Maus, D. and Baker, B.", + title = "{DVILASER/PS} extensions to {\LaTeX}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1986", + volume = "7", + number = "1", + pages = "41--47", + month = mar, +} + +@Article{Blanford+TB3-2-38, + author = "Mark Blanford", + title = "{{Paragraphs in tables}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1982", + volume = "3", + number = "2", + pages = "38", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Spivak+TB4-1-4, + author = "Michael D. Spivak", + title = "{{Users' Course in \AmSTeX}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1983", + volume = "4", + number = "1", + pages = "4", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Fuchs+TB4-1-6, + author = "David Fuchs", + title = "{{\TeX hax summary}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1983", + volume = "4", + number = "1", + pages = "6", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Tobin+TB4-1-26, + author = "Georgia K. M. Tobin", + title = "{{Computer calligraphy}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1983", + volume = "4", + number = "1", + pages = "26", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Beeton+TB4-1-35, + author = "Barbara Beeton", + title = "{{How to build a {\tt\bs strut}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1983", + volume = "4", + number = "1", + pages = "35", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Knuth+TB4-2-64, + AUTHOR = "Donald~E. Knuth", + title = "{{A note on hyphenation}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1983", + volume = "4", + number = "2", + pages = "64", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Fuchs+TB4-2-65, + author = "David Fuchs", + title = "{{\TeX\ vs.\ INI\TeX}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1983", + volume = "4", + number = "2", + pages = "65", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{MacKay+TB4-2-76, + AUTHOR="Pierre A. MacKay", + title = "{{\TeX\ for Arabic script}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1983", + volume = "4", + number = "2", + pages = "76", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Spivak+TB4-2-103, + author = "Michael D. Spivak", + title = "{{Summary of \AmSTeX}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1983", + volume = "4", + number = "2", + pages = "103", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Knuth+TB5-1-4, + author = "Donald~E. Knuth.", + title = "{{\TeX\ incunabula}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1984", + volume = "5", + number = "1", + pages = "4", + month = Mai, +} + +@Article{Canzii+TB5-1-14, + author = "G. Canzii and F. Genolini and Dario Lucarella", + title = "{{Hyphenation of Italian words}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1984", + volume = "5", + number = "1", + pages = "14", + month = Mai, +} + +@Article{Fuchs+TB5-1-22, + author = "David Fuchs", + title = "{{News from the \TeX\ Project}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1984", + volume = "5", + number = "1", + pages = "22", + month = Mai, +} + +@Article{Knuth+TB5-1-67, + author = "Donald~E. Knuth.", + title = "{{Comments on quality in publishing}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1984", + volume = "5", + number = "1", + pages = "67", + month = Mai, +} + +@Article{Southall+TB5-2-79, + author = "Richard Southall", + title = "{{First principles of typographic design for document + production}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1984", + volume = "5", + number = "2", + pages = "79", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Knuth+TB5-2-105, + author = "Donald~E. Knuth.", + title = "{{A course on \MFT\ programming}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1984", + volume = "5", + number = "2", + pages = "105--118", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Rokicki+TB5-2-139, + author = "Tomas Rokicki", + title = "{{{\tt\char`\\special}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1984", + volume = "5", + number = "2", + pages = "139", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Clark+TB5-2-146, + author = "Malcolm Clark", + title = "{{Mathematical communication with a deaf and blind + student using \TeX}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1984", + volume = "5", + number = "2", + pages = "146", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Southall+TB6-1-6, + author = "Richard Southall", + title = "{{First principles of typographic design for document + production: Corrigenda}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1985", + volume = "6", + number = "1", + pages = "6--6", + month = Mar, +} + +@Article{Knuth+TB6-1-36, + author = "Donald~E. Knuth", + title = "{{Recipes and fractions}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1985", + volume = "6", + number = "1", + pages = "36--38", + month = Mar, +} + +@Article{Beeton+TB6-2-59, + author = "Barbara Beeton", + title = "{{Mathematical symbols and cyrillic fonts ready for + distribution}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1985", + volume = "6", + number = "2", + pages = "59--63", + month = Jul, +} + +@Article{Hendrickson+TB6-2-83, + author = "Amy Hendrickson", + title = "{{Some diagonal line hacks}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1985", + volume = "6", + number = "2", + pages = "83--86", + month = Jul, +} + +@Article{Rokicki+TB6-3-115, + author = "Tomas Rokicki", + title = "{{Packed ({\tt PK}) font file format}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1985", + volume = "6", + number = "3", + pages = "115--120", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Beeton+TB6-3-124, + author = "Barbara Beeton", + title = "{{Mathematical symbols and cyrillic fonts ready for + distribution (revised)}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1985", + volume = "6", + number = "3", + pages = "124--128", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Beeton+TB6-3-150, + author = "Barbara Beeton", + title = "{{The {\tt PLAIN} truth: {\tt\bs buildrel}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1985", + volume = "6", + number = "3", + pages = "150--150", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Lamport+TB6-3-150, + author = "Leslie Michel Lamport", + title = "{{Announcement of {\LaTeX} Version 2.09}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1985", + volume = "6", + number = "3", + pages = "150--151", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Lamport+TB7-1-11, + author = "Leslie Michel Lamport", + title = "{{\LaTeX} input to {ACM} journals}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1986", + volume = "7", + number = "1", + pages = "11--11", + month = mar, +} + +@Article{Leban+TB6-3-151, + author = "Bruce Leban", + title = "{{A solution to the tower of Hanoi problem using + {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1985", + volume = "6", + number = "3", + pages = "151--154", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Lamport+TB7-1-15, + author = "Leslie Michel Lamport", + title = "{{\LaTeX\ News}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1986", + volume = "7", + number = "1", + pages = "15--16", + month = Mar, +} + +@Article{Beeton+TB7-1-18, + author = "Barbara Beeton", + title = "{{The PLAIN truth: {\tt\bs displaylines}, {\tt\bs + ialign}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1986", + volume = "7", + number = "1", + pages = "18--19", + month = Mar, +} + +@Article{Beeton+TB7-2-93-2, + author = "Barbara Beeton", + title = "{{{\sl Computers \& Typesetting\/} coming out + party}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1986", + volume = "7", + number = "2", + pages = "93--93", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Gordon+TB7-2-93, + author = "Peter Gordon", + title = "{{Introducing Donald Knuth and {\sl Computers \& + Typesetting}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1986", + volume = "7", + number = "2", + pages = "93--95", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Knuth+TB7-2-95, + author = "Donald~E. Knuth", + title = "{{Remarks to celebrate the publication of {\sl + Computers \& Typesetting}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1986", + volume = "7", + number = "2", + pages = "95--98", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Knuth+TB7-2-101, + author = "Donald~E. Knuth", + title = "{{The \TeX\ logo in various fonts}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1986", + volume = "7", + number = "2", + pages = "101--102", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Alexander+TB7-3-138, + AUTHOR = "Alexander, James C.", + title = "{{Tib: a reference setting package for \TeX}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1986", + volume = "7", + number = "3", + pages = "138--140", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Rokicki+TB7-3-140, + author = "Tomas Rokicki", + title = "{{Packed file format update}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1986", + volume = "7", + number = "3", + pages = "140--144", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Bigelow+TB7-3-146, + author = "Charles A. Bigelow", + title = "{{Notes on typeface protection}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1986", + volume = "7", + number = "3", + pages = "146--151", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Lamport+TB7-3-176, + author = "Leslie Michel Lamport", + title = "{{\LaTeX\ bugs}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1986", + volume = "7", + number = "3", + pages = "176--176", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Aurbach+TB7-3-187, + author = "Richard L. Aurbach", + title = "{{Idx\TeX\ and Glo\TeX\dash indexes and glossaries}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1986", + volume = "7", + number = "3", + pages = "187--187", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Sewell+TB7-3-188, + author = "E. Wayne Sewell", + title = "{{Bugs in \MFT ware}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1986", + volume = "7", + number = "3", + pages = "188--189", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Lamport+TB8-1-12, + author = "Leslie Michel Lamport", + title = "{{\TeX\ Output for the Future}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1987", + volume = "8", + number = "1", + pages = "12--12", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Knuth+TB8-1-14, + author = "Donald~E. Knuth and Pierre A. MacKay", + title = "{{Mixing right-to-left texts with left-to-right + texts}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1987", + volume = "8", + number = "1", + pages = "14--25", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Tobin+TB8-1-26, + author = "Georgia K. M. Tobin", + title = "{{Some empirical observations on \MFT\ design}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1987", + volume = "8", + number = "1", + pages = "26--28", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Billawala+TB8-1-29, + author = "Neenie Billawala", + title = "{{Write-white printing engines and tuning fonts with + \MFT}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1987", + volume = "8", + number = "1", + pages = "29--32", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Beeton+TB8-1-33, + author = "Barbara Beeton", + title = "{{\MFT\ mode\_def\/ settings for various \TeX\ output + devices}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1987", + volume = "8", + number = "1", + pages = "33--33", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Alexander+TB8-2-102, + AUTHOR = "Alexander, James C.", + title = "{{Tib: a reference setting package, update}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1987", + volume = "8", + number = "2", + pages = "102--102", + month = Jul, +} + +@Article{Appelt+TB8-2-182, + author = "Wolfgang Appelt", + title = "{{Macros with keyword parameters}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1987", + volume = "8", + number = "2", + pages = "182--184", + month = Jul, +} + +@Article{Bruggemann-Klein+TB8-2-193, + author = "Anne Br{\"{u}}ggemann-Klein", + title = "{{First line special handling with \TeX}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1987", + volume = "8", + number = "2", + pages = "193--197", + month = Jul, +} + +@Article{Alexander+TB8-2-216, + AUTHOR = "Alexander, James C.", + title = "{{Time line macro}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1987", + volume = "8", + number = "2", + pages = "216--216", + month = Jul, +} + +@Article{Henderson+TB8-3-268, + author = "Doug Henderson", + title = "{{Update: \MFT\ {\bf mode\_def\/} settings for \TeX\ + output devices}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1987", + volume = "8", + number = "3", + pages = "268--270", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Clark+TB8-3-270, + author = "Adrian F. Clark", + title = "{{Halftone output from \TeX}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1987", + volume = "8", + number = "3", + pages = "270--274", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Clark+TB12-1-157, + author = "Adrian F. Clark", + title = "Practical halftoning with {\TeX}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1991", + volume = "12", + number = "1", + pages = "157--165" +} + +@Article{Hosek+TB8-3-279, + author = "Don Hosek", + title = "{{\TeX\ output devices (with charts)}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1987", + volume = "8", + number = "3", + pages = "279--286", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Knuth+TB8-3-309, + author = "Donald~E. Knuth", + title = "{{Macros for Jill}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1987", + volume = "8", + number = "3", + pages = "309--314", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Lamport+TB9-1-8, + author = "Leslie Michel Lamport", + title = "{{Document Production: Visual or Logical?}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1988", + volume = "9", + number = "1", + pages = "8--10", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Messer+TB9-1-19, + author = "Robert Messer", + title = "{{Blackboard Bold}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1988", + volume = "9", + number = "1", + pages = "19--20", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Levy+TB9-1-20, + author = "Silvio Levy", + title = "{{Using Greek fonts with \TeX}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1988", + volume = "9", + number = "1", + pages = "20--24", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Hosek+TB9-1-25, + author = "Don Hosek", + title = "{{\TeX{} output devices (with charts)}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1988", + volume = "9", + number = "1", + pages = "25--33", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Walker+TB9-1-61, + author = "James W. Walker", + title = "{{Macros for outlining}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1988", + volume = "9", + number = "1", + pages = "61--64", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Hendrickson+TB9-1-64, + author = "Amy Hendrickson", + title = "{{A macro writing tool: Generating new definitions}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1988", + volume = "9", + number = "1", + pages = "64--64", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Gariepy+TB9-1-65, + author = "Alonzo Gariepy", + title = "{{French in \TeX}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1988", + volume = "9", + number = "1", + pages = "65--69", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Yap+TB9-1-73, + author = "Ken Yap", + title = "{{Contents of \LaTeX{} style collection as of 4th + February 1988}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1988", + volume = "9", + number = "1", + pages = "73--75", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Damrau+TB9-1-76, + author = "Jackie Damrau", + title = "{{The \LaTeX{} user's column}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1988", + volume = "9", + number = "1", + pages = "76--77", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{McPherson+TB9-1-78, + author = "Kent McPherson", + title = "{{Page layout in \LaTeX}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1988", + volume = "9", + number = "1", + pages = "78--82", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Bartlett+TB9-1-83, + author = "Frederick H. Bartlett", + title = "{{Automatic page balancing macros wanted; Replies: + Inverted pyramidal titles; Logarithmic time scales}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1988", + volume = "9", + number = "1", + pages = "83--85", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Barnhart+TB9-2-118, + author = "Elizabeth Barnhart", + title = "{{\TeX{} in the publishing environment: A survey of + production/commercial users}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1988", + volume = "9", + number = "2", + pages = "118--120", + month = Aug, +} + +@Article{Beeton+TB9-2-121-2, + author = "Barbara Beeton", + title = "{{New version(s) of \TeX{} and \MFT}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1988", + volume = "9", + number = "2", + pages = "121--122", + month = Aug, +} + +@Article{Childs+TB9-2-122, + author = "Bart Childs", + title = "{{64-bit \TeX}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1988", + volume = "9", + number = "2", + pages = "122--122", + month = Aug, +} + +@Article{Lichtenwalder+TB9-2-123, + author = "Klaus Lichtenwalder", + title = "{{Porting \TeX{} to C}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1988", + volume = "9", + number = "2", + pages = "123--124", + month = Aug, +} + +@Article{Kennedy+TB9-2-124, + author = "David Kennedy", + title = "{{\TeX{} adapted to CWEB}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1988", + volume = "9", + number = "2", + pages = "124--125", + month = Aug, +} + +@Article{Vanderburg+TB9-2-125, + author = "Glenn Vanderburg", + title = "{{Some useful variations of standard fonts}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1988", + volume = "9", + number = "2", + pages = "125--125", + month = Aug, +} + +@Article{Childs+TB9-2-129, + author = "Bart Childs", + title = "{{\TeX{} fonts and suggested magnifications}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1988", + volume = "9", + number = "2", + pages = "129--131", + month = Aug, +} + +@Article{Wujastyk+TB9-2-131, + author = "Dominik Wujastyk", + title = "{{The many faces of \TeX: A survey of digital {\manual + META}fonts}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1988", + volume = "9", + number = "2", + pages = "131--151", + month = Aug, +} + +@Article{Knuth+TB9-2-152, + author = "Donald~E. Knuth", + title = "{{A Punk Meta-Font}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1988", + volume = "9", + number = "2", + pages = "152--168", + month = Aug, +} + +@Article{Hosek+TB9-2-169, + author = "Don Hosek", + title = "{{\TeX{} output devices (with charts)}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1988", + volume = "9", + number = "2", + pages = "169--177", + month = Aug, +} + +@Article{Haagen+TB9-2-189, + author = "A. J. Van Haagen", + title = "{{Box plots and scatter plots with \TeX{} macros}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1988", + volume = "9", + number = "2", + pages = "189--192", + month = Aug, +} + +@Article{Wichura+TB9-2-193, + author = "Michael J. Wichura", + title = "{{\PiCTeX: Macros for drawing \PiC tures}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1988", + volume = "9", + number = "2", + pages = "193--197", + month = Aug, +} + +@Article{McPherson+TB9-2-204, + author = "Kent McPherson", + title = "{{Page layout in \LaTeX: Erratum}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1988", + volume = "9", + number = "2", + pages = "204--204", + month = Aug, +} + +@Article{McKinstry+TB9-3-236, + author = "Graeme McKinstry", + title = "{{Some typesetting conventions}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1988", + volume = "9", + number = "3", + pages = "236--238", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Kneser+TB9-3-279, + author = "Thomas Kneser", + title = "{{Compact matrix display}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1988", + volume = "9", + number = "3", + pages = "279--284", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Appelt+TB9-3-284, + author = "Wolfgang Appelt", + title = "{{Typesetting chess}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1988", + volume = "9", + number = "3", + pages = "284--287", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Mittelbach+TB9-3-298, + author = "Frank Mittelbach", + title = "{{A new implementation of the array-- and + tabular--environments}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1988", + volume = "9", + number = "3", + pages = "298--314", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Knuth+TB10-1-8, + author = "Donald~E. Knuth", + title = "{{{\TeX} would find it difficult {\dots}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "1", + pages = "8--8", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Bechtolsheim+TB10-1-25, + AUTHOR="{von Bechtolsheim}, Stephan P.", + title = "{{The {\TeX} {\PS} software package}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "1", + pages = "25--27", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Tobin+TB10-1-28, + author = "Georgia K. M. Tobin", + title = "{{A handy little font}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "1", + pages = "28--30", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Knuth+TB10-1-31, + author = "Donald~E. Knuth", + title = "{{Typesetting {\sl Concrete Mathematics\/}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "1", + pages = "31--36", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Wujastyk+TB10-1-39, + author = "Dominik Wujastyk", + title = "{{Font news}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "1", + pages = "39--39", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Rogers+TB10-1-39, + author = "David F. Rogers", + title = "{{Computer graphics and {\TeX}\Dash a challenge}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "1", + pages = "39--44", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Childs+TB10-1-44, + author = "Bart Childs and Alan Stolleis and Don Berryman", + title = "{{A portable graphics inclusion}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "1", + pages = "44--46", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Hosek+TB10-1-46, + author = "Don Hosek", + title = "{{{\TeX} output devices (with charts)}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "1", + pages = "46--55", + month = Apr, +} + + author = "Frank Mittelbach", + title = "{{``A new implementation of the array-- and + tabular--environments of {\LaTeX}'' ({\TUB} 9\#3)\Dash + addenda}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "1", + pages = "103--104", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Schopf+TB10-1-105, + author = "Rainer Sch{\"{o}}pf", + title = "{{Drawing histogram bars inside the {\LaTeX} + picture--environment}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "1", + pages = "105--107", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Mittelbach+TB10-2-222, + author = "Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch{\"{o}}pf", + title = "{{A new font selection scheme for {\TeX} macro + packages\Dash the basic macros}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "2", + pages = "222--238", + month = Jul, +} + +@Article{Nagy+TB10-2-239, + author = "Dezs\H o Nagy", + title = "{{A bar chart in {\LaTeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "2", + pages = "239--240", + month = Jul, +} + +@Article{Partl+TB10-2-241, + author = "Hubert Partl", + title = "{{Producing on-line information files with + {\LaTeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "2", + pages = "241--244", + month = Jul, +} + +@Article{Haralambous+TB10-3-342, + author = "Yannis Haralambous", + title = "{{{\TeX} and latin alphabet languages}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "3", + pages = "342--345", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Parker+TB10-3-346, + author = "Mike Parker", + title = "{{Fonts and {\PS}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "3", + pages = "346--350", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Larsson+TB10-3-351, + author = "Jan Eric Larsson", + title = "{{A chess font for {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "3", + pages = "351--351", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Andulem+TB10-3-352, + author = "Abass Andulem", + title = "{{The road to Ethiopic {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "3", + pages = "352--354", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Haralambous+TB10-3-354, + author = "Yannis Haralambous and Klaus Thull", + title = "{{Typesetting modern Greek with 128 character + codes}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "3", + pages = "354--359", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Durst+TB10-3-390, + author = "Lincoln Durst", + title = "{{Bibliographic citations; or variations on the old + shell game}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "3", + pages = "390--394", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Salomon+TB10-3-394, + author = "David Salomon", + title = "{{Macros for indexing and table-of-contents + preparation}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "3", + pages = "394--400", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Bush+TB10-3-400, + author = "Terry Bush", + title = "{{Scribe-to-\TeX}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "3", + pages = "400--400", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Mittelbach+TB10-3-400, + author = "Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch{\"{o}}pf", + title = "{{Towards {\LaTeX} 2.10}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "3", + pages = "400--401", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Braams+TB10-3-401, + author = "Johannes Braams and Victor E{\ij}khout and Nico + Poppelier", + title = "{{The development of national {\LaTeX} styles}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "3", + pages = "401--406", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Mittelbach+TB10-3-416, + author = "Frank Mittelbach", + title = "{{An extension of the {\LaTeX} theorem environment}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "3", + pages = "416--426", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Henderson+TB10-4-467, + author = "Doug Henderson", + title = "{{Introduction to {\MFT}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "4", + pages = "467--479", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Hosek+TB10-4-499, + author = "Don Hosek", + title = "{{Design of Oriental characters with {\MFT}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "4", + pages = "499--502", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Batzinger+TB10-4-503, + author = "Bob Batzinger", + title = "{{Thai languages and {\MFT}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "4", + pages = "503--503", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Youngen+TB10-4-513, + author = "R. E. Youngen and W. B. Woolf and D. C. Latterner", + title = "{{Migration from Computer Modern fonts to Times + fonts}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "4", + pages = "513--519", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Conrad+TB10-4-521, + author = "Arvin C. Conrad", + title = "{{Fine typesetting with {\TeX} using native Autologic + fonts}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "4", + pages = "521--528", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Knuth+TB10-4-529, + author = "Donald~E. Knuth", + title = "{{The errors of {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "4", + pages = "529--531", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Ferguson+TB11-1-8, + author = "Michael J. Ferguson", + title = "{{Coordination of non-English use of {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1990", + volume = "11", + number = "1", + pages = "8--9", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Breitenlohner+TB11-1-9, + author = "Peter Breitenlohner", + title = "{{Using {\TeX} 3 in a multilingual environment\Dash + Some ideas}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1990", + volume = "11", + number = "1", + pages = "9--12", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Kuiken+TB11-1-24, + author = "Gerard Kuiken", + title = "{{Additional Hyphenation Patterns}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1990", + volume = "11", + number = "1", + pages = "24--25", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Haralambous+TB11-1-26, + author = "Yannis Haralambous", + title = "{{Typesetting modern Greek\Dash An update}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1990", + volume = "11", + number = "1", + pages = "26--26", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Eijkhout+TB11-1-51, + author = "Victor E{\ij}khout", + title = "{{Unusual Paragraph Shapes}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1990", + volume = "11", + number = "1", + pages = "51--53", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Wichura+TB11-1-57, + author = "Michael J. Wichura", + title = "{{Showing-off math macros}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1990", + volume = "11", + number = "1", + pages = "57--61", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Salomon+TB11-1-69, + author = "David Salomon", + title = "{{Output routines: Examples and techniques. Part I: + Introduction and examples}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1990", + volume = "11", + number = "1", + pages = "69--85", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Laan+TB11-1-86, + author = "Laan, C. G. van der", + title = "{{Announcing two reports: {\SGML}-{\LaTeX} and Journal + style guidelines}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1990", + volume = "11", + number = "1", + pages = "86--86", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Laan97, + author = "Laan, Kees van der", + title="{T}iling in {P}ost{S}cript and {\MFT} {--} {E}scher's wink", + journal = {MAPS}, + volume=19, + number=2, + pages="39--67", + year=1997} + +@Article{Mittelbach+TB11-1-91, + author = "Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch{\"{o}}pf", + title = "{{The new font family selection\Dash User interface to + standard {\LaTeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1990", + volume = "11", + number = "1", + pages = "91--97", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Poppelier+TB11-1-98, + author = "Nico Poppelier and Johannes Braams", + title = "{{A style option to adapt the standard {\LaTeX} + document styles to A4 paper}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1990", + volume = "11", + number = "1", + pages = "98--103", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Kelly+TB11-1-103, + author = "Hamilton Kelly, Brian", + title = "{{Some macros to draw crosswords}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1990", + volume = "11", + number = "1", + pages = "103--119", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Berendt+TB11-2-190, + author = "Gerhard Berendt", + title = "{{On the implementation of graphics into {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1990", + volume = "11", + number = "2", + pages = "190--194", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Schwer+TB11-2-194, + author = "Len Schwer", + title = "{{Including Macintosh graphics in {\LaTeX} + documents}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1990", + volume = "11", + number = "2", + pages = "194--200", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Pickrell+TB11-2-200, + author = "Lee S. Pickrell", + title = "{{Combining graphics with {\TeX} on PC systems with + laser printers, part II}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1990", + volume = "11", + number = "2", + pages = "200--206", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Salomon+TB11-2-212, + author = "David Salomon", + title = "{{Output routines: Examples and techniques. Part II: + output routines techniques}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1990", + volume = "11", + number = "2", + pages = "212--236", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Jeffrey+TB11-2-237, + author = "Alan Jeffrey", + title = "{{Lists in {\TeX}'s mouth}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1990", + volume = "11", + number = "2", + pages = "237--245", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Taylor+TB11-2-245, + author = "Philip Taylor", + title = "{{A nestable verbatim mode}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1990", + volume = "11", + number = "2", + pages = "245--249", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Denk+TB11-2-280, + author = "Georg Denk", + title = "{{An easy way to make slides with {\LaTeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1990", + volume = "11", + number = "2", + pages = "280--283", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Schopf+TB11-2-284, + author = "Rainer Sch{\"{o}}pf", + title = "{{A new implementation of the {\LaTeX} {\tt verbatim} + and {\tt verbatim*} environments}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1990", + volume = "11", + number = "2", + pages = "284--296", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Mittelbach+TB11-3-337, + author = "Frank Mittelbach", + title = "{{E-{\TeX}: Guidelines for future {\TeX} extensions}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1990", + volume = "11", + number = "3", + pages = "337--345", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Hamano+TB11-3-346, + author = "Hisato Hamano", + title = "{{Vertical typesetting with {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1990", + volume = "11", + number = "3", + pages = "346--352", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Beck+TB11-3-373, + author = "Micah Beck and A. Siegel", + title = "{{TransFig: Portable graphics for {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1990", + volume = "11", + number = "3", + pages = "373--380", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Gibson+TB11-3-393, + author = "Helen Gibson", + title = "{{A noddy's guide to high quality {\TeX} + production}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1990", + volume = "11", + number = "3", + pages = "393--402", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Adams+TB11-3-403, + author = "Robert A. Adams", + title = "{{Problems on the {\TeX}/{\PS}/graphics interface}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1990", + volume = "11", + number = "3", + pages = "403--408", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Bechtolsheim+TB11-3-409, + AUTHOR="{von Bechtolsheim}, Stephan P.", + title = "{{{\TeX} in practice: Comments on a 4-volume, + 1400-page series on {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1990", + volume = "11", + number = "3", + pages = "409--412", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{LaFrenz+TB11-3-413, + author = "Mimi L. LaFrenz", + title = "{{Textbook publishing\Dash 1990 and beyond}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1990", + volume = "11", + number = "3", + pages = "413--416", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Ness+TB11-3-417, + author = "David Ness", + title = "{{Diagnosing {\TeX} errors with a preprocessor}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1990", + volume = "11", + number = "3", + pages = "417--420", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Mittelbach+TB11-3-444, + author = "Frank Mittelbach", + title = "{{{\LaTeX} 2.10}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1990", + volume = "11", + number = "3", + pages = "444--444", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Jeffrey+TB12-2-227, + author = "Alan Jeffrey", + title = "{{Labelled diagrams in {\MFT}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1991", + volume = "12", + number = "2", + pages = "227--229", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Schrod+TB12-2-232, + author = "Joachim Schrod", + title = "{{Report on the {\tt DVI} Driver Standard}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1991", + volume = "12", + number = "2", + pages = "232--233", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Eijkhout+TB12-2-253, + author = "Victor E{\ij}khout", + title = "{{The structure of the {\TeX} processor}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1991", + volume = "12", + number = "2", + pages = "253--256", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Eijkhout+TB12-2-272, + author = "Victor E{\ij}khout", + title = "{{Oral {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1991", + volume = "12", + number = "2", + pages = "272--276", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Swonk+TB12-2-286, + author = "Glenn L. Swonk", + title = "{{{\LaTeX} tree drawer}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1991", + volume = "12", + number = "2", + pages = "286--289", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Thimbleby+TB12-2-290, + author = "Harold Thimbleby", + title = "{{``See also'' indexing with Makeindex}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1991", + volume = "12", + number = "2", + pages = "290--290", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Braams+TB12-2-291, + author = "Johannes Braams", + title = "{{Babel, a multilingual style-option system for use + with {\LaTeX}'s standard document styles}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1991", + volume = "12", + number = "2", + pages = "291--301", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Vesely+TB12-2-302, + author = "Ji\v{r}\'{\i} Vesel{\'{y}}", + title = "{{Reporting {\TeX}'s hyphenations}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1991", + volume = "12", + number = "2", + pages = "302--302", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Petrycki+TB12-34-359, + author = "Laurie J. Petrycki", + title = "{{Comparing {\TeX} and traditional typesetting for the + composition of a textbook}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1991", + volume = "12", + number = "34", + pages = "359--366", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Ratner+TB12-34-372, + author = "Howard Ratner and Kenneth Dreyhaupt", + title = "{{{\TeX} in a book production department}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1991", + volume = "12", + number = "34", + pages = "372--376", + month = Nov, +} + + +@Article{Weiss+TB12-34-382, + author = "Neil A. Weiss", + title = "{{Producing a book using {\TeX}: How the process + works}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1991", + volume = "12", + number = "34", + pages = "382--386", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Rhoads+TB12-34-387, + author = "Samuel E. Rhoads", + title = "{{Authors new to {\TeX} publish a textbook with a + publisher new to {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1991", + volume = "12", + number = "34", + pages = "387--392", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Hoover+TB12-34-397, + author = "Anita Z. Hoover", + title = "{{{\LaTeX}/{\TeX} user: A typist, or typesetter?}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1991", + volume = "12", + number = "34", + pages = "397--400", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Sperberg-McQueen+TB12-34-415, + author = "C. M. Sperberg-McQueen", + title = "{{Specifying document structure: Differences in + {\LaTeX} and TEI markup}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1991", + volume = "12", + number = "34", + pages = "415--421", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Arnon+TB12-34-479, + author = "Dennis S. Arnon and Sandra A. Mamrak", + title = "{{On the logical structure of mathematical + notation}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1991", + volume = "12", + number = "34", + pages = "479--484", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Downes+TB12-34-502, + author = "Michael John Downes", + title = "{{Dialog with {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1991", + volume = "12", + number = "34", + pages = "502--509", + month = Nov, +} + + title = "{{Typesetting forms with {\LaTeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1991", + volume = "12", + number = "34", + pages = "517--522", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Salomon+TB13-2-146, + author = "David Salomon", + title = "{{Arrows for Technical Drawings}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "2", + pages = "146--149", + month = Jul, +} + +@Article{Levin+TB13-2-150, + author = "Daniel Levin", + title = "{{A solution to the color separation problem}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "2", + pages = "150--155", + month = Jul, +} + +@Article{Rahtz+TB13-2-156, + author = "Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca", + title = "{{A style option for rotated objects in {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "2", + pages = "156--180", + month = Jul, +} + +@Article{Jones+TB13-2-188, + author = "David M. Jones", + title = "{{A {\TeX} macro index}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "2", + pages = "188--189", + month = Jul, +} + +@Article{Mittelbach+TB13-2-190, + author = "Frank Mittelbach", + title = "{{Where does this character come from?}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "2", + pages = "190--190", + month = Jul, +} + +@Article{Huszar+TB13-2-192, + author = "P{\'{e}}ter Husz{\'{a}}r", + title = "{{Over the multi-column}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "2", + pages = "192--200", + month = Jul, +} + +@Article{Luvisetto+TB13-2-208, + author = "Maria Luisa Luvisetto and Enzo Ugolini", + title = "{{From {\TeX} to {\LaTeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "2", + pages = "208--214", + month = Jul, +} + +@Article{Wang+TB14-3-231, + author = "Xinxin Wang and Derick Wood", + title = "{{An abstract model for tables}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "3", + pages = "231--237", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Lavaud+TB14-3-238, + author = "Michel Lavaud", + title = "{{Developing a multi-windowing environment for + research based on \TeX}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "3", + pages = "238--244", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Kawaguti+TB14-3-245, + author = "Minato Kawaguti", + title = "{{A versatile {\TeX} device driver}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "3", + pages = "245--251", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Feruglio+TB14-3-252, + author = "Gabriel Valiente Feruglio and Robert Fuster", + title = "{{Typesetting Catalan texts with {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "3", + pages = "252--259", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Haralambous+TB14-3-260, + author = "Yannis Haralambous", + title = "{{The Khmer script tamed by the Lion (of {\TeX})}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "3", + pages = "260--270", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Plaice+TB14-3-271, + author = "John Plaice", + title = "{{Language-dependent ligatures}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "3", + pages = "271--274", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Doob+TB14-3-275, + author = "Michael Doob and Craig Platt", + title = "{{Virtual fonts in a production environment}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "3", + pages = "275--281", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Horn+TB14-3-282, + author = "Berthold K. P. Horn", + title = "{{Where are the math fonts?}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "3", + pages = "282--284", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Jeffrey+TB14-3-285, + author = "Alan Jeffrey", + title = "{{A {\PS} font installation package written in + {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "3", + pages = "285--292", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Jeffrey+TB14-3-293, + author = "Jeffrey, Alan {(\'editeur)}", + title = "{{Math font encodings: a workshop summary}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "3", + pages = "293--295", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Bzyl+TB14-3-296, + author = "W{\l}odek Bzyl and Tomasz Przechlewski", + title = "{{An application of literate programming: creating a + format for the Bulletin of the Polish TUG}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "3", + pages = "296--299", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Fine+TB14-3-300, + author = "Jonathan Fine", + title = "{{Galleys, space, and automata}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "3", + pages = "300--309", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Laan+TB14-3-310, + author = "Laan, Kees van der", + title = "{{Syntactic sugar}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "3", + pages = "310--318", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Laan+TB14-3-319, + author = "Laan, Kees van der", + title = "{{Sorting within {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "3", + pages = "319--328", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Dyson+TB14-3-329, + author = "Mary Dyson", + title = "{{Teaching digital typography\Dash the Didot + Project}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "3", + pages = "329--332", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Gorbunova+TB14-3-333, + author = "Irina V. Gorbunova", + title = "{{Russian-speaking user: from Chi-Writer and Ventura + Publisher to {\TeX}; learning difficulties}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "3", + pages = "333--334", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Reese+TB14-3-335, + author = "R. Allan Reese", + title = "{{How to set up and maintain a {\TeX} system}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "3", + pages = "335--341", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Greenwade+TB14-3-342, + author = "George D. Greenwade", + title = "{{The Comprehensive {\TeX} Archive Network (\CTAN)}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "3", + pages = "342--351", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Clark+TB14-4-374, + author = "Malcolm Clark", + title = "{{{Next\TeX}: A personal view}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "4", + pages = "374--380", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Taylor+TB14-4-381, + author = "Philip Taylor", + title = "{{{\NTS} update}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "4", + pages = "381--382", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Becker+TB14-4-382, + author = "Thomas Becker", + title = "{{Two extensions to GNU Emacs that are useful when + editing {\TeX} documents}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "4", + pages = "382--386", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Knuth+TB14-4-387, + author = "Donald E. Knuth", + title = "{{Icons for {\TeX} and {\MFT}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "4", + pages = "387--389", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Knuth+TB8-2-135, + author = "Donald E. Knuth", + title = "Fonts for {D}igital {H}alftones", + journal = TUGboat, + year = 1987, + volume = 8, + number = 2, + pages = "135--160", + month = jul, +} + +@Article{Knuth+ACMTG+1987, + author = "Donald E. Knuth", + title = "{D}igital halftones by dot diffusion", + journal = "{ACM} {T}ransactions on {G}raphics", + volume = 6, + pages = "245--273", + year = 1987} + +@Article{Liebl+TB14-4-390, + author = "Armin Liebl", + title = "{{bibview: A graphical user interface to {\BibTeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "4", + pages = "390--395", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Carmody+TB14-4-420, + author = "Kevin Carmody", + title = "{{A tough table becomes easy with {\PiCTeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "4", + pages = "420--420", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Aslaksen+TB14-4-423, + author = "Helmer Aslaksen", + title = "{{Ten {\TeX} tricks for the mathematician}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "4", + pages = "423--424", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Eijkhout+TB14-4-424, + author = "Victor E{\ij}khout", + title = "{{The bag of tricks}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "4", + pages = "424--424", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Rhead+TB14-4-425, + author = "David Rhead", + title = "{{The ``operational requirement'' for support of + bibliographies}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "4", + pages = "425--433", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Bland+TB14-4-433, + author = "Richard Bland", + title = "{{Relative moves in {\LaTeX}\ pictures}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "4", + pages = "433--437", + month = Dec, +} + + author = "Donald Arseneau and Raymond Chen and Victor E{\ij}khout", + title = "{{The {\TeX} hierarchy}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "1", + pages = "7--9", + month = Mar, +} + +@Article{Beccari+TB15-1-9, + author = "Claudio Beccari", + title = "{{Typesetting of ancient languages}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "1", + pages = "9--16", + month = Mar, +} + +@Article{Beccari+TB15-1-17, + author = "Claudio Beccari", + title = "{{Comments on the paper ``Typesetting Catalan texts + with {\TeX}'' (\tubissue 14(3), pp. 252--259)}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "1", + pages = "17--17", + month = Mar, +} + +@Article{Feruglio+TB15-1-17, + author = "Gabriel Valiente Feruglio and Robert Fuster", + title = "{{Comments on the comments: Typesetting Catalan texts + with {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "1", + pages = "17--18", + month = Mar, +} + +@Article{Poppelier+TB15-1-18, + author = "Nico Poppelier", + title = "{{George Gr\"atzer, {\it Math into {\TeX}}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "1", + pages = "18--19", + month = Mar, +} + +@Article{Pappas+TB15-1-19, + author = "T. L. (Frank) Pappas", + title = "{{Stephan von Bechtolsheim, {\it {\TeX} in + Practice}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "1", + pages = "19--21", + month = Mar, +} + +@Article{Beccari+TB15-1-21, + author = "Claudio Beccari", + title = "{{Gianni Gilardi, {\it Il {\TeX}\dash Introduzione al + linguaggio e complementi avanzati}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "1", + pages = "21--22", + month = Mar, +} + +@Article{Sawdey+TB15-1-22, + author = "Merry Obrecht Sawdey", + title = "{{Erik Spiekermann \& E. M. Ginger, {\it Stop Stealing + Sheep}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "1", + pages = "22--24", + month = Mar, +} + +@Article{Poppelier+TB15-1-24, + author = "Nico Poppelier", + title = "{{Eric van Herw{\ij}nen, {\it Practical {\SGML}}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "1", + pages = "24--25", + month = Mar, +} + +@Article{Detig+TB15-1-25, + author = "Christine Detig and Joachim Schrod", + title = "{{Donald E. Knuth, {\it Literate Programming}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "1", + pages = "25--27", + month = Mar, +} + +@Article{Salomon+TB15-1-28, + author = "David Salomon", + title = "{{Output routines: Examples and techniques, Part IV: + Horizontal techniques}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "1", + pages = "28--40", + month = Mar, +} + +@Article{Salomon+TB15-1-40, + author = "David Salomon", + title = "{{Verbatim copying and listing}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "1", + pages = "40--54", + month = Mar, +} + +@Article{Eijkhout+TB15-1-55, + author = "Victor E{\ij}khout", + title = "{{The bag of tricks}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "1", + pages = "55--57", + month = Mar, +} + +@Article{Meer+TB15-1-57, + author = "Meer, Hans van der", + title = "{{Random bit generator in {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "1", + pages = "57--58", + month = Mar, +} + +@Article{Salomon+TB15-1-59, + author = "David Salomon and Matthew N. Hendryx", + title = "{{Slanted lines with controlled thickness}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "1", + pages = "59--62", + month = Mar, +} + +@Article{Fine+TB15-1-62, + author = "Jonathan Fine", + title = "{{On indexing and errors}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "1", + pages = "62--62", + month = Mar, +} + +@Article{Rowley+TB15-1-63, + author = "Chris A. Rowley", + title = "{{{\LaTeXe} update, dateline: 31 January 1994}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "1", + pages = "63", + month = Mar, +} + +@Article{Rhead+TB15-1-64, + author = "David Rhead", + title = "{{Addenda: A suggested ``operational requirement'' for + \LaTeX3's treatment of bibliographic references + (\tubissue 14(4), pp.\ 425-433)}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "1", + pages = "64--65", + month = Mar, +} + +@Article{Goossens+TB15-2-92, + author = "Michel Goossens", + title = "{{WEPT: A Week on Electronic Publishing and + Typography}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "2", + pages = "92--95", + issn= "0896--3207", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Hoenig+TB15-2-97, + author = "Hoenig, Alan J.", + title = "{{$\{$Meta$\}$Font Forum redux}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "2", + pages = "97--97", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Ramasubramanian+TB15-2-98, + author = "R. Ramasubramanian and Richard W. D. Nickalls and M. A. + Reed", + title = "{{{ASCII.sty}: A new style-option and encoded font + with {IBM} graphics control characters for use with + {\TeX} and {\LaTeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "2", + pages = "98--103", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Hoenig+TB15-2-107, + author = "Hoenig, Alan J.", + title = "{{Next{\TeX}: {\TeX} plus the NextStep Operating + System}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "2", + pages = "107--109", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Downes+TB15-2-110, + author = "Michael John Downes", + title = "{{Interaction tools: {\tt dialog.sty} and {\tt + menus.sty}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "2", + pages = "110--130", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Gaulle+TB15-2-131, + author = "Bernard Gaulle", + title = "{{{\LaTeX} V3: philology \& typography, reports to + read, reports to do}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "2", + pages = "131--131", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Beccari+TB15-2-131, + author = "Claudio Beccari", + title = "{{Tough table becomes easy with {\PiCTeX}, but it's + even easier with {\LaTeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "2", + pages = "131--132", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Anagnostopolous+TB15-2-132, + author = "Paul Anagnostopolous", + title = "{{On the review of {\it {\TeX} in Practice}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "2", + pages = "132--182", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Haralambous+TB15-3-199, + author = "Yannis Haralambous", + title = "{{Humanist}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "3", + pages = "199--199", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Malyshev+TB15-3-200, + author = "Basil Malyshev", + title = "{{Automatic conversion of {\MFT} fonts to Type1 + {\PS}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "3", + pages = "200--200", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Hafner+TB15-3-201, + author = "James L. Hafner", + title = "{{The (pre)history of color in Rokicki's {\tt + dvips}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "3", + pages = "201--204", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Rokicki+TB15-3-205, + author = "Tomas Rokicki", + title = "{{Advanced `special' support in a dvi driver}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "3", + pages = "205--212", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Duggan+TB15-3-213, + author = "Angus Duggan", + title = "{{Colour separation and {\PS}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "3", + pages = "213--217", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Rahtz+TB15-3-218, + author = "Sebastian Rahtz and Michel Goossens", + title = "{{Simple colour design with {\LaTeXe}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "3", + pages = "218--222", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Sowa+TB15-3-223, + author = "Friedhelm Sowa", + title = "{{Printing colour pictures}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "3", + pages = "223--337", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Sofka+TB15-3-228, + author = "Michael D. Sofka", + title = "{{Color book production using {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "3", + pages = "228--238", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Zandt+TB15-3-239, + author = "Zandt, Timothy van and Denis Girou", + title = "{{Inside PSTricks}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "3", + pages = "239--246", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Stenerson+TB15-3-247, + author = "Jon Stenerson", + title = "{{A {\LaTeX} style file generator}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "3", + pages = "247--254", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Jeffrey+TB15-3-263, + author = "Alan Jeffrey", + title = "{{{\PS} font support in {\LaTeXe}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "3", + pages = "263--268", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Patashnik+TB15-3-269, + author = "Oren Patashnik", + title = "{{{\BibTeX} 1.0}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "3", + pages = "269--273", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{MacKay+TB15-3-274, + author = "Pierre A. MacKay", + title = "{{A typesetter's toolkit}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "3", + pages = "274--284", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Barnett+TB15-3-285, + author = "Michael P. Barnett and Kevin R. Perry", + title = "{{Symbolic computation for electronic publishing}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "3", + pages = "285--292", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Kawaguti+TB15-3-293, + author = "Minato Kawaguti and Norio Kitajima", + title = "{{Concurrent use of interactive {\TeX} previewer with + an Emacs-type Editor}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "3", + pages = "293--300", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Haralambous+TB15-3-301, + author = "Yannis Haralambous", + title = "{{An Indic {\TeX} preprocessor\Dash Sinhalese + {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "3", + pages = "301--301", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Doumont+TB15-3-302, + author = "Jean-Luc Doumont", + title = "{{Pascal pretty-printing: an example of + ``preprocessing within {\TeX}''}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "3", + pages = "302--307", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Schrod+TB15-3-309, + author = "Joachim Schrod", + title = "{{Towards interactivity for {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "3", + pages = "309--317", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Rowley+TB15-3-318, + author = "Chris A. Rowley and Frank Mittelbach", + title = "{{The floating world}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "3", + pages = "318--318", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Hosek+TB15-3-319, + author = "Don Hosek", + title = "{{Sophisticated page layout with {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "3", + pages = "319--319", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Plaice+TB15-3-320, + author = "John Plaice", + title = "{{Progress in the Omega project}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "3", + pages = "320--324", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Ogawa+TB15-3-325, + author = "Arthur Ogawa", + title = "{{Object-oriented programming, descriptive markup, and + {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "3", + pages = "325--330", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Baxter+TB15-3-331, + author = "William Erik Baxter", + title = "{{An object-oriented programming system in {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "3", + pages = "331--338", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Walsh+TB15-3-339, + author = "Norman Walsh", + title = "{{A World Wide Web interface to {\CTAN}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "3", + pages = "339--343", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Haralambous+TB15-3-344, + author = "Yannis Haralambous and John Plaice", + title = "{{First applications of $\Omega$: Adobe Poetica, + Arabic, Greek, Khmer}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "3", + pages = "344--352", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Taylor+TB15-3-353, + author = "Philip Taylor", + title = "{{$\varepsilon$-{\TeX} \& {\NTS}: A progress + report}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "3", + pages = "353--358", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Laugier+TB15-3-359, + author = "Maurice Laugier and Yannis Haralambous", + title = "{{{\TeX} innovations by the Louis-Jean Printing + House}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "3", + pages = "359--359", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Downes+TB15-3-360, + author = "Michael John Downes", + title = "{{Design by template in a production macro package}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "3", + pages = "360--368", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Hoenig+TB15-3-369, + author = "Hoenig, Alan J.", + title = "{{Less is More: Restricting {\TeX}'s scope enables + complex page layouts}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "3", + pages = "369--380", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Fine+TB15-3-381, + author = "Jonathan Fine", + title = "{{Documents, compuscripts, programs and macros}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "3", + pages = "381--385", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Grobelnik+TB15-3-386, + author = "Marko Grobelnik and Dunja Mladeni\c{c} and Darko + Zupani\c{c} and Borut \v{Z}nidar", + title = "{{Integrated system for encyclopaedia typesetting + based on {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "3", + pages = "386--387", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Baragar+TB15-3-388, + author = "Henry Baragar and Gail E. Harris", + title = "{{An example of a special purpose input language to + {\LaTeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "3", + pages = "388--396", + month = Sep, +} + +@Article{Goossens+TB15-4-427, + author = "Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahz and Barbara + Beeton", + title = "{{The TUG94 Proceedings\Dash Apologia}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "4", + pages = "427--428", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Bolland+TB15-4-429, + author = "Julita Bolland and Toni Walter and W{\l}odek Bzyl", + title = "{{Euro{\TeX}94}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "4", + pages = "429--433", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Taylor+TB15-4-434, + author = "Philip Taylor", + title = "{{Minutes of the {\NTS} meeting held at Lindau on October + 11/12th 1994}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "4", + pages = "434--437", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Laugier+TB15-4-438, + author = "Maurice Laugier and Yannis Haralambous", + title = "{{{\TeX} innovations at the Louis-Jean printing + house}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "4", + pages = "438--443", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{MacKay+TB15-4-444, + author = "Pierre A. MacKay", + title = "{{Recycled {\MFT}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "4", + pages = "444--446", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Haralambous+TB15-4-447, + author = "Yannis Haralambous", + title = "{{{\it Indica}, an Indic preprocessor for {\TeX}: A + Sinhalese {\TeX} system}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "4", + pages = "447--458", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Olsak+TB15-4-459, + author = "Petr Ol{\v{s}}{\'{a}}k", + title = "{{The EAN barcodes by {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "4", + pages = "459--464", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Taylor+TB15-4-464, + author = "Philip Taylor", + title = "{{An open letter to the TUG Board}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "4", + pages = "464--465", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Feruglio+TB15-4-466, + author = "Gabriel Valiente Feruglio", + title = "{{Typesetting commutative diagrams}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "4", + pages = "466--484", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Eijkhout+TB15-4-485, + author = "Victor E{\ij}khout", + title = "{{The bag of tricks}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "4", + pages = "485--405", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Richer+TB15-4-486, + author = "Jacques Richer", + title = "{{A {\TeX} autostereogram generator}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "4", + pages = "486--492", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Fossmeier+TB15-4-492, + author = "Reinhard F{\"{o}}{\ss}meier", + title = "{{Stereographic pictures using {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "4", + pages = "492--495", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Braams+TB15-4-496, + author = "Johannes Braams", + title = "{{To reset or not to reset}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "4", + pages = "496--497", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Goossens+TB16-2-103, + author = "Michel Goossens and Janne Saarela", + title = "{{A practical introduction to {\SGML}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1995", + volume = "16", + number = "2", + pages = "103--145", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Flynn+TB16-2-146, + author = "Peter Flynn", + title = "{{{{\HTML}} \& {\TeX}: Making them sweat}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1995", + volume = "16", + number = "2", + pages = "146--150", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Granger+TB16-2-151, + author = "Geeti Granger", + title = "{{The inside story of life at {W}iley with {\SGML}, + {\LaTeX} and {A}crobat}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1995", + volume = "16", + number = "2", + pages = "151--154", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Doyle+TB16-2-154, + author = "Mark D. Doyle", + title = "{{The {L}os {A}lamos e-print archives: {H}yper{\TeX} + in action}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1995", + volume = "16", + number = "2", + pages = "154--159", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Schwarzkopf+TB16-2-159, + author = "Otfried Schwarzkopf", + title = "{{The Hyperlatex story}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1995", + volume = "16", + number = "2", + pages = "159--162", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Haralambous+TB16-2-162, + author = "Yannis Haralambous and Sebastian Rahtz", + title = "{{{\LaTeX}, hypertext and {\PDF}, {\it or} the entry + of {\TeX} into the world of hypertext}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1995", + volume = "16", + number = "2", + pages = "162--173", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Goossens+TB16-2-174, + author = "Michel Goossens and Janne Saarela", + title = "{{{\TeX} to {{\HTML}} and back}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1995", + volume = "16", + number = "2", + pages = "174--214", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Piska+TB17-2-92, + author = "Karel P\'{\i}{\v{s}}ka", + title = "{{{Cyrillic} alphabets}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1996", + volume = "17", + number = "2", + pages = "92--98", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Knappen+TB17-2-99, + author = "J{{\"{o}}}rg Knappen", + title = "{{{The} {\textsf{dc}} fonts 1.3: {Move} towards + stability and completeness}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1996", + volume = "17", + number = "2", + pages = "99--101", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Rei+TB17-2-102, + author = "Fukui Rei", + title = "{{{\textsf{TIPA}}: {A} system for processing phonetic + symbols in {\LaTeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1996", + volume = "17", + number = "2", + pages = "102--114", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Berdnikov+TB17-2-115, + author = "Alexander S. Berdnikov", + title = "{{{Computer Modern Typefaces} as {Multiple Master + Fonts}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1996", + volume = "17", + number = "2", + pages = "115--119", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Berdnikov+TB17-2-120, + author = "Alexander S. Berdnikov", + title = "{{{\sl VFComb} 1.3\Dash the program which simplifies + virtual font management}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1996", + volume = "17", + number = "2", + pages = "120--125", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Haralambous+TB17-2-126, + author = "Yannis Haralambous", + title = "{{{$\Omega$}{Times} and {$\Omega$}{Helvetica} fonts + under development: {Step One}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1996", + volume = "17", + number = "2", + pages = "126--146", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Kinch+TB17-2-147, + author = "Richard J. Kinch", + title = "{{Extending {\TeX} for {Unicode}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1996", + volume = "17", + number = "2", + pages = "147--160", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Znamenskaya+TB17-2-161, + author = "L. N. Znamenskaya and Sergei V. Znamenskii", + title = "{{{Russian} encoding plurality problem and a new + {Cyrillic} font set}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1996", + volume = "17", + number = "2", + pages = "161--165", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Ovchenkov+TB17-2-166, + author = "Peter A. Ovchenkov", + title = "{{{Cyrillic} {\TeX} files: interplatform + portability}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1996", + volume = "17", + number = "2", + pages = "166--171", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Vinogradov+TB17-2-172, + author = "Michael M. Vinogradov", + title = "{{{A} user-friendly multi-function {\TeX} interface + based on {Multi}-{Edit}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1996", + volume = "17", + number = "2", + pages = "172--174", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Lapko+TB17-2-174, + author = "Olga G. Lapko", + title = "{{Full {Cyrillic}: {How} many languages?}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1996", + volume = "17", + number = "2", + pages = "174--180", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Plaice+TB17-2-181, + author = "John Plaice and Yannis Haralambous", + title = "{{{The} latest developments in {$\Omega$}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1996", + volume = "17", + number = "2", + pages = "181--183", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Langmyhr+TB17-2-184, + author = "Dag Langmyhr", + title = "{{{Star}{\TeX}\Dash a {\TeX} for beginners}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1996", + volume = "17", + number = "2", + pages = "184--190", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Feruglio+TB17-2-191, + author = "Gabriel Valiente Feruglio", + title = "{{{Do} journals honor {\LaTeX} submissions?}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1996", + volume = "17", + number = "2", + pages = "191--199", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Znamenskii+TB17-2-200, + author = "Sergei V. Znamenskii and Denis E. Leinartas", + title = "{{{A} new approach to the {\TeX}-related programs: {A} + user-friendly interface}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1996", + volume = "17", + number = "2", + pages = "200--203", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Vsesvetsky+TB17-2-204, + author = "Ivan G. Vsesvetsky", + title = "{{{The} strait gate to {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1996", + volume = "17", + number = "2", + pages = "204--205", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Siebenmann+TB17-2-206, + author = "Laurent Siebenmann", + title = "{{{DVI}-based electronic publication}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1996", + volume = "17", + number = "2", + pages = "206--214", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Laan+TB17-2-215, + author = "Laan, Kees van der", + title = "{{{BLUe}'s format\Dash the off-off alternative}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1996", + volume = "17", + number = "2", + pages = "215--221", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Laan+TB17-2-222, + author = "Laan, Kees van der", + title = "{{{Turtle} graphics and {\TeX}\Dash a child can do + it}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1996", + volume = "17", + number = "2", + pages = "222--228", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Berdnikov+TB17-2-229, + author = "Alexander S. Berdnikov and Olga A. Grineva and S. B. Turtia", + title = "{{{Some} useful macros which extend the {\LaTeX} {\tt + picture} environment}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1996", + volume = "17", + number = "2", + pages = "229--232", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Cameron+TB13-2-215, + author = "Peter J. Cameron", + title = "{{Geometric diagrams in {\LaTeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "2", + pages = "215--216", + month = Jul, +} + +@Article{Wonneberger+TB13-2-221, + author = "Reinhard Wonneberger and Frank Mittelbach", + title = "{{{\SGML}\Dash Questions and answers}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "2", + pages = "221--223", + month = Jul, +} + +@Article{Barr+TB13-2-223, + author = "Michael Barr", + title = "{{{\TeX} wish list}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "2", + pages = "223--226", + month = Jul, +} + +@Article{Clark+TB13-3-253, + author = "Malcolm Clark", + title = "{{Portable graphics in {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "3", + pages = "253--260", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Baldwin+TB13-3-272, + author = "Harry L. {Baldwin, Jr.}", + title = "{{Using a high-level language as an aid in writing + {\TeX} documents}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "3", + pages = "272--280", + month = Oct, +} + + +@Article{Laan+TB13-3-309, + author = "Laan, Walter van der and Johannes Braams", + title = "{{Writing reports with more than a hundred people}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "3", + pages = "309--314", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Damrau+TB13-3-315, + author = "Jackie Damrau", + title = "{{Discovering graphics in {\LaTeX} documents}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "3", + pages = "315--321", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Harris+TB13-3-322, + author = "Robert L. Harris", + title = "{{Preparing halftones for use in {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "3", + pages = "322--326", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Salomon+TB13-3-327, + author = "David Salomon", + title = "{{Creating shaded rectangles with {\PS}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "3", + pages = "327--329", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Weiss+TB13-3-330, + author = "Neil A. Weiss", + title = "{{Creation and incorporation of {\PS} graphics with + {\TeX}-formatted labels into {\TeX} documents}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "3", + pages = "330--334", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Knuutila+TB13-3-335, + author = "Timo Knuutila", + title = "{{How to combine multiple languages, {\PS}, and + {\LaTeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "3", + pages = "335--340", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Hafner+TB13-3-347, + author = "James L. Hafner", + title = "{{Foil{\TeX}, a {\LaTeX}-like system for typesetting + foils}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "3", + pages = "347--356", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Rowley+TB13-3-390, + author = "Chris A. Rowley", + title = "{{{\LaTeX}3 update}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "3", + pages = "390--391", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Palais+TB13-4-425, + author = "Richard Palais", + title = "{{Moving a fixed point}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "4", + pages = "425--432", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Taylor+TB13-4-433, + author = "Philip Taylor", + title = "{{The future of {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "4", + pages = "433--442", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Kelly+TB13-4-443, + author = "Nickolas J. Kelly and Christian H. Bischof", + title = "{{XBib{\TeX} and friends}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "4", + pages = "443--446", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Chapman+TB13-4-447, + author = "Nigel Chapman", + title = "{{Searching in a DVI file}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "4", + pages = "447--451", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Haralambous+TB13-4-457, + author = "Yannis Haralambous", + title = "{{Hyphenation patterns for ancient Greek and Latin}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "4", + pages = "457--469", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Zubrinic+TB13-4-470, + author = "Darko \v{Z}ubrini{\'{c}}", + title = "{{The exotic Croatian Glagolitic alphabet}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "4", + pages = "470--471", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Rahtz+TB13-4-477, + author = "Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca", + title = "{{Addendum: A style option for rotated objects in + {\TeX} (\tubissue 13(2), pp. 156--180)}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "4", + pages = "477--477", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Seyfarth+TB13-4-478, + author = "Ray Seyfarth", + title = "{{Diag: a drawing preprocessor for {\LaTeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "4", + pages = "478--485", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Mittelbach+TB13-4-493, + author = "Frank Mittelbach", + title = "{{Where does this character come from? Solution to the + puzzle, \tubissue 13(2), p.190}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "4", + pages = "493--493", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Piff+TB13-4-516, + author = "Mike Piff", + title = "{{Correction sheets in {\LaTeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "4", + pages = "516--518", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Piff+TB13-4-518, + author = "Mike Piff", + title = "{{Text merges in {\TeX} and {\LaTeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "4", + pages = "518--523", + month = Dec, +} + +@Article{Wong+TB14-1-8, + author = "Wai Wong", + title = "{{Typesetting Chinese {\it pinyin} using virtual + fonts}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "1", + pages = "8--11", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Comenetz+TB14-1-25, + author = "Daniel Comenetz", + title = "{{Anchored figures at either margin}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "1", + pages = "25--34", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Fine+TB14-1-35, + author = "Jonathan Fine", + title = "{{The {\tt\char`\\CASE} and {\tt\char`\\FIND} + macros}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "1", + pages = "35--39", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Saludes+TB14-1-40, + author = "Jordi Saludes", + title = "{{Doing astronomical computations with {\TeX}: Making + agendas}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "1", + pages = "40--53", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Laan+TB14-1-54, + author = "Laan, Kees van der", + title = "{{FIFO and LIFO sing the BLUes}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "1", + pages = "54--60", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Braams+TB14-1-60, + author = "Johannes Braams", + title = "{{An update on the {\sf babel} system}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "1", + pages = "60--62", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{RafalZbikowski+TB14-1-62, + author = "Rafa{\l}\.Zbikowski", + title = "{{Hacker's Guide to {\AmS}Fonts and NFSS in the + Context of {\LaTeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "1", + pages = "62--69", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Knappen+TB14-2-104, + author = "J{\"{o}}rg Knappen", + title = "{{Fonts for Africa: the fc-fonts}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "2", + pages = "104--106", + month = Jul, +} + +@Article{Rahtz+TB14-2-107, + author = "Sebastian Rahtz", + title = "{{Implementing the extended {\TeX} layout using PS + fonts}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "2", + pages = "107--117", + month = Jul, +} + +@Article{Cohen+TB14-2-118, + author = "Michael Cohen", + title = "{{Zebrackets: a pseudo-dynamic contextually adaptive + font}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "2", + pages = "118--122", + month = Jul, +} + +@Article{Rahtz+TB14-2-132, + author = "Sebastian Rahtz", + title = "{{Essential NFSS2}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "2", + pages = "132--137", + month = Jul, +} + +@Article{Taylor+TB14-2-138, + author = "Philip Taylor", + title = "{{A pragmatic approach to paragraphs}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "2", + pages = "138--140", + month = Jul, +} + +@Article{Durst+TB14-2-141, + author = "Lincoln Durst", + title = "{{Truth in indexing}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "2", + pages = "141--141", + month = Jul, +} + +@Article{Taylor+TB14-2-141, + author = "Philip Taylor", + title = "{{Letterspacing in {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "2", + pages = "141--145", + month = Jul, +} + +@Article{Tailor+TB17-4-367, + author = "Philip Taylor", + title = "{Computer typesetting or electronic publishing? New trends in scientific + publication}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1996", + volume = "17", + number = "4", + pages = "367--381", +} + + +@Article{Bennett+TB14-3-187, + author = "Frank G. {Bennett, Jr.}", + title = "{{{\LexiTeX}: context-sensitive legal citations for + {\LaTeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "3", + pages = "187--195", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Taupin+TB14-3-196, + author = "Daniel Taupin", + title = "{{Using {\TeX} and {\MFT} to build complicated + maps}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "3", + pages = "196--202", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Taupin+TB14-3-203, + author = "Daniel Taupin", + title = "{{Music{\TeX}: Using {\TeX} to write polyphonic or + instrumental music}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "3", + pages = "203--211", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Siebenmann+TB14-3-212, + author = "Laurent Siebenmann", + title = "{{A format compilation framework for European + languages}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "3", + pages = "212--221", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Bryan+TB14-3-223, + author = "Martin Bryan", + title = "{{A {\TeX} user's guide to ISO's Document Style + Semantics and Specification Language (DSSSL)}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "3", + pages = "223--226", + month = Oct, +} + +@Article{Flynn+TB14-3-227, + author = "Peter Flynn", + title = "{{{\TeX} and {\SGML}: a recipe for disaster?}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "3", + pages = "227--230", + month = Oct, +} + +@ARTICLE{Knuth-lp1, +author="Donald E. Knuth", +title="Literate Programming", +month=may, +year=1992, +ISBN="0-937073-81-4", +note="Leland Stanford University CLSI (Center for the Study of Language +and Information)", +List="\$32", +journal="Lecture Notes", +volume="27" +} + +@BOOK{dirtyp, +author="Donald E. Knuth", +title="{\TeX} and {\MFT}: {N}ew {D}irections in {T}ypesetting", +publisher="The {A}merican {M}athematical {S}ociety and {D}igital {P}ress", +address = "Billerica, MA", +year=1979, + pages = "360", + LCCN = "Z253.3 .K58 1979", + bibdate = "Tue May 12 10:13:36 1998", + bibsource = "Graphics/imager/imager.books.bib, + Graphics/siggraph/79.bib, + ftp://ftp.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/siggraph/new/79.bib", + annote = "A landmark book at the time it was published. Newer + versions exist. Less than portable as claimed, but + still significant. Required reading for anyone doing + font design and type setting.", + keywords = "general references, standards text books, software, + programming systems, character display/generation, + Applications, printing/publishing industry, general + references, standards text books and software, + programming systems, character display/generation and + Applications, printing/publishing industry", +ISBN="0-932376-02-9"} + +@BOOK{edmac, +author="John Lavagnino and Dominik Wujastyk", +title="{C}ritical {E}dition {T}ypesetting: {T}he {EDMAC} format for plain {\TeX}", +publisher="{\TeX} {U}ser {G}roup and {UK} {\TeX} {U}ser {G}roup", +address="San Francisco and Birmingham", +year=1996} + +@BOOK {fournier1, + AUTHOR = "Fournier le jeune, Pierre-Simon", + TITLE = "Manuel Typographique", + YEAR = 1995, + PUBLISHER = "Darmstadt", + ISBN="3-88607-094-8", + NOTE="Une traduction en anglais du texte par Harry Carter. Avec une introduction et + des notes par James Mosley. En trois volumes: + {\begin{enumerate} + \item Manuel typographique, 1764; + \item Manuel typographique, 1766; + \item Fournier on Typefounding, 1930. + \end{enumerate}}", + } + +@BOOK{orthotypo, + TITLE="Orthotypogtaphia [Leipzig, 1608]", + AUTHOR="Hornschuch, J{\'e}r{\^o}me", + PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions des Cendres", + ADDRESS="8, rue des Cendriers, 75020 Paris", + ISBN="2-86742-077-6", + NOTE="Traduit du latin par Susan Baddeley, traduction fran{\c{c}}aise de Jean-Fran{\c{c}}ois + Gilmont", + YEAR=1997} + +@BOOK{digtypo, + TITLE="Digital Typography Sourcebook", + AUTHOR="Bryan, Martin", + PUBLISHER="John Wiley {\&} Sons", + ADDRESS="New York", + ISBN="0 471 14811-13", + YEAR=1997} + +@BOOK{sgml-impl, + TITLE="The SGML Implementation Guide -- A Blueprint for SGML Migration", + AUTHOR="Travis, Brian E. and Waldt, Dale C.", + PUBLISHER="Springer-Verlag", + ISBN="3-540-57730-0", + YEAR=1995} + +@BOOK{dyn-doc, + TITLE="Dynamics in document design", + AUTHOR="Schriver, Karen A.", + PUBLISHER="John Wiley {\&} Sons", + ADDRESS="New York", + ISBN="0-471-30636-3", + YEAR=1996} + +@BOOK{ps-acro-pdf, + TITLE="PostScript {\&} Acrobat/PDF", + AUTHOR="Merz, Thomas", + PUBLISHER="Springer-Verlag", + ISBN="3-540-60854-0", + YEAR=1997} + +@BOOK{web-pdf, + TITLE="{W}eb {P}ublishing with {A}crobat/{PDF}", + AUTHOR="Merz, Thomas", + ADDRESS="Berlin", + PUBLISHER="Springer-Verlag", + ISBN="3-540-63762-1", + YEAR=1998} + +@BOOK{cavanaugh1998, + AUTHOR="Sean Cavanaugh", + title="{D}igital {T}ype {D}esign {G}uide: {T}he {P}age {D}esigner's {G}uide to {W}orking + with {T}ype, includes over 200 fabulous {F}onts {F}ree for {M}acintish and {W}indows", + address="Indianapolis, Indiane", + publisher="Hayden Books", + ISBN="1-56830-190-1", + YEAR=1995} + +@BOOK{cavanaugh, + AUTHOR="Sean Cavanaugh", + NOTE="Traduction de~{\cite{cavanaugh1998}} par Daniel Prout", + TITLE="Les Polices de caract{\`e}res, la typographie + {\`a} la port{\'e}e de tous les graphistes", + PUBLISHER="Simon {\&} Schuster, Macmillan", + YEAR=1998} + +@article {asaeins, +author = "{ASAE}", +title = "Instructions to Authors of {ASAE} Technical Publications", +journal = "Transactions of the {ASAE}", +year = "1990", +volume = "33", +number = "4", +} + +@BOOK{briscoe, +author="Briscoe, Mary Helen", +title="Preparing Scientific Illustrations", +publisher="Springer Verlag", +address="New York", +isbn="0-387-94581-4", +year=1996} + +@BOOK{faudouas-ig, +AUTHOR="Jean-Claude Faudouas", +TITLE="Dictionnaire technique des industries graphiques, +anglais/fran{\c{c}}ais et fran{\c{c}}ais/anglais", +PUBLISHER="La Maison du dictionnaire", +ADDRESS="Paris", +XADDRESS="(se trouve dans la galerie marchande a cote de +de la Coupole, Paris, Metro Vavin)", +YEAR=1989} + +@BOOK{damourette, +AUTHOR="Damourette, Jean", +TITLE="Trait{\'e} moderne de ponctuation", +PUBLISHER="Larousse", +ADDRESS="Paris", +YEAR=1969} + +@BOOK{colignon-ponct, +AUTHOR="Colignon, Jean-Pierre", +TITLE="Un point c'est tout! La ponctuation efficace", + +PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions du {C}entre de formation et de perfectionnement des journalistes {(CFPJ)}", +ADDRESS="38, rue Croix-des-Petits-Champs, 75001 Paris", +YEAR=1993} + +@BOOK{typo-gram, +AUTHOR="Denis, Jules", +TITLE="Grammaire typographique", +PUBLISHER="Georges Thone", +ADDRESS="Li{\`e}ge", +YEAR=1952} + +@BOOK{estival, +AUTHOR="Estival, Robert and Meyriat, Jean and Richaudeau Fran{\c{c}}ois", +TITLE="Les sciences de l'{\'e}crit. Encyclop{\'e}die internationale de bibliologie", +PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {R}etz", +ADDRESS="Paris", +YEAR=1993} + +@BOOK{vivin, +AUTHOR="Vivin, Paul", +TITLE="Les langues {\'e}trang{\`e}res. Abr{\'e}g{\'e} des r{\`e}gles de composition {\`a} +l'usage des typographes", +PUBLISHER="Institut national des jeunes sourds", +ADDRESS="Paris", +YEAR=1975} + +@BOOK{Ada, +AUTHOR="Barnes, John Gilbert Presslie", +TITLE="Programming in Ada plus language reference manual", +YEAR=1991, +PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley", +ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts", +ISBN="0-201-56530-0"} + +@BOOK{manneville, +AUTHOR="Manneville, Paul", +TITLE="D{\'e}buter en {\TeX} et {\LaTeX}", +ISBN="2-7298-5709-5", +PUBLISHER="Ellipses", +ADDRESS="Paris", +YEAR=1997} + +@BOOK{doc-entreprise, +AUTHOR="Bonnefons, Nicole and Boutitie, Nicolas and Dubois, Catherine and Durand-Gasselin, St{\'e}phanie and Keruel, Yves", +TITLE="Cr{\'e}er les documents d'entreprise en micro-{\'e}dition, de la conception {\`a} la +r{\'e}alisation", +PUBLISHER="Bordas", +SERIES="Collection {BO-PR{\'E}}", +ADDRESS="Paris", +ISBN="2-04-018715-4", +YEAR=1988} + +@BOOK{desktop, +AUTHOR="Hartnell, Tim", +TITLE="Desktop publishing: the book", +PUBLISHER="Interface publications", +ADDRESS="London", +YEAR=1987} + +@BOOK{desktop-az, +AUTHOR="Grout, Bill and Athanasopoulos, Irene and Kutlin, Rebecca", +TITLE="Desktop publishing from {A} to {Z}", +PUBLISHER="Mc Graw Kill", +ADDRESS="Berkeley U.S.A.", +YEAR=1986} + +@BOOK{doc-effi, +AUTHOR="Bojin, Jacques and Dunand, Marcel", +TITLE="Documents et expos{\'e}s efficaces", +PUBLISHER="Les {\'E}ditions d'{O}rganisation", +ADDRESS="Paris", +YEAR=1985} + +@BOOK{ecrire-agir, +AUTHOR="Marret, Annick and Simonet, Ren{\'e}e and Salzer, Jacques", +TITLE="{\'E}crire pour agir", +PUBLISHER="Les {\'E}ditions d'{O}rganisation", +ADDRESS="Paris", +YEAR=1982} + +@BOOK{dob, +AUTHOR="Dobiecki, Bernard", +TITLE="Guide pratique pour communiquer par l'{\'e}crit", +PUBLISHER="Les {\'E}ditions ouvri{\`e}res", +ADDRESS="Paris", +YEAR=1984} + +@BOOK{prat-imp, +AUTHOR="Arcival, D. and Jouannaux, B. and Piart, M.", +TITLE="Guide pratique des techniques de l'imprimante", +PUBLISHER="{AFNOR}", +ADDRESS="Paris", +YEAR=1983} + +@BOOK{auger, +AUTHOR="Auger, Daniel", +TITLE="La typographie", +PUBLISHER = "Presses Universitaires de France", +ADDRESS="Paris", +YEAR=1980} + +@BOOK{timbal, +AUTHOR="Timbal-Ducleaux, Louis", +TITLE="L'{\'e}|criture cr{\'e}ative", +PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {R}etz", +ADDRESS="Paris", +YEAR=1986} + +@BOOK{ed-bureau, +AUTHOR="Lamoitier, Jean-Pierre", +TITLE="L'{\'e}dition de bureau", +PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {\'E}dimicro", +ADDRESS="Paris", +YEAR=1987} + +@BOOK{bertin, +AUTHOR="Bertin, Jacques", +TITLE="Le graphique et le traitement graphique de l'information", +PUBLISHER="Flammarion", +ADDRESS="Paris", +YEAR=1977} + +@BOOK{richaudeau3, +AUTHOR="Richaudeau, Fran{\c{c}}ois", +TITLE="Les secrets de la communication efficace", +PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {R}etz-{CEPL}", +ADDRESS="Paris", +YEAR=1975} + +@BOOK{lehnisch, +AUTHOR="Lehnisch, Jean-Pierre", +TITLE="La communication dans l'entreprise", +PUBLISHER = "Presses Universitaires de France", +ADDRESS="Paris", +YEAR=1980} + +@BOOK{desktop-art, +AUTHOR="Bove, Tony and Rhodes, Cherryl and Tomas, Wes", +TITLE="The art of desktop publishing", +PUBLISHER="Bantam Computer Books", +ADDRESS="U.S.A.", +YEAR=1987} + +@BOOK{redon, +AUTHOR="Redon, Lionel", +TITLE="Pour mieux communiquer dans l'entreprise", +PUBLISHER="{Y}tern {\'E}ditions", +ADDRESS="St Didier au Mont d'Or (69370)", +YEAR=1986} + + +@BOOK{calvet-sigles, +AUTHOR="Calvet, Louis-Jean", +TITLE="Les {S}igles", +PUBLISHER = "Presses Universitaires de France", +ADDRESS="Paris", +YEAR=1980} + +@BOOK{morison, +AUTHOR="Morison, Stanley", +TITLE="Les Premiers Principes de la typographie", +NOTE="Traduction depuis l'anglais de{~\cite{morison1936}} et pr{\'e}sentation de Fernand Baudin", +PUBLISHER="J{\'e}r{\^o}me Millon", +ADDRESS="Grenoble", +YEAR=1989} + +@BOOK{peignot, +AUTHOR="Peignot, J{\'e}r{\^o}me", +TITLE="De l'{\'e}criture {\`a} la typographie", +PUBLISHER="Gallimard", +ADDRESS="Paris", +YEAR=1967} + +@BOOK{richaudeau+chose, +AUTHOR="Richaudeau, Fran{\c{c}}ois", +TITLE="La {L}ettre et l'{E}sprit, {V}ers 279 une typographie logique", +PUBLISHER="Plan{\`e}te", +ADDRESS="Paris", +YEAR=1965} + +@BOOK{suret, +AUTHOR="Suret-Canale, Nadine", +TITLE="L'{I}ndispensable pour les polices de caract{\`e}res", +PUBLISHER="Marabout", +ADDRESS="Alleur, Belgique", +YEAR=1995} + +@BOOK{wodon, +AUTHOR="Wodon, Bernard and L'Hoest, Christian", +TITLE="Itin{\'e}raire pour la publication", +PUBLISHER="Ciaco", +ADDRESS="Bruxelles", +YEAR=1990} + +@BOOK{hart, +AUTHOR="Hart, Horace", +TITLE="Hart's Rules for Compositors and Readers at the University Press Oxford", +EDITION="trente neuvi{\`e}me", +PUBLISHER="Oxford University Press", +NOTE="Premi{\`e}re publication en 1893.", +YEAR=1983} + +@MISC{mini-abb, +KEY="Oxford University Press", +TITLE="Oxford Minidictionary of Abbreviations", +PUBLISHER="Oxford University Press", +YEAR=1993} + +@BOOK{world-measure, +AUTHOR="{T}he Economist Newspaper Ldt.", +TITLE="{W}orld {M}easurement {G}uide ({T}he)", +EDITION="quatri{\`e}me", +PUBLISHER="{T}he {E}conomist {N}ewspaper {L}dt.", +ADDRESS="Londres", +YEAR=1980} + +@BOOK{xindy, +AUTHOR="Kehr, Roger", +TITLE="{\xindy}, {E}in {F}lexibles {I}ndexierungssystem", +PUBLISHER="Studienarbeit FB Informatik", +ADDRESS="Technische Hochschule Darmstadt", +MONTH=nov, +YEAR=1995} + +@BOOK{sutherland, +EDITOR="Sutherland, Kathryn", +TITLE="{E}lectronic {Text}: {I}nvestigations in {M}ethod and +{T}heory", +PUBLISHER="Oxford University Press", +ISBN="0-19-823663-8", +MONTH=jan, +YEAR=1998} + +@TECHREPORT{mki3, +AUTHOR="Schrod, Joachim and Herr, Gabor", +TITLE="{M}ake{I}ndex {V}ersion 3.0", +INSTITUTION="Technical University Darmstadt", +YEAR=1991} + +@BOOK{zapf-darmstadt, +AUTHOR="Technische Hochschule Darmstadt", +TITLE="{H}ermann {Z}apf: {E}in {A}rbeitsbericht", +ADDRESS="Hamburg", +PUBLISHER="Maximilian-Gesellschaft", +YEAR=1984} + +@MISC{grfguide, + AUTHOR="David Paul Carlisle", + TITLE="Packages in the {\texttt{graphics}} bundle", + NOTE="Documente les paquetages {\textsf{graphics}, \textsf{graphicx}, \textsf{lscape} + et \textsf{color}}. + Fait partie de la distribution {\LaTeX}, {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/packages/graphics/grfguide.ps}}"} + +@MISC{psfgguide, + AUTHOR="David Paul Carlisle and Grant, Michael C.", + TITLE="The {PS}frag system, version 3", + NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/supported/psfrag/psgguide.ps}}"} + +@MISC{fancyhdr, + AUTHOR="Oostrum, {Piet van}", + TITLE="Page headers and footers in {\LaTeX}", + NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/supported/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.dtx}}"} + +@MISC{subfigure, + AUTHOR="Cochran, Steven Douglas", + TITLE="The {\texttt{subfigure}} package", + NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/supported/subfigure/subfigure.dtx}}"} + +@MISC{ifthen, + AUTHOR="David Paul Carlisle", + TITLE="The {\texttt{ifthen}} package", + NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/base/ifthen.dtx}}"} + +@MISC{afterpage, + AUTHOR="David Paul Carlisle", + TITLE="The {\texttt{afterpage}} package", + NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/packages/tools/afterpage.dtx}}"} + +@MISC{caption2, + AUTHOR="Sommerfeldt, Harald Axel", + TITLE="The {\texttt{caption}} package", + NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/supported/caption/caption2.dtx}}"} + +@MISC{rotating, + AUTHOR="Barroca, Leonor", + TITLE="The {\texttt{rotating}} package", + NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/supported/rotating/rotating.dtx}}"} + +@MISC{fancybox, + AUTHOR="Zandt, Timothy van", + TITLE="Documentation for fancybox.sty", + NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/graphics/pstricks/origdoc/fancybox.doc}}"} + +@MISC{placeins, + AUTHOR="Arseneau, Donald", + TITLE="The {\texttt{placeins}} package", + NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/other/misc/placeins.sty}}"} + +@TECHREPORT{flafter, + year=2000, + month="jul", + Institution="The {\LaTeX3} Project Team", + AUTHOR="Frank Mittelbach", + TYPE="Distribu{\'e} avec {\LaTeXe}", + KEY="latex3", + TITLE="The {\texttt{flafter}} package", + NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/unpacked/flafter.sty}}"} + +@MISC{morefloats, + AUTHOR="Don Hosek", + TITLE="The {\texttt{morefloats}} package", + NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/morefloats.sty}}"} + +@MISC{endfloat, + AUTHOR="Darrell McCauley, James and Goldberg, Jeff", + MONTH=oct, + YEAR=1995, + TITLE="The {\texttt{rotating}} package", + NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/supported/endfloat/endfloat.dtx}}"} + +@MISC{fontname, + AUTHOR="Karl Berry", + TITLE="Fontname", + NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/tex-archive/info/fontname.zip}}"} + + +@MISC{reckdahl, + AUTHOR="Reckdahl, Keith", + TITLE="Using Imported Graphics in {\LaTeXe}", + NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/info/epslatex.ps}} et + {\url{CTAN/info/epslatex.pdf}}"} + +@ARTICLE{reckdahl1996a, + AUTHOR="Reckdahl, Keith", + TITLE="Using Imported Graphics in {\LaTeXe} documents, part~1: + The {\texttt{graphics}} and {\texttt{graphicx}} packages", + journal = TUGboat, + year = {1996}, + volume = {17}, + number = {1}, + pages = {43--53} + } + +@ARTICLE{reckdahl1996b, + AUTHOR="Reckdahl, Keith", + TITLE="Using Imported Graphics in {\LaTeXe} documents, part~2: + Floating figures, boxed figures, captions, and math in figures", + journal = TUGboat, + year = {1996}, + volume = {17}, + number = {3}, + pages = {288--310} + } + +@BOOK{sz-latex, + AUTHOR="J{\"o}rg Knappen", + TITLE="Schnell ans Ziel mit {\LaTeXe}", + PUBLISHER="Oldenbourg-Verlag", + ADDRESS="Munich et Vienne", + ISBN="3-486-24199-0", + YEAR=1997} + +@BOOK{mathieu, + AUTHOR="Mathieu, Robert", + TITLE="L'{I}mprimerie, une profession, un art", + ADDRESS="Bruxelles", + PUBLISHER="Louis Musin", + YEAR=1976} + + +@BOOK{FandP, +AUTHOR="Faux, I.~D. and Prat, M.~J.", +TITLE="{C}omputational {G}eometry for {D}esign and {M}anufacture", +PUBLISHER="Ellis Horwood", +YEAR=1981} + +@BOOK{MORTENSON85, +AUTHOR="Mortenson, Michael~E.", +TITLE="{G}eometric {M}odeling", +PUBLISHER="John Wiley \& Sons, Inc.", +YEAR=1985} + +@BOOK{delpech, +AUTHOR="Delpech, Jean-Pierre and Figu{\`e}res, Marc-Andr{\'e} +and Mari", +TITLE="Techniques du {\LaTeX}", +PUBLISHER="Eyrolles", +ADDRESS="Paris", +ISBN="2212026099", +MONTH=jul, +YEAR=1997} + +@BOOK{thibaudeau1921, +AUTHOR="Thibaudeau, Francis", +TITLE="{L}a {L}ettre d'imprimerie. +{D}ouze notices sur les arts du livre", +NOTE="En deux tomes", +PUBLISHER="Chez l'auteur", +YEAR=1921} + +@BOOK{thibaudeau1924, +AUTHOR="Thibaudeau, Francis", +TITLE="Manuel fran{\c{c}}ais de typographie moderne, cours +d'initiation", +PUBLISHER="Chez l'auteur", +YEAR=1924} + +@book{blackwell1992, +AUTHOR="Blackwell, Lewis", +TITLE="20th {C}entury {T}ype", +PUBLISHER="Rizzoli International Publications", +ADDRESS="New York", +ISBN="0-8478-1596-X", +YEAR=1992} + +@BOOK{blackwell1993, +AUTHOR="Blackwell, Lewis", +TITLE="Typo du {\textsc{xx}\textsuperscript{e}} si{\`e}cle", +PUBLISHER="Flammarion", +ISBN="2-08-011052-7", +NOTE="Traduction de~{\cite{blackwell1992}} par Claire Desserey avec la collaboration +de Fernand Baudin, Peter Keller et Thomas Gravemaker", +YEAR=1993} + +@BOOK{goudy1963, +AUTHOR="Goudy, Frederick W.", +TITLE="{T}he {A}lphabet and {E}lements of {L}ettering", +PUBLISHER="Dover Edition", +YEAR=1963} + +@BOOK{goudy1989, +AUTHOR="Goudy, Frederick W.", +TITLE="{T}he {A}lphabet and {E}lements of {L}ettering", +PUBLISHER="Dorset Press", +ADDRESS="New York", +ISBN="0-88029-330-6", +YEAR=1989} + +@BOOK{rookledge1990, +AUTHOR={Baines, Phil and Rookledge, Sarah}, +TITLE="{R}oockledge's {I}nternational {T}ypefinder, the +{E}ssential {H}andbook of {T}ypeface {R}ecognition and +{S}election", +PUBLISHER="Sarema Press Ltd", +ADDRESS="Surrey", +YEAR=1990} + +@BOOK{rattin1997, +AUTHOR="Rattin, Manuela and Ricci, Matteo", +TITLE="Questioni di carattere?", +PUBLISHER="Nuovi Equilibri", +ADDRESS="Viterbo", +YEAR=1997} + +@BOOK{cloutier1973, +AUTHOR="Cloutier, Jean", +TITLE="La {C}ommunication audio-scripto-visuelle {\`a} l'heure +des self-m{\'e}dias, ou l'{\`e}re d'{E}merec", +PUBLISHER="{L}es {P}resses de l'{U}niversit{\'e} de {M}ontr{\'e}al", +ADDRESS="Canada", +YEAR=1973} + +@BOOK{bruckner1990, +AUTHOR="Bruckner, D.J.R.", +TITLE="{F}rederic {G}oudy, {M}aster of {A}merican {D}esign", +PUBLISHER="H. N. Abbrams Inc.", +ADDRESS="New York", +YEAR=1990} + +@BOOK{petrucci1993, +AUTHOR="Petrucci, Armando", +TITLE="{J}eux de lettres. {F}ormes et images de l'inscription +en {I}talie", +NOTE="Traduit en fran{\c{c}}ais", +PUBLISHER="{\'E}dition de l'{\'e}cole des hautes {\'e}tudes +en sciences sociales", +YEAR=1993} + +@BOOK{atkins1988, +AUTHOR="Atkins, Kathryn, A.", +TITLE="{M}aster of {I}talic {L}etter. {T}wenty {T}wo {E}xamplars from the +{S}ixteenth {C}entury", +PUBLISHER="{T}he {P}enguin {P}ress", +ADDRESS="Londres", +YEAR=1988} + +@BOOK{paech1997, +AUTHOR="{P}{\"a}ch, Otto", +TITLE="{L'E}nluminure m{\'e}di{\'e}vale", +PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {M}acula", +NOTE="Traduit en fran{\c{c}}ais", +YEAR=1997} + +@BOOK{gray1976, +AUTHOR="Gray, Nicolete", +TITLE="{N}ineteenth {C}entury {O}rnament {T}ypefaces", +PUBLISHER="Faber and Faber Limited", +YEAR=1976} + +@BOOK{andersch1989, +AUTHOR="Andersch, Martin", +TITLE="Traces, signes, lettres", +PUBLISHER="Ulisse {\'E}ditions", +ADDRESS="Paris", +NOTE="Traduit de l'allemand", +YEAR=1989} + +@BOOK{barthes1985, +AUTHOR="Barthes, Roland", +TITLE="{L'A}venture s{\'e}miologique", +PUBLISHER="Seuil", +ADDRESS="Paris", +YEAR=1985} + +@BOOK{mu1992, +AUTHOR="Groupe Mu", +TITLE="Trait{\'e} du signe visuel. {P}our une rh{\'e}torique +de l'image", +PUBLISHER="Seuil", +ADDRESS="Paris", +YEAR=1992} + +@BOOK{holtz1987, +AUTHOR="Holtz-Bonneau, Fran{\c{c}}oise", +TITLE="Lettres, image, ordinateur", +PUBLISHER="Herm{\`e}s/{INA}", +YEAR=1987} + +@BOOK{camille1997, +AUTHOR="Camille, Micha{\"e}l", +TITLE="Images dans les marges. {A}ux limites de l'art m{\'e}di{\'e}val", +PUBLISHER="Gallimard", +NOTE="Traduit de l'anglais", +YEAR=1997} + +@BOOK{laufer1985, +EDITOR="Laufer, Roger", +TITLE="La {N}otion de paragraphe", +PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions du {CNRS}", +NOTE="Collectif {PARIS-VIII}", +YEAR=1985} + +@MISC{GP, + AUTHOR="Williams, Thomas and Kelley, Colin", + TITLE="Gnuplot", + NOTE="(répertoire {\texttt{/pub/gnuplot}} sur {\url{ftp.darthmouth.edu}}"} + +@MISC{emp, + AUTHOR="Thorsten Ohl", + TITLE="Le paquetage {\texttt{emp}} pour {\LaTeXe}", + NOTE="{\CTAN}: \url{tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/emp}"} + +@Article{Swift+TB16-3-269, + author = {Matt Swift}, + title = {Modularity in {\LaTeX}}, + journal = TUGboat, + year = {1995}, + volume = {16}, + month = sep, + number = {3}, + pages = {269--275} +} + +@Article{Whitney+TB10-3-378, + author = {Ron Whitney and Barbara Beeton}, + title = {{{{\TUB} authors' guide}}}, + journal = TUGboat, + year = {1989}, + month = nov, + volume = {10}, + number = {3}, + pages = {378--385} +} + +@TECHREPORT{knuth+tor, + AUTHOR = {Donald E. Knuth}, + TITLE = {A Torture Test for {\TeX}, Version 1.3}, + INSTITUTION = {Computer Science Department, Stanford University}, + YEAR = {1984}, + NUMBER = {STAN-CS-84-1027}, + ADDRESS = {Stanford, California}, + MONTH = nov +} + +@ARTICLE{furuta+pctex, + AUTHOR = "Richard K. Furuta and Pierre A. MacKay", + TITLE = "Two {\TeX} Implementations for the {IBM PC}", + JOURNAL = "Dr. Dobb's Journal", + YEAR = "1985", + VOLUME = "10", + NUMBER = "9", + PAGES = "80--91", + MONTH = sep +} + +@TECHREPORT{des+tex, + AUTHOR = {Jacques D{\'e}sarm{\'e}nien}, + TITLE = {How to run {\TeX} in {F}rench}, + INSTITUTION = {Computer Science Department, Stanford University}, + YEAR = {1984}, + NUMBER = {SATN-CS-1013}, + ADDRESS = {Stanford, California}, + MONTH = aug +} + +@article{des+tex1, + AUTHOR = {Jacques D{\'e}sarm{\'e}nien}, + TITLE = {How to run {\TeX} in a {F}rench environment: hyphenation, fonts, typography}, + INSTITUTION = {Universit{\'e} de {S}trasbourg}, + JOURNAL=TUGboat, + YEAR = 1984, + MONTH=nov, + PAGES="91--102", + NUMBER=2, + VOLUME = 5, +} + +@TECHREPORT{samuel+tex, + AUTHOR = "Arthur L. Samuel", + TITLE = "First Grade {\TeX}: A Beginner's {\TeX} Manual", + INSTITUTION = {Computer Science Department, Stanford University}, + YEAR = "1983", + NUMBER = "SATN-CS-83-985", + ADDRESS = {Stanford, California}, + MONTH = nov +} + +@BOOK{willberg97, +AUTHOR="Willberg, Hans Peter and Forssman, Friedrich", +TITLE="Lesetypographie", +PUBLISHER="Verlag H. Schmidt", +ADDRESS="Mainz", +ISBN="3-87439-375-5", +YEAR=1997} + +@BOOK{chen1995, +AUTHOR="Chen, Wai-Kai", +TITLE="The {C}ircuits and {Filters} {H}andbook", +PUBLISHER="{CRC} {P}ress, {Inc.}", +YEAR=1995} + +@ARTICLE{feedback53, + AUTHOR="Samuel J. Mason", + TITLE="Feedback theory --- some properties of signal flow graphs.", + JOURNAL="Proceedings of the Institute of Radio Engineers", + VOLUME=41, + NUMBER=9, + PAGES="1144-1156", + MONTH=sep, + YEAR=1953} + +@ARTICLE{feedback56, + AUTHOR="Samuel J. Mason", + TITLE="Feedback theory --- further properties of signal flow graphs.", + JOURNAL="Proceedings of the Institute of Radio Engineers", + VOLUME=44, + NUMBER=7, + PAGES="920-926", + MONTH=jul, + YEAR=1956} + +@BOOK{dusong, + AUTHOR="Jean-Luc Dusong and Fabienne Siegwart", + TITLE="Typographie, du plomb au num{\'e}rique", + PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions Dessain et Tolra (Larousse-Bordas)", + PAGES=191, + ISBN="2-04-021744-4", + YEAR=1996} + +@BOOK{downing95, + AUTHOR="Geoffrey Downing", + TITLE="Finer points in the spacing {\&} arrangement of type", + PUBLISHER="Hartley {\&} Marks", + ADDRESS="Vancouver", + NOTE="Premi{\`e}re {\'e}dition: 1954", + ISBN="0-88179-119-9", + YEAR=1995} + +@BOOK{dedame98, + AUTHOR="Roger D{\'e}dame", + TITLE="M{\'e}moire des m{\'e}tiers du livre, {à} l'usage de la publication assist{\'e}e + par ordinateur", + PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {C}ercle d'{A}rt {\&} {A}ssociation pour la formation + permanente des personnels d'imprimerie", + ISBN="2-7022-0495-3", + YEAR=1998} + +@BOOK{gid98, + AUTHOR="Raymond Gid", + TITLE="Typo-graphies", + PUBLISHER="Imprimerie nationale", + ISBN="2-7433-0281-X", + NOTE="Pr{\'e}face de G{\'e}rard Blanchard", + YEAR=1998} + +@BOOK{anis, + AUTHOR="Jacques Anis", + TITLE="Texte et ordinateur, l'{\'e}criture r{\'e}invent{\'e}e?", + PUBLISHER="De Boeck Universit{\'e}", + ISBN="2-8041-2923-3"} + +@BOOK{mandel98, + AUTHOR="Ladislas Mandel", + TITLE="{\'E}critures, miroir des hommes et des soci{\'e}t{\'e}s", + PUBLISHER="Ateliers Perrousseaux, {\'e}diteur", + ADDRESS="{L}a {T}uilli{\`e}re, 04110 {R}eillanne", + PAGES=240, + ISBN="2-911220-03-X", + YEAR=1998} + +@TECHREPORT{nist330, + INSTITUTION="National Institute of Standards and Technology Special Publication", + NUMBER=330, + TITLE="{T}he {I}nternational {S}ystem of {U}nits ({SI})", + PAGES=62, + AUTHOR="Taylor, Barry N.", + NOTE="{\url{http://physics.nist.gov/Document/sp330.pdf}}", + YEAR=1991} + +@TECHREPORT{nist811, + INSTITUTION="National Institute of Standards and Technology Special Publication", + NUMBER=811, + TITLE="{G}uide for the {U}se of the {I}nternational {S}ystem of {U}nits ({SI})", + PAGES=84, + AUTHOR="Taylor, Barry N.", + NOTE="{\url{http://physics.nist.gov/Document/sp811.pdf}}", + YEAR=1995} + +@MISC{nist-diag, + AUTHOR="{National Institute of Standards and Technology}", + TITLE="{D}iagram of {SI} unit relationships", + NOTE="{\url{http://physics.nist.gov/cuu/Units/SIdiagram2.html}}"} + +@MISC{npl, + AUTHOR="{National Physical Laboratory}", + TITLE="{T}he {I}nternational {S}ystem of {U}nits", + NOTE="{\url{http://www.npl.co.uk/npl/reference/si_units.html}}"} + +@MISC{nist-const, + AUTHOR="{National Institute of Standards and Technology}", + TITLE="{T}he {NIST} reference on {C}onstants, {U}nits and {U}ncertainty", + NOTE="{\url{http://physics.nist.gov/cuu/Units/introduction.html}}"} + +@MISC{concise-metric, + AUTHOR={David Barlett}, + TITLE="{T}he {M}etric {S}ystem: a concise reference guide", + NOTE="{\url{http://subnet.virtual-pc.com/ba424872/}}"} + + +@String{pub-ADOBE-PRESS = "Adobe Press"} + +@String{pub-ADOBE-PRESS:adr = "Mountain View, CA, USA"} + +@Book{Adobe+1997+AFA, + AUTHOR = "{Adobe Press}", + TITLE = "{Adobe FAQ}: {Adobe}'s most frequently asked + questions answered", + PUBLISHER = pub-ADOBE-PRESS, + ADDRESS = pub-ADOBE-PRESS:adr, + PAGES = "xvi + 774", + ISBN = "1-56830-372-6", + LCCN = "????", + BIBDATE = "Fri Aug 21 12:48:20 1998", + NOTE = "Inclut un CD-ROM.", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + annote = "Covers Adobe Acrobat 3.0 (Capture, Distiller, + Exchange, Reader), After Effects 3.1, FontFolio 7.09, + Framemaker 5 Illustrator 7.0, PageMaker 6.5, PageMill + 2.0, Persuasion 4.0 PhotoShop 4.0, Premiere 4.2 + SiteMill 1.0, and Type Manager Deluxe.", + YEAR = "1997"} + +@TECHREPORT{ltsect, +INSTITUTION="{The \LaTeX3} Project Team", +TYPE="Distribu{\'e} avec {\LaTeXe}", +KEY="latex3", +AUTHOR="Johannes Braams and David Carlisle and Alan Jeffrey and Leslie Michel Lamport and Frank Mittelbach and Chris A. Rowley and Tobias Oetiker and Rainer Sch{\"o}pf", +TITLE="{\texttt{ltsect.dtx}}, noyau {\LaTeXe}", +NOTE="Disponible dans +{\url{CTAN: tex-archive/macros/latex/base/ltsect.dtx}}"} + +@BOOK{byram, +AUTHOR="David Byram-Wigfield", +TITLE="{P}ractical {P}ost{S}cript. {A} {G}uide to {D}igital {T}ypesetting", +PAGES=64, +PUBLISHER="Cappella Archive", +ADDRESS="Foley Terrace, Great Malvern, WR14 4RQ, England", +NOTE="{\url{http://www.cappella.demon.co.uk}} ou +{\url{byram@cappella.demon.co.uk}}", +ISBN="0-9525308-0-5", +YEAR=1998} + +@BOOK{grafton98, +AUTHOR="Anthony Grafton", +TITLE="Les origines tragiques de l'{\'e}rudition. {U}ne histoire de la note en bas de page", +SERIES="Collection {«~}La librairie du {XX\textsuperscript{\scriptsize{e}}} si{\`e}cle{~»}", +PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions du {S}euil", +ADDRESS="Paris", +NOTE="Traduit de l'anglais (am{\'e}ricain) par {P}ierre-{A}ntoine {F}abre", +ISBN="2.02.030404.X", +MONTH=feb, +YEAR=1998} + +@ARTICLE{berlioz98, +AUTHOR="Berlioz, Jacques", +TITLE="{\'E}loge argument{\'e} de la note en bas de page", +PAGES="24-25", +VOLUME=225, +JOURNAL="{L'H}istoire", +MONTH=oct, +YEAR=1998} + +@BOOK{causse98, +AUTHOR="Rolande Causse", +TITLE="La langue fran{\c{c}}aise fait signe(s)", +NOTE="Lettres, accents, ponctuation", +PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions du {S}euil", +ADDRESS="Paris", +SERIES="{P}oint {V}irgule", +MONTH=sep, +YEAR=1998} + +@ARTICLE{bc+sauter, +AUTHOR="John Sauter", +TITLE="Postnet code using {\MFT}", +JOURNAL=TUGboat, +VOLUME=13, +NUMBER=4, +PAGES="472--476", +YEAR=1992} + +@ARTICLE{bc+vulis, +AUTHOR="Dimitri Vulis", +TITLE="{\TeX} and envelopes", +JOURNAL=TUGboat, +VOLUME=12, +NUMBER=2, +PAGES="279--284", +YEAR=1991} + +@ARTICLE{bc+willadt, +AUTHOR="Peter Willadt", +TITLE="{A}nother {A}pproach to {B}arcodes", +JOURNAL=TUGboat, +VOLUME=18, +NUMBER=4, +PAGES="286--289", +YEAR=1997} + +@INCOLLECTION{Duden, +AUTHOR="{Dudenredaktion ({\'e}d.)}", +KEY="Dudenredaktion", +BOOKTITLE="{D}er {D}uden in 12 {B\"a}nden; das {S}tandardwerk zur deutchen {S}prache", +TITLE="{D}uden, {R}echtschreibung der deutsche {S}prache", +PUBLISHER="Dudenverlag", +ADDRESS="Mannheim--Wien--Z{\"u}rich", +VOLUME=1, +EDITION="vingt et uni{\`e}me", +YEAR=1996} + +@BOOK{Muszynski, +AUTHOR="Carl Muszynski and Eduard P{\v{r}}ihoda", +TITLE="Die Terrainlehre in Verbindung mit der Darstellung, Beurtheilung und + Beschreibung des Terrains vom milit{\"a\-{\allowhyphens}}rischen Standpunkte.", +PUBLISHER="Verlag L.{\,}W.{~}Seidel {\&\ Sohn}", +ADDRESS="Vienne", +YEAR=1872} + +@INCOLLECTION{Reglement, +EDITION="quatri{\`e}me", +TITLE="Exercier-Reglement f{\"u}r die k.{\,}u.{\,}k.{~}Cavallerie", +AUTHOR="I. Theil", +BOOKTITLE="Normalverordnungsblatt f{\"u}r das k.{\,}u.{\,}k.{~}Heer", +ADDRESS="Vienne", +PUBLISHER="k.{\,}k.{~}Hof- und Staatsdruckerei", +YEAR=1898} + +@BOOK{detig1997, +AUTHOR="Detig, Christine", +TITLE="Der {\LaTeX} {W}egweiser", +PUBLISHER="International Thompson Publ.", +ISBN="3-8266-0256-0", +YEAR=1997} + +@BOOK{abdelhamid1995, +AUTHOR="Abdelhamid, Rames", +TITLE="Das {V}ieweg {\LaTeXe} {B}uch", +PUBLISHER="Vieweg Verlag Wiesbaden", +ISBN="3-528-25145-X", +YEAR=1995} + +@BOOK{katzenbeisser1997, +AUTHOR="Katzenbeisser, Stefan", +TITLE="Von der {I}dee zum {D}okument {--} {E}inf{\"u}hrung in {\TeX} und {\LaTeX}", +PUBLISHER="Oldenbourg-Verlag", +EDITION="seconde", +ISBN="3-486-24182-6", +YEAR=1997} + +@BOOK{maurer, +AUTHOR="Maurer", +TITLE="Textverarbeitung mit {\LaTeXe} unter {Unix}", +PUBLISHER="Carl Hanser Verlag", +ADDRESS="Munich", +ISBN="3-446-18909-2"} + +@BOOK{heilman, +AUTHOR="Heilmann, Axel", +TITLE="{\LaTeX}-{V}ademecum, ein {K}ompaktf{\"u}hrer f{\"u}r {E}insteiger +und {F}ortgeschrittene", +PUBLISHER="Verlag Springer", +ISBN="3-540-60522-3"} + +@BOOK{dietsch1994, +AUTHOR="Dietsche, Luzia and Lammarsch, Joachim", +TITLE="{\LaTeX} zum {L}oslegen", +PUBLISHER="Springer-Verlag", +ISBN="3-540-56545-0", +YEAR=1994} + +@BOOK{sowa1994, +AUTHOR="Sowa, Friedhelm", +TITLE="{\TeX/\LaTeX{}} und {G}raphik, ein {\"U}berblick {\"u}ber die {V}erfahren", +PUBLISHER="Springer-Verlag", +ISBN="3-540-56468-3", +YEAR=1994} + +@BOOK{schwarz1991, +AUTHOR="Schwarz, Norbert", +TITLE="Einf{\"u}hrung in {\TeX}", +PUBLISHER="Oldenbourg-Verlag", +ISBN="3-486-24349-7", +YEAR=1991} + +@BOOK{tschichold1995, +AUTHOR="Tschichold, Jan", +TITLE="Die neue {T}ypographie", +PUBLISHER="Brinkmann und Bose", +EDITION="troisi{\`e}me", +ISBN="3-922660-23-1", +YEAR=1995} + +@BOOK{aicher1988, +AUTHOR="Aicher, Otl", +TITLE="Typographie", +PUBLISHER="Ernst-Verlag", +ADDRESS="L{\"u}denscheid", +ISBN="3-433-03090-6", +YEAR=1988} + +@BOOK{spiekermann1994, +AUTHOR="Spiekermann, Erik", +TITLE="Ursache {\&} {W}irkung: ein typografischer {R}oman", +PUBLISHER="Verlag H. Schmidt", +ADDRESS="Mainz", +NOTE="R{\'e}impression en fac-simil{\'e}", +ISBN="3-87439-307-0", +YEAR=1994} + +@BOOK{simoneit1993, +AUTHOR="Simoneit, Manfred", +TITLE="Typographisches {G}estalten", +PUBLISHER="Polygraph-Verlag", +ADDRESS="Francfort/Main", +EDITION="quatri{\`e}me", +ISBN="3-87641-253-6", +YEAR=1993} + +@BOOK{luidl1989, +AUTHOR="Luidl, Philipp", +TITLE="Typografie", +PUBLISHER="Schl{\"u}tersche Verlagsanstalt", +EDITION="sixi{\`e}me", +ISBN="3-87706-290-3", +YEAR=1989} + +@BOOK{weideman19xx, +AUTHOR="Weidemann, Kurt", +TITLE="Wo der {B}uchstabe das {W}ort f{\"u}hrt", +PUBLISHER="Verlag Cantz", +ADDRESS="Ostfildern", +EDITION="seconde", +ISBN="3-89322-521-8", +YEAR="19xx"} + +@BOOK{sauthoff1996, +AUTHOR="Sauthoff, Daniel and others", +TITLE="Schriften erkennen: eine {T}ypologie der {S}atzschriften f{\"u}r {S}tudenten, +{G}rafiker, {S}etzer, {K}unsterzieher und alle {PC-U}ser", +PUBLISHER="Verlag H. Schmidt", +ADDRESS="Mainz", +EDITION="nouvelle", +ISBN="3-87439-373-9", +YEAR=1996} + +@BOOK{kern1991, +AUTHOR="Kern, Michael and Koch, Sieghart (Hrsg.)", +TITLE="{\"U}berSicht", +PUBLISHER="Verlag H. Schmidt", +ADDRESS="Mainz", +ISBN="3-87439-230-9", +YEAR=1991} + +@INCOLLECTION{kopka1, +AUTHOR="Kopka, Helmut", +BOOKTITLE="{\LaTeX}", +VOLUME=1, +TITLE="Einf{\"u}hrung", +PUBLISHER="Verlag Addison-Wesley", +NOTE="Seconde {\'e}dition augment{\'e}e", +ISBN="3-8273-1025-3", +YEAR=1996} + +@INCOLLECTION{kopka2, +AUTHOR="Kopka, Helmut", +BOOKTITLE="{\LaTeX}", +VOLUME=2, +TITLE="Erg{\"a}nzungen", +PUBLISHER="Verlag Addison-Wesley", +NOTE="Seconde {\'e}dition augment{\'e}e", +ISBN="3-8273-1229-9", +YEAR=1997} + +@INCOLLECTION{kopka3, +AUTHOR="Kopka, Helmut", +BOOKTITLE="{\LaTeX}", +VOLUME=3, +TITLE="Erweiterungen", +PUBLISHER="Verlag Addison-Wesley", +NOTE="Seconde {\'e}dition augment{\'e}e", +ISBN="3-8931-9666-8", +YEAR=1996} + +@MISC{knappen-partl, +AUTHOR="Knappen, J{\"o}rg and Partl, Hubert and others", +TITLE="{\LaTeXe}-{K}urzbeschreibung", +NOTE="{\url{CTAN:info/LaTeX2e-Kurzbeschreibung/}}" +} + +@MISC{partl-kielborn, +AUTHOR="Partl, Hubert and Kielhorn, Axel", +TITLE="Layout-{\"A}nderungen mit {\LaTeX}", +NOTE="{\url{CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/supported/refman/}}" +} + +@MISC{schrod-compTeX, +AUTHOR="Schrod, Joachim", +TITLE="The {C}omponents of {\TeX}", +NOTE="{\url{CTAN:info/components-of-TeX/}}" +} + +@MISC{warbrick, +AUTHOR="Warbrick, Jon", +TITLE="Essential {\LaTeX}", +NOTE="{\url{CTAN:info/latex-essential/}}" +} + +@MISC{doob-gentle, +AUTHOR="Doob, Michael", +TITLE="A {G}entle {I}ntroduction to {\TeX}", +NOTE="{\url{CTAN:info/gentle.tex}}" +} + +@MISC{tobin-mfb, +AUTHOR="Tobin, Geoffrey", +YEAR=1994, +MONTH=jul, +TITLE="{\MFT} for {B}eginners", +NOTE="Disponible sur {\url{CTAN:info/metafont-for-beginners.tex}}" +} + +@MISC{jurgens1, +AUTHOR="J{\"u}rgens, Manuela", +TITLE="{\LaTeX} -- eine {E}inf{\"u}hrung und ein bi{\ss}chen mehr {\ldots}", +NOTE="{\url{ftp://ftp.fernuni-hagen.de/pub/pdf/urz-broschueren/a0269502.pdf}}" +} + +@MISC{jurgens2, +AUTHOR="J{\"u}rgens, Manuela", +TITLE="{\LaTeX} -- {F}ortgeschrittene {A}nwendungen", +NOTE="{\url{ftp://ftp.fernuni-hagen.de/pub/pdf/urz-broschueren/a0279510.pdf}}" +} + +@TECHREPORT{PRW96i, +AUTHOR="Wilson, Peter R.", +TITLE="{\LaTeX} for standards: {T}he {\LaTeX} package files user manual", +TYPE="NIST Report", +INSTITUTION="NISTIR", +MONTH=jun, +YEAR=1996} + +@BOOK{skillin74, +AUTHOR="Skillin, Marjorie E. and Gay, Robert Malcom", +TITLE="{W}ords into {T}ype", +PUBLISHER="Prentice Hall", +ADDRESS="Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey", +ISBN="0-13-964262-5", +YEAR=1974} + +@BOOK{anderson69, +AUTHOR="Anderson, Donald M.", +TITLE="{T}he {A}rt of {W}ritten {F}orms: + {T}he {T}heory and {P}ractice of {C}alligraphy", +ADDRESS="New York", +PUBLISHER="Holt, Rinehart, and Winston", +ISBN="0-486-27212-5", +YEAR=1969} + +@BOOK{mcgrew93, +AUTHOR="Mac McGrew", +TITLE="{A}merican {M}etal {T}ypefaces of the {T}wentieth {C}entury", +ADDRESS="Newcastle, Delaware, USA", +PUBLISHER="Oak Knoll Books", +edition="seconde", +ISBN="0-938768-34-4 (reli{\'e}), 0-938768-39-5 (pbk.)", +YEAR="1986, 1993"} + +@ARTICLE{Andre95, +TITLE="Ligatures {\&} caract{\`e}res contextuels", +AUTHOR="Andr{\'e}, Jacques and Est{\`e}ve, Jean-Louis", +ADDRESS="Gagny Principal, France", +PUBLISHER="Association {GUT}enberg", +JOURNAL=j-GUTENBERG, +MONTH=sep, +VOLUME=22, +PAGE=74, +XISSN="1140-9304", +YEAR=1995} + +@BOOK{roegener95, +TITLE="{B}randing with {T}ype, {H}ow type sells", +AUTHOR="R{\"o}gener, Stefan and Pool, Albert-Jan and Packh{\"a}user, Ursual and Ginger, E.M.", +ADDRESS="Mountain View, CA USA", +PUBLISHER="Adobe Press, Adobe Systems Inc.", +ISBN="1-56830-248-7 (pbk.)", +YEAR=1995} + +@BOOK{unicode2, +TITLE="{T}he {U}nicode {S}tandard, {V}ersion 2.0", +KEY="Unicode", +AUTHOR="{T}he {U}nicode {C}onsortium", +ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts", +PUBLISHER="Addison-Wesley Developers Press", +ISBN="0-201-48345-9 (pbk.)", +YEAR="1991-1996"} + +@MANUAL{opentype, +TITLE="{T}he {M}icrosoft {O}pen{T}ype {S}pecification", +ORGANIZATION="Microsoft Corporation", +ADDRESS="Redmond, Washington", +NOTE="{Internet: \url{http://www.microsoft.com/typography/tt/tt.htm }}", +YEAR="1990-1998"} + +@MANUAL{HP1990, +TITLE="{T}he {H}ewlett-{P}ackard {B}ook of {C}haracters", +ORGANIZATION="Hewlett-Packard Company", +ADDRESS="Boise", +NOTE="{Internet: \url{http://www.fonts.com/}}", +YEAR=1990} + +@MANUAL{compugra88, +TITLE="{T}he {A}rt {\&} {T}echnology of {T}ypography", +ORGANIZATION="Compugraphic Corporation", +ADDRESS="Wilmington MA USA", +YEAR= 1988} + +@book{latex-web, + author = {Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz}, + title = {The {\LaTeX} Web Companion: + Integrating {\TeX}, HTML, and XML}, + series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting", + publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, + address = {Reading, Massachusetts}, + month=may, + year = 1999, + ISBN = "0-201-43311-7", + LCCN = "QA76.76.H94G66 1999", + pagenums = {xxii + 522}, + source-infos = {yes}, + bibliography = {yes}, + index = {yes}, + price = "US\$39.95", + note = "Avec Eitan M. Gurari, Ross Moore et Robert S. + Sutor.", +} + +@BOOK{schenck94, +AUTHOR="Douglas Schenck and Peter R. Wilson", +TITLE="{I}nformation {M}odeling the {EXPRESS} {W}ay", +PUBLISHER="Oxford University Press", +ISBN="0-19-508714-3", +YEAR=1994} + +@MISC{CJK, +AUTHOR="Werner Lemberg", +TITLE="The {CJK} package for {\LaTeXe}", +NOTE="{\url{CTAN:fonts/CJK} et \url{CTAN:language/chinese/CJK}}" +} + +@Article{Knuth+1979+LS, + author = "Donald E. Knuth", + title = "The Letter {S}", + journal = "The Mathematical Intelligencer", + volume = "2", + number = "3", + pages = "114--122", + year = "1979, 1980", + bibdate = "Sat Aug 13 10:22:12 1994", + annote = "Also published as \cite{Knuth+1980+LS}.", +} + +@BOOKLET{meron97, +AUTHOR="M{\'e}ron, Jacques", +TITLE="{Q}ualit{\'e} et {T}ypographie", +ADDRESS="La Fert{\'e}-sous-Jouarre", +MONTH=oct, +YEAR=1997} + +@BOOK{friedl98, +AUTHOR="Friedl, Friedrich and Ott, Nicolaus and Stein, Bernard", +TITLE="Typographie: quand qui comment", +PUBLISHER="K{\"o}nemann Verlag", +ADDRESS="K{\"o}ln", +ISBN="3-89508-473-5", +YEAR=1998} + +@BOOK{ponot98, + AUTHOR="Ponot, Ren{\'e}", + TITLE="{L}ouis {P}errin {\&} et l'{\'e}nigme des {A}ugustaux", + PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions des Cendres", + ADDRESS="8, rue des Cendriers, 75020 Paris", + ISBN="2-86742-083-0", + NOTE="Pr{\'e}face de Fernnd Baudin", + YEAR=1998} + +@BOOK{livingston98, + AUTHOR="Livingston, Alan et Isabella", + TITLE="Dictionnaire du graphisme", + NOTE="Traduit de l'anglais par Guillemette Belleteste, + Dani{\`e}le Bouilly et Isabelle Mennesson", + PUBLISHER="Thames {\&} Hudson ({\'e}dition anglaise), + Collection L'Univers de l'Art, num{\'e}ro~75 + (traduction fran{\c{c}}aise)", + ISBN="2-87811-143-5", + YEAR=1998} + +@BOOK{JOHNSON1966, + AUTHOR="Johnson, A. F.", + TITLE="{T}ype {D}esigns", + EDITION="troisi{\`e}me", + PUBLISHER="A. Grafton Book, Andr{\'e} Deutsh", + YEAR=1966} + +@BOOK{MORISON1962, + AUTHOR="Morison, Stanley", + TITLE="{T}ype {D}esigns {P}ast and {P}resent", + ADDRESS="Londres", + PUBLISHER="Ernest Benn", + YEAR=1962} + +@INCOLLECTION{PONOT1993, + AUTHOR="Ponot, Ren{\'e}", + TITLE="Classification typographique", + BOOKTITLE="Les {S}ciences de l'{\'e}crit", + PUBLISHER="Retz", + ADDRESS="Paris", + YEAR=1993} + +@BOOK{NERET1953, + AUTHOR="N{\'e}ret, Jean-Alexis", + TITLE="Histoire illustr{\'e}e de la librairie et du livre fran{\c{c}}ais", + PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {L}amarre", + YEAR=1953} + +@BOOK{CLAIR1969, + AUTHOR="Clair, Colin", + TITLE="{A} {C}hronology of {P}rinting", + ADDRESS="New York--Washington", + PUBLISHER="Frederik A. Praeger", + YEAR=1969} + +@BOOK{Fremy1972, + AUTHOR="Fr{\'e}my, Maurice", + TITLE="Aide-m{\'e}moire du compositeur typographe", + PUBLISHER="Iniag", + ADDRESS="Paris", + YEAR=1972} + +@BOOK{White1988, + AUTHOR="White, Jan V.", + TITLE="Graphic design for the electronic age ({T}he manual for traditional and desktop + publishing)", + PUBLISHER="A Xerox Press Book, Watson-Guptill publications", + ADDRESS="New-York", + YEAR=1988} + +@INBOOK{milchsack1901, + CHAPTER="Art de la typographie", + TITLE="Archiv f{\H{u}}r {B}uchgewerbe", + AUTHOR="Milchsack, Gustav", + PAGES="cahier 8, pp. 291--296; cahier 10, pp. 365--372", + PUBLISHER="Leipzig", + YEAR=1901} + +@BOOK{johnston1911, + AUTHOR="Johnston, Edward", + TITLE="{M}anuscript and {I}nscription {L}etters", + EDITION="seconde", + ADDRESS="London", + PUBLISHER="John Hogg", + YEAR=1911} + +@BOOK{johnston1948, + AUTHOR="Johnston, Edward", + TITLE="{W}riting {\&} {I}lluminating, {\&} {L}ettering: {T}he {A}rtistic {C}rafts + {S}eries of {T}echnical {H}andbooks", + EDITION="vingt-deuxi{\`e}me", + NOTE="{\'E}dit{\'e} par {W.~R.~Lethaby}", + ADDRESS="New York", + PUBLISHER="Pitman Publishing Corporation", + YEAR="1906, 1948"} + +@BOOK{bauer1929, + TITLE="{D}as {B}uch als {W}erk des {B}uchdruckers", + AUTHOR="Bauer, Friedrich", + PUBLISHER="Deutscher Buchgewerbeverein", + ADDRESS="Leipzig", + YEAR=1920} + +@BOOK{tieffenbach1930, + AUTHOR="Tieffenbach, E. W.", + TITLE="{\H{U}}ber den {S}atz im sch\H{o}nen {B}uch", + PUBLISHER="Officina Serpentis", + ADDRESS="Berlin", + YEAR=1930} + +@ARTICLE{tschichold1946, + AUTHOR={Jan Tschichold}, + TITLE="{D}ie {M}assverh{\H{a}}ltnisse des {B}uchseitr, des {S}chriftfeldes und der + {R\H{a}}nder", + JOURNAL="{S}chweizer {G}raphische {M}itteilungen", + VOLUME=65, + PAGES="294--305", + ADDRESS="Sain-Gall", + MONTH=aug, + YEAR=1946} + +@ARTICLE{graff1946, + AUTHOR="Graff, Joh. A. van de", + TITLE="Niewe berekening voor de vormgeving", + JOURNAL="R{\'e}t{\'e}", + PAGES="95--100", + VOLUME=1946, + ADDRESS="Amsterdam", + MONTH=nov, + YEAR=1946} + +@BOOK{kayser1946, + AUTHOR="Kayser, Hans", + TITLE="{E}in harmonikaler {T}eilungkanon", + PUBLISHER="Occident-Verlag", + ADDRESS="Z{\H{u}}rich", + YEAR=1946} + +@ARTICLE{tschichold1955, + AUTHOR={Jan Tschichold}, + TITLE="{D}ie {P}roportionen des {B}uches", + JOURNAL="{D}er {D}ruckspiegel", + PAGES="8--18, 87--96, 145--150", + VOLUME=10, + ADDRESS="Stuttgart", + NOTE="{\'e}crit en 1953", + MONTH= jan # feb # mar, + YEAR=1955} + +@BOOK{tschichold92, + AUTHOR={Jan Tschichold}, + TITLE="{T}reasury of {A}lphabets and {L}ettering", + PUBLISHER="W. W. Norton", + YEAR=1992} + +@BOOK{tschichold92a, + AUTHOR={Jan Tschichold}, + TITLE="{T}reasury of {A}lphabets and {L}ettering: 150 {C}omplete {A}lphabets with 64 + {P}ages of {T}ext and {E}xplanations", + note="Traduction de Wolf von Eckardt", + PUBLISHER="Design Press", + ADDRESS="New York", + ISBN="0-8306-3486-X", + YEAR=1992} + +@BOOK{wersin1956, + AUTHOR="Wersin, Wolfgang von", + TITLE="{D}as {B}uch vom {R}echteck", + ADDRESS="Ravensburg", + PUBLISHER="Otto Maier", + YEAR=1956} + +@BOOK{rosarivo1961, + AUTHOR="Rosarivo, Ra{\`u}l M.", + TITLE="Divina proportio typographica", + PUBLISHER="Scherpe", + ADDRESS="Krefeld", + YEAR=1961} + +@TECHREPORT{hogeveen1990, + author = "S. J. Hogeveen", + year = 1990, + title = "Concept of a {{\LaTeX}} style package for the + Astronomy and Astrophysics publications", + institution = "Astronomical Institute `Anton Pannekoek'", + address = "Amsterdam"} + +@STRING{mess = "Messenger"} + +@ARTICLE{daniel1989, + AUTHOR = "H.-U. Daniel and J. Berger and D. Savaray", + YEAR = 1989, + TITLE = "{{\TeX}} and Mathor3--{{\TeX}} for Astronomy and Astrophysics + Journal and Supplement Series", + JOURNAL = mess, + VOLUME = 56, + PAGES = "67-68"} + +@BOOK{haley1998, + AUTHOR="Haley, Allan", + TITLE="Type: hot designers make cool fonts", + PUBLISHER="Rockport Publishers, inc.", + ADDRESS="Gloucester (Massachusets)", + MISC="143 p. couleurs, 24 x 24 cm", + ISBN="1-56496-317-9", + YEAR=1998} + +@BOOK{wohlfeil1999, +TITLE="On the Pagination of Complex Book-like Documents", +AUTHOR="Stefan Wohlfeil", +PUBLISHER="Shaker Verlag GMBH", +ADDRESS="Postfach 1290, 52013 Aachen, and Maastricht, The +Netherlands", +pages = "224", +ISBN = "3-8265-3304-6", +LCCN = "????", +bibdate = "Tue Feb 09 08:23:52 1999", +price = "DM 98.00", +NOTE = "{\NL\url{http://wwwpi6.fernuni-hagen.de/Forschung/Pagination/}}; + {\NL\url{http://www.shaker.de/Online-Gesamtkatalog/Details.idc?ID=24201&CC=59311&IDSRC=1&ISBN=3-8265-3304-6&Reihe=15}}; + {\NL\url{Stefan.Wohlfeil@Fernuni-Hagen.de}}", +acknowledgement = ack-cr # " and " # ack-nhfb, +MONTH=jan, +YEAR=1998} + +@BOOK{FAQ1999, + TITLE="{FAQ} {\LaTeX}", + SERIES="{P}ublication {\'E}lectronique", + PUBLISHER="Vuibert Informatique", + AUTHOR="Kluth, Marie-Paule", + EDITION="deuxi{\`e}me", + ISBN="2-7117-8662-5", + MONTH=fev, + YEAR=2000} + +@BOOK{Desgraupes1999, + TITLE="{\MFT}, {G}uide pratique", + SERIES="{P}ublication {\'E}lectronique", + AUTHOR="Desgraupes, Bernard", + PUBLISHER="Vuibert Informatique", + MONTH=mar, + ISBN="2-7117-8642-0", + YEAR=1999} + +@BOOK{Desgraupes2000, + TITLE="{\LaTeX} {A}pprentissage, guide et r{\'e}f{\'e}rence", + SERIES="{P}ublication {\'E}lectronique", + AUTHOR="Desgraupes, Bernard", + PUBLISHER="Vuibert Informatique", + ISBN="2-7117-8658-7", + MONTH=nov, + YEAR=2000} + +@BOOK{Burke1998, + AUTHOR="Burke, Christopher", + TITLE="Paul Renner: the art of typography", + PUBLISHER="Hyphen Press", + NOTE="{\url{http://www.hyphenpress.co.uk/titles/}}", + ISBN="0-907259-12-X", + ADDRESS="Robin Kinross, 51 Grafton Road, London NW5 3DX", + YEAR=1998} + +@BOOK{Kindel1999, + EDITOR="Kindel, Eric", + TITLE="Typeform dialogues: a comparative survey of typeform + history and description on interactive CD-Rom", + ISBN="0-907259-15-4", + ADDRESS="Robin Kinross, 51 Grafton Road, London NW5 3DX", + PUBLISHER="Hyphen Press", + NOTE="{\url{http://www.hyphenpress.co.uk/titles/}}", + MONTH="automne", + YEAR=1999} + +@ARTICLE{sojka-TB-17-4-367, + author ="Sojka, Petr and Th{\`a}nh H{\`a}n {\ensuremath{\mathrm{Th\acute{\hat{e}}}}} + and Ji{\v{r}}{\'\i} Zlatu{\v{s}}ka", + title = "The joy of {\TeX2PDF}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = 1996, + volume =17, + number =3, + pages = {244--251}, +} + +@BOOK {ps-ref3, + TITLE= "{PostScript} Language Reference", + EDITOR= "{Adobe Systems Inc.}", + PUBLISHER = "Addison-Wesley", + YEAR = 1999, + MONTH= mar, + EDITION = "troisi\`eme", + ISBN= "0201379228", + PAGES=897, + ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts" + } + +@unpublished{varioref, + author = "Frank Mittelbach", + title = "The {\texttt{varioref}} package", + note = "Fait partie de la distribution {\LaTeXe{}}.", + month = may, + year = 1995} + +@unpublished{taylor, + author = "Philip Taylor", + title = "{\TeX}: an unsuitable language for document markup?", + note = "Talk given at the Euro{\TeX{}} 1995 conference; does not + appear in the proceedings.", + date = sep, + year = 1995} + + + +@InProceedings{etex, + author = {Philip Taylor}, + title = {{\(\varepsilon\)-\TeX}: + a 100\%-compatible successor to {\TeX}}, + booktitle = {Euro\TeX'95}, + year = 1995, + month = sep, + pages = {359-370} +} + +@unpublished{auc, + author = "Kresten Krab Thorup", + title = "{AUC\TeX}", + note = "An Emacs mode for editing \AllTeX{} code; available from + {\url{http://www.iesd.auc.dk/\textasciitilde{}amanda/auctex/}}.", + year = 1996} + + +@unpublished{html30, + title = "HyperText markup language specification version 3.0 draft", + author = "Dave Raggett", + note = "Available at + {\url{http://www.w3.org/pub/WWW/MarkUp/html3/}}.", + year = 1995, + month = mar} + +@Article{Rokicki+TB16-4-395, + author = "Tomas G. Rokicki", + title = "{A proposed standard for specials}", + journal = TUGboat, + volume = "16", + number = "4", + pages = "395--401", + month = dec, + year = "1995", + ISSN = "0896-3207", + bibdate = "Sat Feb 20 18:54:33 MST 1999", + bibsource = "ftp://ftp.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/tugboat.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/index-table-t.html#tugboat", + acknowledgement = ack-bnb # " and " # ack-nhfb, + } + +@BOOK{brunet1999, + AUTHOR={Brunet, Pascal}, + TITLE={Un week-end pour d{\'e}couvrir et ma{\^{\i}}triser + la typographie}, + PUBLISHER={Osman Eyrolles Multimédia}, + YEAR=1999} + +@BOOK{isaacs1991, + TITLE="The {O}xford {D}ictionnary for {S}cientific {W}riters and {E}ditors", + EDITOR="Isaacs, A. and Daintith, J. and Martin, E.", + PUBLISHER="Oxford University Press", + ADDRESS="Oxford", + YEAR=1991} + +@BOOK{collin1997, + TITLE="Dictionnary of {P}rinting and {P}ublishing", + AUTHOR="Collin, Peter H.", + EDITION="deuxi{\`e}me", + PUBLISHER="Peter Collin Publishing", + ADDRESS="Teddington (Middlesex)", + YEAR=1997} + +@BOOK{Morison1994, + AUTHOR="Stanley Morison", + TITLE="Pacioli's {C}lassic {R}oman {A}lphabet", + PUBLISHER="Dover", + YEAR=1994} + +@BOOK{lipkin1999, + AUTHOR="Lipkin, Bernice Sacks", + TITLE="{\LaTeX} for {Linux}", + PUBLISHER="Springer Verlag", + ISBN="0-387-98708-8", + MONTH=jun, + YEAR=1999} + +@BOOK{Day1995, + AUTHOR="Day, Lewis F.", + TITLE="{A}lphabets {O}ld and {N}ew", + PUBLISHER="Senate", + NOTE="Troisi{\`e}me {\'e}dition publi{\'e}e initialement + par {B.~T.~Bashford} en 1910", + YEAR=1995} + +@BOOK{Drucker1995, + AUTHOR="Drucker, Johanna", + TITLE="{T}he {A}lphabetic {L}abyrinth", + PUBLISHER="Thames and Hudson", + YEAR=1995} + +@BOOK{Firmage1993, + AUTHOR="Firmage, Richard A.", + TITLE="{T}he {A}lphabet {A}becedarium", + PUBLISHER="David R. Goodine", + YEAR=1993} + +@article{Bes+cross, +AUTHOR="Nepalov, Yu. N.", +TITLE="Crossed modules and quantum groups in braided +categories", +JOURNAL="Applied Categorical Structures", +VOLUME=5, +NUMBER=2, +PAGES="155--204", +NOTE="{\url{http://xxx.lanl.gov/abs/q-alg/9510013}}", +YEAR=1997} + +@article{Bes+FRT, +AUTHOR="Nepalov, Yu. N.", +TITLE="On the braided {FRT}-construction", +JOURNAL="J. Nonlinear Math. Phys.", +VOLUME=4, +NUMBER="1--2", +PAGES="195--205", +NOTE="{\url{http://xxx.lanl.gov/abs/q-alg/9510012}}", +YEAR=1997} + +@article{BKLT+int, +AUTHOR="Nepalov, Yu. N. and Kerler, T. and Lyubashenko, V. V. +and Turaev, V.", +TITLE="Integrals for braided {Hopf} algebras", +JOURNAL="J. Pure and Appl. Algebra", +NOTE="{\url{http://xxx.lanl.gov/abs/q-alg/9709020}}", +YEAR="{\`A para\^{\i}tre (1999?)}"} + +@MISC{Eurocom1998, +TITLE="{C}ouncil {R}egulation ({E}{C}) {N}o.~2866/98 of 31~{D}ecember 1998 +on the conversion rates between the euro and the currencies of +the {M}ember {S}tates adopting the euro", +NOTE="Official Journal {L}~359", +XINSTITUTION="European Commission", +AUTHOR="{European Council}", +YEAR="31 d{\'e}cembre 1998"} + +@MISC{Eurocom2000, +TITLE="{C}ouncil {R}egulation ({E}{C}) {N}o.~1478/2000 of 19~{J}une 2000 +amending {R}egulation ({E}{C}) {N}o.~2866/98 +on the conversion rates between the euro and the currencies of +the {M}ember {S}tates adopting the euro", +NOTE="Official Journal {L}~167", +XINSTITUTION="European Commission", +AUTHOR="{European Council}", +YEAR="7 juillet 2000"} + +@MISC{Eurocouncill1997, +TITLE="Certain provisions related to the introduction of the {Euro}", +NOTE="Council Regulation, 1103/97", +XINSTITUTION="European Council", +AUTHOR="{European Council}", +MONTH="17 " # Jun , +YEAR=1997} + +@BOOK{Gromzik+1996, +EDITOR="Gromzik, J. and Reich, C. and Sander, C.", +TITLE="{Dr.~Oetker Schulkochbuch -- Das Original}", +PUBLISHER="Ceres", +ADDRESS="Bielefeld", +YEAR=1996} + +@Article{Misakova+TB19-4-355, + author = "Miroslava Mis{\'a}kov{\'a}", + title = "{Typesetting with varying letter widths: {New hope for + your narrow columns}}", + journal = TUGboat, + volume = "19", + number = "4", + pages = "355--365", + month = dec, + year = "1998", + ISSN = "0896-3207", +} + +@Article{Sojka+TB16-3-290, + author = "Petr Sojka", + title = "{{Notes on compound word hyphenation in {\TeX}}}", + journal = TUGboat, + volume = "16", + number = "3", + pages = "290--296", + month = sep, + year = "1995", + ISSN = "0896-3207", + } + +@MISC{schenk98, +AUTHOR="Schenk, Christian", +TITLE="{MiK\TeX{}} {L}ocal {G}uide", +NOTE="{\url{http://www.miktex.de/}}", +YEAR="1998-99 (version 1.2)"} + +@PHDTHESIS{plass81, +AUTHOR="Mickael F. Plass", +TITLE="{O}ptimal {P}agination {T}echniques for {A}utomatic {T}ypesetting {S}ystems", +SCHOOL="Stanford University", + ADDRESS={Palo Alto, California}, + MONTH=aug, + NOTE="Publi{\'e}e aussi comme {X}erox {P}alo {A}lto {R}esearch {Center} report + {ISL-81-1}", +YEAR=1981} + +@BOOK{durer1525, + AUTHOR="D{\"u}rer, Albrecht", + TITLE="{U}nderweysung der {M}essung mit dem {Z}irckel und {R}ichtscheyt", + ADDRESS="Nuremberg", + NOTE="Traduction en anglais par R. T. Nichol de la section sur les alphabets.", + PUBLISHER="Dover, 1965", + YEAR=1525} + +@BOOK{mardersteig1971, + AUTHOR="Mardersteig, Giovanni", + TITLE="The {A}lphabet of {F}rancesco {T}orniello da {N}ovara [1517] {F}ollowed by a + {C}omparison with the {A}lphabet of {F}ra {L}uca {P}acioli", + PUBLISHER="Officina Bodini", + ADDRESS="Verona", + YEAR=1971} + +@BOOKLET{pacioli1509, + AUTHOR={Pacioli, Fra Luca}, + TITLE="{Diuina proportione, Opera a tutti glingegni perspicaci e curiosi necessaria + Oue ciascun studioso di Philosophia: Prppectiua Pictura Scultura: Architectura: + Musica: e altre Mathematice: suauissima: sottile: e admirable doctrina consequira: e + delectarassi: c\~o uarie questione de secretissima scientia}", + ADDRESS="Venice", + YEAR=1509} + +@article{knuth+concept1982, + author = "Donald E. Knuth", + title="{T}he {C}oncept of a {M}eta-{F}ont", + journal="Visible Language", + volume=16, + number=1, + month = "hiver", + pages="3--27", + bibsource = "ftp://ftp.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook1.bib, + ftp://ftp.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib, + ftp://ftp.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/knuth-donald-e.bib", + note = "Traduction en fran{\c{c}}ais par M. R. Delorme dans {\sl + Communication et Langages\/} no.~55, (1983), 40--53; + r{\'e}imprim{\'e} dans {\sl Typographie et Informatique}, + comptes-rendu de la conf{\'e}rence INRIA des 21--25 janvier + 1985, organis{\'e}e par Jacques Andr{\'{e}} et Patrick + Sallio (Rennes, France: INRIA/IRISA -- CCETT, 1985), + 119--132.", + acknowledgement = ack-hk, + year=1982} + +@article{knuth+lessons1985, + author = "Donald E. Knuth", + title="{L}essons {L}earned from {\MFT}", + journal="Visible Language", + volume=19, + pages="35--53", + year=1985} + +@article{knuth+mathtypo1979, + author = "Donald E. Knuth", + title="Mathematical typography", + journal="Bulletin of the {A}merican {M}athematical {S}ociety {\emph{(new series)}}", + volume=1, + pages="337-372", + year=1979} + +@ARTICLE{murdock1976, + AUTHOR="Murdock, Ph{\oe}be J.", + TITLE="New alphabets and symbols for typesetting mathematics", + JOURNAL="{Scholarly Publishing}", + VOLUME=8, + PAGES="44--53", + MONTH=oct, + YEAR=1976} + +@BOOK{siegel1985, + AUTHOR="Siegel, David R.", + TITLE="{T}he {E}uler {P}roject at {S}tanford", + PUBLISHER="Computer Science Department, Stanford University", + ADDRESS="Stanford, California", + YEAR=1985} + +@BOOK{UnbehauenR1, + AUTHOR="Unbehauen, Rolf", + TITLE="{S}ystemtheorie", + PUBLISHER="R. Oldenbourg Verlag", + ADDRESS="M{\"u}nchen", + EDITION="sixi{\`e}me", + YEAR=1993} + +@BOOK{CHADWICK87, +AUTHOR="Chadwick, John", +TITLE="{Linear~B} and {R}elated {S}cripts", +PUBLISHER="University of California Press/British Museum", +ISBN="0-520-06019-9", +YEAR= 1987} + +@BOOK{GORDON87, +AUTHOR="Gordon, Cyrus H.", +TITLE="{F}orgotten {S}cripts", +PUBLISHER="Dorset Press", +NOTE="{\'e}dition revue et augment{\'e}e", +YEAR=1987} + +@MISC{CYPRIOT, +AUTHOR="Wilson, Peter R.", +TITLE="{T}he {C}ypriot {P}ackage", +NOTE="Disponible sur CTAN dans {\url{fonts/archaic}}", +YEAR=1999} + +@MISC{LINEARB, +AUTHOR="Wilson, Peter R.", +TITLE="{T}he {Linear~B} {P}ackage", +NOTE="Disponible sur CTAN dans {\url{fonts/archaic}}", +YEAR=1999} + +@BOOK{BOLOGNA95, +AUTHOR="Guilia Bologna", +TITLE="{I}lluminated {M}anuscripts: {T}he {B}ook before {G}utenberg", +PUBLISHER="Crescent Books", +YEAR=1995} + +@BOOK{DROGIN80, +AUTHOR="Mark Drogin", +TITLE="{M}edieval {C}alligraphy: {I}ts {H}istory and {T}echnique", +PUBLISHER="Allenheld, Osmun {\&} Co.", +YEAR=1980} + +@BOOK{DROGIN89, +AUTHOR="Mark Drogin", +TITLE="{M}edieval {C}alligraphy: {I}ts {H}istory and {T}echnique", +PUBLISHER="Dover Publications", +ADDRESS="New York", +ISBN="0-486-26142-5", +YEAR=1989} + +@BOOK{HARRIS95, +AUTHOR="David Harris", +TITLE="{T}he {A}rt of {C}alligraphy", +PUBLISHER="DK Publishing", +YEAR=1995} + +@BOOK{JOHNSTON75, +AUTHOR="Edward Johnston", +NOTE="Heather Child {\'e}diteur", +TITLE="{F}ormal {P}enship and {O}ther {P}apers", +PUBLISHER="Penthalic", +YEAR=1971} + +@BOOK{THOMAS75, +AUTHOR="Thomas, Alan G.", +TITLE="{G}reat {B}ooks and {B}ook {C}ollectors", +PUBLISHER="Weidenfield and Nichoson", +YEAR=1975} + +@MISC{beton, + AUTHOR="Jensen, Frank", + YEAR=1995, + TITLE="The {\texttt{beton}} package", + NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/supported/beton.dtx}}"} + +@MISC{euler, + AUTHOR="Jensen, Frank", + MONTH=mar, + YEAR=1995, + TITLE="The {\texttt{euler}} package, v2.5", + NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/supported/euler.dtx}}"} + +@MISC{lucidabr, + AUTHOR="Frank Mittelbach", + MONTH=jan, + YEAR=1998, + TITLE="The \texttt{lucidabr} package, v4.10", + NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN'macros/latex/required/psnfss/psnfss.dtx}}"} + +@MISC{docmfp, + AUTHOR="Wilson, Peter R.", + YEAR=1999, + TITLE="The {\texttt{docmfp}} package", + NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/supported/docmfp.dtx}}"} + +@MISC{romannum, + AUTHOR="Wilson, Peter R.", + YEAR=1999, + TITLE="The {\texttt{romannum}} package", + NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/supported/romannum.dtx}}"} + +@BOOK{greenberg99, +AUTHOR="Greenberg, Harvey J.", +TITLE="A {S}implified {I}ntroduction to {\LaTeX}", +PUBLISHER="University of Colorado at Denver", +ADDRESS="{\url{hgreebe@carbon.udenver.edu}}", +NOTE="{\url{http://www.cudenver.edu/~hgreenbe/aboutme/pubrec.html}} +et +{\url{CTAN/info/simplified-latex/}}", +MONTH=nov, +YEAR=1999} + +@MISC{lettrine, + AUTHOR="Flipo, Daniel", + YEAR=1998, + TITLE="The {\texttt{lettrine}} package", + NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/supported/lettrine.dtx}}"} + +@BOOK{docbook, + AUTHOR="Walsh, Norman and Muellner, Leonard", + ISBN="1-56592-580-7", + TITLE="{D}oc{B}ook: {T}he {D}efinitive {G}uide", + PUBLISHER="O'Reilly {\&} {A}ssociates, Inc.", + ADDRESS="103 Morris Street, Suite~A, Sebastopol, CA 95472", + EDITION="premi{\`e}re", + MONTH=oct, + YEAR=1999} + +@BOOK{boumphrey1998, + AUTHOR="Boumphrey, F.", + TITLE="{P}rofessional {S}tyle {S}heets for {HTML} and {XML}", + PUBLISHER="Wrox Press, Inc.", + ADDRESS="Chicago", + YEAR=1998} + +@BOOK{Bradley1998, + AUTHOR="Bradley, N.", + TITLE="The {XML} {C}ompanion", + PUBLISHER="Addison-Wesley", + ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts", + YEAR=1998} + +@ARTICLE{carr1991, + AUTHOR="Carr, Les and Rahtz, Sebastian and Hall, Wendy", + TITLE="Experiments with {\TeX} and hyperactivity", + JOURNAL=TUGboat, + VOLUME=12, + NUMBER=1, + PAGES="13--20", + YEAR=1991} + +@BOOK{Flynn1998, + AUTHOR="Flynn, Peter", + TITLE="Understanding {SGML} and {XML} {T}ools", + XADDRESS="Norwell, Massachusetts", + PUBLISHER="Kluwer Academic Publishers", + pages = 464, + key = {{\url{http://imbolc.ucc.ie/~pflynn/books/sgmltools.html}}}, + price = {\$84}, + isbn = {0-7923-8169-6}, + series = {Electronic Publishing Series}, + address = {Order Department, PO Box 358, Accord Station, + Hingham, MA 02018-0358. Phone +1 781 871 6600, + Fax +1 781 871 6528, Email {\texttt{kluwer@wkap.com}}, + Web {\url{http://www.wkap.nl}}}, + edition = {premi{\`e}re}, + month = Aug, + annote = {The essential book on software for handling SGML: + the complete life-cycle guide to your documents. + {\textit{Understanding SGML and XML Tools}} is + essential reading for anyone building or using {SGML} + systems, and provides a valuable reference for all + those times when you need the right tool for the job.}, + YEAR=1998} + + +@ARTICLE{Foster1999, + AUTHOR="Foster, K. R.", + TITLE="{M}ath on the {I}nternet", + JOURNAL="IEEE Spectrum", + VOLUME=36, + NUMBER=4, + PAGES="36--40", + YEAR=1999} + +@BOOK{xml-g, + AUTHOR="Charles F. Goldfarb and Prescod, P.", + TITLE="{T}he {XML} {H}andbook", + PUBLISHER= "Prentice Hall, Inc.", + ADDRESS="Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey", + YEAR=1998} + +@BOOK{harold1998, + AUTHOR="Harold, E.", + TITLE="{XML} {E}xtensible {M}arkup {L}anguage", + PUBLISHER="IDG Books Worldwide, Inc.", + ADDRESS="Foster City, California", + YEAR=1998} + +@BOOK{jelliffe1998, + AUTHOR="Jelliffe, R.", + TITLE="{T}he {XML} and {SGML} {C}ookbook: {R}ecipes for {S}tructured {I}nformation", + PUBLISHER= "Prentice Hall, Inc.", + ADDRESS="Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey", + YEAR=1998} + +@BOOK{leventhal1998, + AUTHOR="Leventhal, M. and Lewis, D. and Fuchs, M.", + TITLE="{D}esigning {XML} {I}nternet {A}pplications", + PUBLISHER= "Prentice Hall, Inc.", + ADDRESS="Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey", + YEAR=1998} + +@BOOK{lie1997, + AUTHOR="Lie, H. W. and Bos, B.", + TITLE="{C}ascading {S}tyle {S}heets: {D}esigning for the {W}eb", + PUBLISHER = {Addison-Wesley}, + ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts", + YEAR=1997} + +@BOOK{Maler1996, + AUTHOR="Maler, E. and Andaloussi, J. E.", + TITLE="{D}eveloping {SGML} {DTDs}: {F}rom {T}ext to {M}odel to {M}arkup", + PUBLISHER= "Prentice Hall, Inc.", + ADDRESS="Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey", + YEAR=1996} + +@BOOK{mcgrath1998, + AUTHOR="McGrath, S.", + TITLE="{XML} by {E}xample: {B}uilding {E-C}ommerce {A}pplications", + PUBLISHER= "Prentice Hall, Inc.", + ADDRESS="Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey", + YEAR=1998} + +@INCOLLECTION{megginson1998, + AUTHOR="Megginson, D.", + TITLE="{S}tructuring {XML} {D}ocuments", + BOOKTITLE="{T}he {Charles~F. Goldfarb} series on open information management", + PUBLISHER= "Prentice Hall, Inc.", + ADDRESS="Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey", + YEAR=1998} + +@BOOK{raggett1998, + AUTHOR="Raggett, Dave and Lam, J. and Alexander, I. and Kmiec, M.", + TITLE="{R}aggett on {HTML~4}", + PUBLISHER = {Addison-Wesley}, + ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts", + YEAR=1998} + +@ARTICLE{rahtz1995, + AUTHOR="Rahtz, Sebastian", + TITLE="{A}nother look at {\LaTeX} to {SGML}", + JOURNAL=TUGboat, + VOLUME=16, + pages="315--324", + month=sep, + NUMBER=3, + YEAR=1995} + +@BOOK{smith1998, + AUTHOR="Smith, N. E.", + TITLE="{SGML/XML} {F}ilters", + PUBLISHER="Wordware Publishing, Inc.", + ADDRESS="Plano, Texas", + YEAR=1998} + +@BOOK{st.lautent1997, + AUTHOR="Saint Laurent, S.", + TITLE="{XML}: {A} {P}rimer", + PUBLISHER="MIS Press", + ADDRESS="Portland, Oregon", + YEAR=1997} + +@BOOK{tanenbaum1996, + AUTHOR="Tanenbaum, A. S.", + TITLE="{C}omputer {N}etwork", + EDITION="troisi{\`e}me", + PUBLISHER= "Prentice Hall, Inc.", + ADDRESS="Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey", + YEAR=1996} + +@BOOK{abra1972, + AUTHOR="Abramowitz, M. and Stegun, I. A.", + TITLE="{H}andbook of {M}athematical {F}unctions", + PUBLISHER="Dover Publications", + ADDRESS="New York", + YEAR=1972} + +@BOOK{wall1996, + AUTHOR="Wall, L. and Christiansen, T. and Schwartz, R. L.", + TITLE="{P}rogramming {P}erl", + PUBLISHER="O'Reilly {\&} {A}ssociates, Inc.", + ADDRESS="103 Morris Street, Suite~A, Sebastopol, CA 95472", + YEAR=1996} + +@BOOK{iso15924, + AUTHOR="ISO:15924{~}1999", + TITLE="{C}odes for the {R}epresentation ofg {N}ames of {S}cripts", + PUBLISHER="International Organization for Standardization", + ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve, Suisse", + NOTE="International Standard ISO 15924", + YEAR=1999} + +@BOOK{iso03166, + AUTHOR="ISO:{\noopsort{0}}3166{~}1997", + TITLE="{C}odes fot the {R}epresentation of {N}ames of {C}ountries and {T}heir + {S}ubdivisions--{Part~I}: {C}ountry {C}odes", + PUBLISHER="International Organization for Standardization", + ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve, Suisse", + NOTE="International Standard ISO 3166", + YEAR=1997} + +@BOOK{iso00639, + AUTHOR="ISO:{\noopsort{00}}639{~}1988", + TITLE="{C}odes fot the {R}epresentation of {N}ames of {L}anguages", + PUBLISHER="International Organization for Standardization", + ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve, Suisse", + NOTE="International Standard ISO 639", + YEAR=1988} + +@BOOK{iso00639-2, + AUTHOR="ISO:{\noopsort{00}}639-2{~}1998", + TITLE="{C}odes fot the {R}epresentation of {N}ames of {L}anguages--{Part~2}: + {A}lpha-3 {C}ode", + PUBLISHER="International Organization for Standardization", + ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve, Suisse", + NOTE="International Standard ISO 639-2", + YEAR=1998} + +@BOOK{iso08879, + AUTHOR="ISO:{\noopsort{0}}8879{~}1986", + TITLE="{I}nformation {P}rocessing--{T}ext and {O}ffice {S}ystems--{S}tandard + {G}eneralized {M}arkup {L}anguage {(GGML)}. {F}irst {E}dition, 1986-10-15", + PUBLISHER="International Organization for Standardization", + ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve, Suisse", + NOTE="International Standard ISO 8879", + YEAR=1986} + +@BOOK{iso10179, + AUTHOR="ISO:10179{~}1996", + TITLE="{I}nformation {T}echnology--{P}rocessing {L}anguages--{D}ocument {S}tyle + {S}emantics and {S}pecification {L}anguage {(DSSSL)}. {F}irst edition, 1996", + PUBLISHER="International Organization for Standardization", + ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve, Suisse", + NOTE="International Standard ISO 10179, + {\url{ftp://ftp.ornl.gov/pub/sgml/WG98/DSSSL/dsssl96b.pdf}}.", + YEAR=1996} + +@BOOK{iso/iec10646-1, + AUTHOR="ISO/IEC:10646-1{~}1993", + TITLE="{I}nformation {T}echnology--{U}niversal {M}ultiple-{O}ctet {C}oded {C}haracter + {S}et {(ICS)}--{Part~1}: {A}rchitecture and {B}asic {M}ultilanguage {P}lane, (with + amendments)", + PUBLISHER="International Organization for Standardization", + ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve, Suisse", + NOTE="International Standard ISO/IEC 10646-1", + YEAR=1993} + +@BOOK{iso/iec18672, + AUTHOR="ISO/IEC:18672{~}1993", + TITLE="{I}nformation {T}echnology--{C}oding of {M}oving {P}ictures and {A}ssociated + {A}udio for {D}igital {S}torage {M}edia at up to 1,5{~Mbit/s}--{Parts~1} {to~4}", + PUBLISHER="International Organization for Standardization", + ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve, Suisse", + NOTE="International Standard ISO/IEC 9070:18672", + YEAR=1993} + +@BOOK{iso/iec14772-1, + AUTHOR="ISO/IEC:14772-1{~}1998", + TITLE="{I}nformation {T}echnology--{C}omputer {G}raphics and {I}mage + {P}rocessing--{T}he {V}irtual {R}eality {M}odeling {L}anguage--{Part~1}: {F}unctional + {S}pecification and {UTF-8} {E}ncoding", + PUBLISHER="International Organization for Standardization", + ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve, Suisse", + NOTE="International Standard ISO/IEC 14772-1", + YEAR=1998} + +@BOOK{iso/iec8859-1, + AUTHOR="ISO/IEC:{\noopsort{0}}8859-1{~}1998", + TITLE="{I}nformation {T}echnology--8-{B}it {S}imgle-{B}yte {C}oded {G}raphic + {C}haracter {S}ets--{Part~1}: {L}atin {A}lphabet {No.~1}", + PUBLISHER="International Organization for Standardization", + ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve, Suisse", + NOTE="International Standard ISO/IEC 8859-1", + YEAR=1998} + +@BOOK{iso/iec9070, + AUTHOR="ISO/IEC:{\noopsort{0}}9070{~}1991", + TITLE="{I}nformation {P}rocessing--{SGML} {S}upport {F}acilities--{R}egistration + {P}rocedures for {P}ublic {T}ext {O}wner {I}dentifiers. {S}econd edition, 15 April 1991", + PUBLISHER="International Organization for Standardization", + ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve, Suisse", + NOTE="International Standard ISO/IEC 9070", + YEAR=1991} + +@BOOK{darton1994, + AUTHOR="Mike Darton and John O.E. Clark", + TITLE="{T}he {D}ent {D}ictionary of {M}easurement", + ADDRESS="Londres", + PUBLISHER="J.M. Dent", + YEAR=1994} + +@BOOK{Jerrard1992, + AUTHOR="H.G. Jerrard and D.B McNeill", + TITLE="{A} {D}ictionary of {S}cientific {U}nits", + EDITION="sixi{\`e}me", + ADDRESS="Londres", + PUBLISHER="Chapman and Hall", + YEAR=1992} + +@BOOK{zupko1985, + AUTHOR="Ronald Edward Zupko", + TITLE="{A} {D}ictionary of {W}eights and {M}easures + for the {B}ritish {I}sles: {T}he {M}iddle {A}ges to the {T}wentieth + {C}entury", + ADDRESS="Philadelphia", + PUBLISHER="American Philosophical Society (Memoir {\#168})", + YEAR=1985} + +@BOOK{romano1999, + AUTHOR="Romano, Frank J.", + TITLE="{PDF} {P}rinting and {W}orkflow", + PUBLISHER="Prentice Hall PTR", + ADDRESS="Upper Saddle River, NJ 07458, {\url{http://www.phptr.com}}", + ISBN="0-13-020837-X", + YEAR=1998} + +@BOOKLET{Lawson1990, + AUTHOR="Lawson, Alexander", + TITLE="{A}natomy of a {T}ypeface", + ADDRESS="Londres et Boston", + YEAR=1990} + +@BOOKLET{Moran1971, + AUTHOR="Moran, James and Morison, Stanley", + TITLE="His typographic achievement", + ADDRESS="Londres", + YEAR=1971} + +@BOOKLET{Tschichold1965, + AUTHOR="Tschichold, Jan", + TITLE="{M}eisterbuch der {S}chrift", + ADDRESS="Ravensburg", + YEAR=1965} + +@BOOKLET{Wetzig1962, + AUTHOR="Wetzig, Emil", + TITLE="{K}ursiv als {B}uchschrift", + ADDRESS="Pages 39-43 dans Gutenberg-Jahrbuch", + YEAR=1962} + +@ARTICLE{TTC99, + AUTHOR="Christina Thiele", + TITLE="{T}he {T}reasure {C}hest: {P}ackage tours from {CTAN}", + JOURNAL=TUGboat, + VOLUME=20, + NUMBER=1, + PAGES="53--58", + MONTH=mar, + YEAR=1999} + +@UNPUBLISHED{encguide, + author = "Frank Mittelbach", + title = "{\texttt{encguide.tex}}", + note = "{\`{A}} para{\^{\i}}tre dans la distribution + {\LaTeXe} de base. {U}n jour. {D}u moins, telle est + l'intention"} + +@MISC{fre+cichon, +AUTHOR="Fremlin, D. H.", +TITLE="{C}ichon's diagram", +YEAR="1983/1984", +NOTE="{P}r{\'e}sent{\'e} au {S\'e}minaire {I}nitiation {\`a} +l'{A}nalyse, {G.~C}hoquet, {M.~R}ogalski, {J.~S}aint {R}aymond, +{\`a} l'{U}niversit{\'e} {P}ierre et {M}arie {C}urie, {P}aris, 23e +ann{\'e}e." +} + +@BOOK{bennett1951, +EDITOR="Bennett, Paul A.", +TITLE="{B}ooks and {P}rinting: {A} {T}reasury for {T}ypophiles", +ADDRESS="Cleveland", +YEAR=1951} + +@BOOK{defrancis1989, +AUTHOR="DeFrancis, John", +TITLE="{V}isible {S}peech: {T}he {D}iverse {O}neness of {W}riting {S}yatems", +ADDRESS="Honolulu", +YEAR=1989} + +@BOOK{degering1965, +AUTHOR="Gegering, Hermann", +TITLE="{L}ettering", +ADDRESS="New York", +YEAR=1965} + +@BOOK{gaur1984, +AUTHOR="Gaur, Albertine", +TITLE="{A} {H}istory of {W}riting", +ADDRESS="Londres", +YEAR=1984} + +@BOOK{gelb1963, +AUTHOR="Gelb, I.J.", +TITLE="{A} {S}tudy of {W}riting", +ADDRESS="Chicago", +EDITION="deuxi{è}me", +YEAR=1963} + +@BOOK{gray1986, +AUTHOR="Gray, Nicolette", +TITLE="{A} {H}istory of {L}ettering", +ADDRESS="Oxford", +YEAR=1986} + +@BOOK{gray1971, +AUTHOR="Gray, Nicolette", +TITLE="{L}ettering as {D}rawing", +ADDRESS="Oxford", +YEAR=1971} + +@BOOK{kenney1974, +AUTHOR="Kenney, E. J.", +TITLE="{T}he {C}lassical {T}ext: {A}spects of {E}diting in the {A}ge of the {P}rinted {B}ook", +ADDRESS="Berkeley", +YEAR=1974} + +@BOOK{knuttel1951, +AUTHOR="Knuttel, Gerard", +TITLE="{T}he {L}etter as a {W}ork of {A}rt", +ADDRESS="Amsterdam", +YEAR=1951} + +@BOOK{Meggs1983, +AUTHOR="Meggs, Philip B.", +TITLE="{A} {H}istory of {G}raphic {D}esign", +ADDRESS="New York", +YEAR=1983} + +@BOOK{Morison1972, +AUTHOR="Morison, Stanley", +TITLE="{P}olitics and {S}cript", +ADDRESS="Oxford", +YEAR=1972} + +@BOOK{Morison1981, +AUTHOR="Morison, Stanley", +TITLE="Selected Essays on the History of Letter-forms", +Note="2 volumes", +ADDRESS="Cambridge, U.K.", +YEAR=1981} + +@BOOK{vervliet1972, +EDITOR="Vervliet, H. D. L.", +TITLE="{T}he {B}ook through 5000 {Y}ears", +ADDRESS="Londres", +YEAR=1972} + +@BOOK{avrin1991, +AUTHOR="Avrin, Leila", +TITLE="{S}cribes, {S}cript and {B}ooks: {T}he {B}ook {A}rts from {A}ntiquity to {R}enaissance", +ADDRESS="Chicago et Londres", +YEAR=1991} + +@BOOK{diringer1953, +AUTHOR="Diringer, David", +TITLE="{T}he {H}and {P}roduced {B}ook", +NOTE="R{\'e}impression dans {\cite{diringer1982}}", +ADDRESS="Londres", +YEAR=1953} + +@BOOK{diringer1982, +AUTHOR="Diringer, David", +TITLE="{T}he {B}ook {B}efore {P}rinting", +NOTE="R{\'e}impression de {\cite{diringer1953}}", +ADDRESS="New York", +YEAR=1982} + +@BOOK{jeffery1990, +AUTHOR="Jeffery, Lillian K.", +TITLE="{T}he {L}ocal {S}cripts of {A}rchaic {G}reece", +ADDRESS="Oxford", +EDITION="deuxi{\`e}me", +YEAR=1990} + +@BOOK{knight1984, +AUTHOR="Knight, Stan", +TITLE="{H}istorical {S}cripts", +ADDRESS="Londres", +YEAR=1984} + +@BOOK{noordzij1982, +AUTHOR="Noordz{\ij}, Gerrit", +TITLE="{T}he {S}troke of the {P}en", +ADDRESS="The Hague", +YEAR=1982} + +@BOOK{parkes1993, +AUTHOR="Parkes, M. B.", +TITLE="{P}ause and {E}ffect", +ADDRESS="Berkeley", +YEAR=1993} + +@BOOK{stevick1994, +AUTHOR="Stevick, Robert D.", +TITLE="{T}he {E}arliest {I}rish and {E}nglish {B}ookarts", +ADDRESS="Philadelphia", +YEAR=1994} + +@BOOK{wardrop1963, +AUTHOR="Wardrop, James", +TITLE="{T}he {S}cript of {H}umanism", +ADDRESS="Oxford", +YEAR=1963} + +@BOOK{barker1992, +AUTHOR="Barker, Nicolas", +TITRE="{A}ldus {M}anutius and the {D}evelopment of {G}reek {S}cript and {T}ype in the {F}ifteenth {C}entury", +ADDRESS="New York", +EDITION="deuxi{è}me", +YEAR=1992} + +@BOOK{blumenthal1973, +AUTHOR="Blumenthal. Joseph", +TITLE="{A}rt of the {P}rinted {B}ook", +ADDRESS="New York", +YEAR=1973} + +@BOOK{carter1969, +AUTHOR="Carter, Harry", +TITLE="{A} {V}iew of {E}arly {T}ypography", +ADDRESS="Oxford", +YEAR=1969} + +@BOOK{BM1908-85, +KEY="British Museum", +AUTHOR="{British Museum}", +TITLE="{C}atalog of {B}ooks {P}rinted in the {\textsc{XV}}th {C}entury {N}ow in the {B}ritish +{M}useum", +NOTE="Douze volumes {\`a} ce jour", +ADDRESS="Londres", +YEAR="1908--85"} + +@BOOK{chappell1970, +AUTHOR="Chappell, Warren", +TITLE="{A} {S}hort {H}istory of the {P}rinted Word", +PUBLISHER="{The New York Times}", +ADDRESS="New York", +YEAR=1970} + +@BOOK{chappell1999, +AUTHOR="Chappell, Warren and Bringhurst, Robert", +TITLE="{A} {S}hort {H}istory of the {P}rinted Word", +EDITION="seconde", +ADDRESS="Vancouver", +PUBLISHER="Hartley {\&} Marks", +ISBN="0-88179-154-7", +YEAR=1999} + +@BOOK{day1966, +EDITOR="Day, Kenneth", +TITLE="{B}ook {T}ypography 1815--1965", +ADDRESS="Londres", +YEAR=1966} + +@BOOK{dreyfus1963-72, +EDITOR="Dreyfus, John", +TITLE="{T}ype {S}pecimen {F}ac{S}imiles", +NOTE="Deux volumes", +YEAR="1963--72"} + +@BOOK{enschede1978, +AUTHOR="Ensched{\'e}, Charles", +TITLE="{T}ypefoundries in the {N}etherlands", +NOTE="Traduit avec r{é}visions et notes par Harry Carter", +ADDRESS="Haarlem, Netherlands", +YEAR=1978} + +@MISC{fine-print, +KEY="fineprint", +TITLE="{F}ine {P}rint on {T}ype: {T}he {B}est of {F}ine {P}rint {M}agazine on {T}ype and +{T}ypography. San Francisco", +YEAR=1988} + +@BOOK{huss1973, +AUTHOR="Huss, Richard E.", +TITLE="{T}he {D}evelopment of {P}rinters' {M}echanical {T}ypesetting {M}ethods, 1822--1925", +ADDRESS="Charlottesville, Virginia", +YEAR=1973} + +@BOOK{johnson1970, +AUTHOR="Johnson, A. F.", +TITLE="{S}elected {E}ssays on {B}ooks and {P}rinting", +ADDRESS="Amsterdam", +year=1970} + +@BOOK{layton1994, +AUTHOR="Layton, Evro", +TITLE="{T}he {S}ixteenth {C}entury {G}reek {B}ook in {I}taly", +ADDRESS="Venise", +YEAR=1994} + +@BOOK{morison1996, +YEAR=1996, +AUTHOR="Morison, Stanley", +TITLE="{L}etter {F}orms: {T}ypographic and {S}criptorial", +ADDRESS="New York 1966, Vancouver 1996"} + +@BOOK{morison1963, +AUTHOR="Morison, Stanley and Day, Kenneth", +TITLE="{T}he {T}ypographic {B}ook, 1450--1935", +ADDRESS="Londres", +YEAR=1963} + +@BOOK{proctor1900, +AUTHOR="Proctor, Robert", +TITLE="{T}he {P}rinting of {G}reek in the {F}ifteenth {C}entury", +ADDRESS="Oxford", +YEAR=1900} + +@BOOK{scholderer1927, +AUTHOR="Scholderer, Victor", +TITLE="{G}reek {P}rinting {T}ypes 1465--1927", +ADDRESS="Londres", +YEAR=1927} + +@BOOK{steinberg1996, +AUTHOR="Steinberg, S. H.", +TITLE="{F}ive {H}undred {Y}ears of {P}rinting", +EDITION="quatri{\`e}me", +ADDRESS="Newcastle, Delaware", +YEAR=1996} + +@BOOK{vervliet1981, +AUTHOR="Vervliet, H. D. L.", +TITLE="{C}yrillic and {O}riental {T}ypography in {R}ome at the {E}nd of the {S}ixteenth +{C}entury: {A}n {I}nquiry into the {W}ork of {R}obert {G}ranjon", +ADDRESS="Berkeley", +YEAR=1981} + +@BOOK{zimmer1983, +AUTHOR="Zimmer, Szczepan K.", +TITLE="{T}he {B}eginning of {C}yrillic {P}rinting", +ADDRESS="New York", +YEAR=1983} + +@BOOK{carter1987, +AUTHOR="Carter, Sebastian", +TITLE="{T}wentieth-{C}entury {T}ype {D}esigners", +ADDRESS="Londres et New York", +YEAR=1987} + +@BOOK{dreyfus1952, +AUTHOR="Dreyfus, John", +TITLE="{T}he {W}ork of {J}an van {K}rimpem", +ADDRESS="The Hague", +YEAR=1952} + +@BOOK{goudy1978, +AUTHOR="Goudy, Frederic W.", +TITLE="{G}oudy's {T}ype {D}esigns", +ADDRESS="New Rochelle, N.Y.", +EDITION="deuxi{\`e}me", +YEAR=1978} + +@BOOK{goudy1940, +AUTHOR="Goudy, Frederic W.", +TITLE="{T}ypologia: {S}tudies in {T}ype {D}esign {\&} {T}ype {M}aking", +ADDRESS="Berkeley et Los Angeles", +YEAR=1940} + +@BOOK{mclean1975, +AUTHOR="McLean, Rauri", +TITLE="{J}an {T}schichold: {T}ypographer", +ADDRESS="Londres", +YEAR=1975} + +@BOOK{morison1973, +AUTHOR="Morison, Stanley and others", +TITLE="{A} {T}ally of {T}ypes", +ADDRESS="Cambridge, U.K.", +EDITION="deuxi{è}me", +YEAR=1973} + +@BOOK{snyder1985, +AUTHOR="Snyder, Gertrude and Peckolick, Alan", +TITLE="{H}erb {L}ubalin", +ADDRESS="New York", +YEAR=1985} + +@BOOK{spencer1982, +AUTHOR="Spencer, Herbert", +TITLE="{P}ioneers of {M}odern {T}ypography", +ADDRESS="Cambridge, Mass.", +NOTE="{\'e}dition r{\'e}vis{\'e}e", +YEAR=1982} + +@BOOK{zapf1970b, +AUTHOR="Zapf, Hermann", +TITLE="{M}anuale {T}ypographicum", +ADDRESS="Cambridge Mass.", +NOTE="{\'e}dition r{\'e}vis{\'e}e", +YEAR=1970} + +@BOOK{zapf1968, +AUTHOR="Zapf, Hermann", +TITLE="{M}anuale {T}ypographicum 1968", +ADDRESS="Francfort et New York", +YEAR=1968} + +@BOOK{zapf1978, +AUTHOR="Zapf, Hermann", +TITLE="{T}ypographic {V}ariations", +ADDRESS="New Rochelle, N.Y.", +EDITION="deuxi{è}me", +YEAR=1978} + +@INCOLLECTION{benjamin1970, +AUTHOR="Benjamin, Walter", +TITLE="{T}he {W}ork of {A}rt in the {A}ge of {M}echanical {R}eproduction", +BOOKTITLE="{I}lluminations", +ADDRESS="Londres", +YEAR=1970} + +@INCOLLECTION{davids1985, +AUTHOR="Davids, Betsy and Petrillo, Jim", +TITLE="{T}he {A}rtist as {B}ook {P}rinter", +BOOKTITLE="{A}rtists' {B}ooks", +ADDRESS="New York", +EDITOR="Joan Lyons", +YEAR=1985} + +@BOOK{dowding1966, +AUTHOR="Dowding, Geoffrey", +TITLE="{F}iner {P}oints in the {S}pacing and {A}rrangement of {T}ype", +ADDRESS="Londres", +EDITION="troisi{\`e}me", +YEAR=1966} + +@BOOK{duncan1987, +AUTHOR="Duncan, Harry", +TITLE="{D}oors of {P}erception", +ADDRESS="Austin, Texas", +YEAR=1987} + +@BOOK{gill1993, +AUTHOR="Gill, Eric", +TITLE="{A}n {E}ssay on {T}ypography", +EDITION="deuxi{\`e}me", +ADDRESS="Londres", +YEAR=1993} + +@BOOK{huntley1970, +AUTHOR="Huntley, H. E.", +TITLE="{T}he {D}ivine {P}roportion: {A} {S}tudy in {M}athematical {B}eauty", +ADDRESS="New York", +YEAR=1970} + +@BOOK{lecorbusier1954, +AUTHOR={{Le Corbusier}}, +TITLE="{T}he {M}odulor", +EDITION="deuxi{\`e}me", +ADDRESS="Cambridge, Mass.", +YEAR=1954} + +@BOOK{morison1936, +AUTHOR="Morison, Stanley", +TITLE="{F}irst {P}rinciples of {T}ypography", +xADDRESS="New York", +PUBLISHER="Cambridge University Press", +YEAR=1936} + +@BOOK{mumford1952, +AUTHOR="Mumford, Lewis", +TITLE="{A}rt and {T}echnics", +ADDRESS="New Tork", +YEAR=1952} + +@BOOK{pye1968, +AUTHOR="Pye, David", +TITLE="{T}he {N}ature and {A}rt of {W}orlmanship", +ADDRESS="Cambridge, U.K.", +YEAR=1968}, + +@BOOK{stevens1974, +AUTHOR="Stevens, Peter S.", +TITLE="{P}atterns in {N}ature", +ADDRES="Boston", +YEAR=1974} + +@BOOK{thompson1961, +AUTHOR="Thompson, {D'A}rcy", +TITLE="{O}n {G}rowth and {F}orm", +ADDRESS="Cambridge, U.L.", +YEAR="1917; {\'e}dition r{\'e}vis{\'e}e 1942; abr{\'e}g{\'e}e par {J. T. B}onner, 1961"} + +@BOOK{tschichold1967, +AUTHOR="Tschichold, Jan", +TITLE="{A}symmetric {T}ypography", +ADDRESS="New York", +YEAR=1967} + +@BOOK{warde1955, +AUTHOR="Warde, Beatrice", +TITLE="{T}he {C}hrystal {G}obelet", +ADDRESS="Londres", +YEAR=1955} + +@BOOK{washburn1988, +AUTHOR="Washburn, Dorothy K. and Crowe, Donald W.", +TITLE="{S}ymmetries of {C}ulture: {T}heory and {P}ractice of {P}lane {P}attern {A}nalysis", +ADDRESS="Seattle", +YEAR=1988} + +@BOOK{dair1967, +AUTHOR="Dair, Carl", +TITLE="{D}esign with {T}ype", +EDITION="deuxi{\`e}me", +ADDRESS="Toronto", +YEAR=1967} + +@BOOK{itten1961, +AUTHOR="Itten, Johannes", +TITLE="{T}he {A}rt of {C}olor", +NOTE="traduit par Ernst von Haagen", +ADDRESS="New York", +YEAR=1961} + +@BOOK{karow1994a, +AUTHOR="Karow, Peter", +TITLE="{D}igital {T}ypefaces: {D}escription and {F}ormats", +EDITION="deuxi{\`e}me", +ADDRESS="Berlin", +PUBLISHER="Springer-Verlag", +ISBN="0-387-56509-4", +NOTE="Traduit par Bill Horton", +YEAR=1994} + +@BOOK{legros1980, +AUTHOR="Legros, L. A. and Grant J. C.", +TITLE="{T}ypographical {P}rinting {S}urfaces", +ADDRESS="New York", +YEAR=1980} + +@BOOK{mclean1980, +AUTHOR="McLean, Rauri", +TITLE="{T}he {T}hames and {H}udson {M}anual of {T}ypography", +ADDRESS="Londres", +publisher="Thames and Hudson Ltd.", +ISBN="0-500-68022-1", +YEAR="1980, 1988, 1992"} + +@BOOK{douclas1989, +AUTHOR="Douclas, Martin", +TITLE="{B}ook {D}esign: {A} {P}ractical {I}ntroduction", +ADDRESS="New York", +YEAR=1989} + +@BOOK{tufte1990, +AUTHOR="Tufte, Edward R.", +TITLE="{E}nvisioning {I}nformation", +ADDRESS="Cheshire, Connecticut", +YEAR=1990} + +@BOOK{tufte1983, +AUTHOR="Tufte, Edward R.", +TITLE="{T}he {V}isual {D}isplay of {Q}uantitative {I}nformation", +ADDRESS="Cheshire, Connecticut", +YEAR=1983} + +@BOOK{west1973, +AUTHOR="Wrst, Martin L.", +TITLE="{T}extual {C}riticism and {E}ditorial {T}echnique {A}pplicalble to {G}reek and {L}atin {T}exts", +ADDRESS="Stuttgart", +YEAR=1973} + +@BOOK{wick1965, +AUTHOR="Wick, Carl", +TITLE="{R}ules for {T}ypesetting {M}athematics", +ADDRESS="Prague", +YEAR=1965} + +@BOOK{williamson1983, +AUTHOR="Williamson, Hugh", +TITLE="{M}ethods of {B}ook {D}esign", +ADDRESS="Londres", +YEAR=1983} + +@BOOK{wilson1993, +AUTHOR="Wilson, Adrian", +TITLE="{T}he {D}esign of {B}ooks", +ADDRESS="San Francisco, California", +PUBLISHER="Chronicle Books", +ISBN="0-8118-0304-X", +YEAR=1993} + +@BOOK{coulmas1989, +AUTHOR="Coulmas, Florian", +TITLE="{T}he {W}riting {S}ystem of the {W}orld", +ADDRESS="Oxford", +YEAR=1989} + +@BOOK{daniels1996, +AUTHOR="Daniels, Peter T. and {Bright, {\'e}d.}, William", +TITLE="{T}he {W}orld's {W}riting {S}ystems", +ADDRESS="New York", +YEAR=1996} + +@BOOK{hlavsa1961, +AUTHOR="Hlavsa, Old{\v{r}}ich", +TITLE="{A} {B}ook of {T}ype and {D}esign", +ADDRESS="New York", +YEAR=1961} + +@BOOK{iso6937, +AUTHOR="{International Organization for Standardization}", +TITLE="{I}nformation {P}rocessing: {C}oded {C}haracter {S}ets for {T}ext {C}ommunication. +{\textsc{ISO~6937}}. {\textrm{Parts~1--2 {\&} Addendum~01}}", +ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve", +YEAR="1983--89"} + +@BOOK{iso8859, +AUTHOR="{International Organization for Standardization}", +TITLE="{I}nformation {P}rocessing: 8-bit {S}ingle-byte {C}oded {G}raphic {C}haracter +{S}ets. {\textsc{ISO~8859}}. {\textrm{Parts~1--9}}", +ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve", +YEAR="1987--89"} + +@BOOK{iso10646, +AUTHOR="{International Organization for Standardization}", +TITLE="{I}nformation {P}rocessing: {U}niversal {M}ultiple {O}ctet {C}oded {C}haracter +{S}et. {\textsc{ISO~10646}}. {\textrm{Part~1}:} {A}rchitecture and {B}asic {M}ultilingual +{P}lane", +ADDRESS="Gen{\`e}ve", +YEAR="1987--89"} + +@BOOK{sutton1968, +AUTHOR="Sutton, James and Bartram, Alan", +TITLE="{A}n {A}tlas of {T}ypeforms", +ADDRESS="Londres", +YEAR=1968} + +@BOOK{JMPL, +AUTHOR="Bayart, Benjamin", +TITLE="Joli manuel pour {\LaTeXe}, guide local de l'{ESIEE}", +ADDRESS="{\url{CTAN:/tex-archive/info/JoliManuelPourLaTeX.ps.gz}}", +MONTH=dec, +YEAR=1995} + +@BOOK{MRHA1996, +AUTHOR="Price, Glanville and others", +EDITION="cinqui{\`e}me", +TITLE="{MRHA} {S}tyle book", +PUBLISHER="{MRHA}", +ADDRESS="Londres", +YEAR=1996} + +@MISC{plari, +TITLE="The {\texttt{plari}} class", +AUTHOR="Antti-Juhani Kaijanaho", +ADDRESS="{\url{CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/supported/plari}}", +MONTH=nov, +YEAR=1998} + +@TechReport{Knuth++91, + author = {Donald E. Knuth}, + title = {Fixed-point glue setting}, + institution = {\url{CTAN:/systems/knuth/glue.web}}, + year = 1991 +} + + +@Article{Knuth++82, + author = {Donald E. Knuth}, + title = {Fixed-point arithmetic for {\TeX}}, + journal = TUGboat, + year = 1982, + volume = 1, + number = 3, + pages = {10--27}, + month = mar, +} + +@BOOKLET{hypatia, +TITLE="{H}ypatia's {G}uide to {\BibTeX}", +AUTHOR="Paul Taylor and Mark Dawson", +YEAR=1996, +MONTH=may, +ADDRESS="{\url{http://hypatia.dcs.qmw.ac.uk/html/bibliography.html}}" +} +@BOOK{guillemin1981, +TITLE="Syntaxe compar{\'e}e du fran{\c{c}}ais et de l'anglais, +probl{\`e}mes de traduction", +AUTHOR="Guillemin-Flesher, Jacqueline", +PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {O}phrys", +YEAR="1981, 1983, 1986", +ISBN="2-7080-0502-2"} + +@ARTICLE{goosens1992, +AUTHOR="Goossens, Michel and Herw{\ij}nen, Eric van", +TITLE="Scientific text processing", +JOURNAL="International Journal of Modern Phycics C [Physics and Computers]", +MONTH=jun, +VOLUME=3, +NUMBER=3, +PAGE="479--546", +YEAR=1992} + +@Article{Goossens+TB16-4-95, + author = "Michel Goossens", + title = "{{Writing the future is reading the past}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1995", + volume = "16", + number = "4", + pages = "353--354", + issn= "0896--3207", + month = dec, +} + +@BOOK{encychose, +TITLE="{E}ncyclop{\'e}die de la chose imprim{\'e}e --- du papier {\`a} l'{\'e}cran", +EDITOR="Combier, Marc and Pesez, Yvette", +PUBLISHER="Retz/Her", +ADDRESS="Paris", +NOTE="Pr{\'e}face de {F}ran{\c{c}}ois {R}ichaudeau", +ISBN="2-7256-1773-1", +YEAR=1999} + +@BOOK{unicode3, +TITLE="{T}he {U}nicode {S}tandard, {V}ersion 3.0", +KEY="Unicode", +AUTHOR="{T}he {U}nicode {C}onsortium", +ADDRESS = "Reading, Massachusetts", +PUBLISHER="Addison-Wesley Developers Press", +MONTH=fev, +YEAR=2000} + +@BOOK{eckstein-xml, +TITLE="{XML} pr{\'e}cis et concis", +AUTHOR="Eckstein, Robert and Casabianca, Michel", +NOTE="Traduction de {J}ames {G}u{\'e}rin", +PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions O'Reilly", +ADDRESS="18, rue S{\'e}guier, 75006 PARIS", +ISBN="2-84177-104-0", +MONTH=mar, +YEAR=2000} + +@BOOKLET{REPEAT, + AUTHOR="Victor E{\ij}khout", + TITLE="Le paquetage {\texttt{repeat}}", + ADDRESS="University of Illinois, Urbana-Campaign, USA", + NOTE="{\CTAN}: \url{tex-archive/macros/generic/eijkhout/repeat}"} + +@ARTICLE{EG98, + AUTHOR="Esperet, Philippe and Girou, Denis", + JOURNAL=j-GUTENBERG, + TITLE="Coloriage du pavage dit de {T}ruchet", + VOLUME=31, + MONTH=dec, + YEAR=1998, + pages="5--18", + note="voir{~\url{http://www.gutenberg.eu.org/pub/GUTenberg/publicationsPS/31-girou.ps.gz}}" +} + +@BOOKLET{ALDRATEX, +AUTHOR="Gurari, Eitan M.", +TITLE="{\textsf{(Al)Dra\TeX}}", +ADDRESS="Ohio State University, Columbus, USA", +NOTE="{\url{CTAN: graphics/dratex}} (voir aussi + {\url{http://www.cis.ohio-state.edu/~gurari/systems.html}})" +} + +@BOOKLET{FORMLETT, +AUTHOR="Jiang, Zhuhan", +TITLE="Le paquetage {\texttt{formlett}}", +ADDRESS="University of New England, Armidale, Australia", +NOTE="{\url{CTAN: macros/generic/formlett.sty}} (voir aussi +{\url{http://maths.une.edu.au/~zhuhan/util.html#computer}})" +} + +@BOOKLET{MULTIDO, +AUTHOR="Zandt, Timothy van", +TITLE="Le paquetage {\texttt{multido}}", +ADDRESS="INSEAD, Fontainebleau, France", +NOTE="{\url{CTAN: macros/generic/multido}}" +} + +@BOOKLET{PSTRICKSa, +AUTHOR="Zandt, Timothy van", +TITLE="Le paquetage {\texttt{PSTricks}}", +ADDRESS="INSEAD, Fontainebleau, France", +NOTE="{\url{CTAN: graphics/pstricks}} (voir aussi +{\url{http://www.tug.org/applications/PSTricks}})" +} + +@Book{Deledicq97, + author = {Andr\'e Deledicq}, + title = {Le monde des pavages}, + year = {1997}, + publisher = {ACL \'Editions} +} + +@Article{Gardner75, + author = {Martin Gardner}, + title = {On tesselating the plane with convex polygon tiles}, + journal = {Scientific American}, + year = {1975}, + month = Jul, + pages = {112--117} +} + +@Article{Girou94, + author = {Denis Girou}, + title = {Pr\'esentation de PSTricks}, + journal = {Cahiers GUTenberg}, + year = {1994}, + month = feb, + volume = {16}, + pages = {21--70} +} + +@Misc{Girou95, + author = {Denis Girou}, + title = {Building high level objects in PSTricks, TUG'95, St Petersburg, + Florida}, + year = {1995}, + howpublished = {Available at + {\url{http://www.tug.org/applications/PSTricks/TUG95-PSTricks_4.ps.gz}}} +} + +@Book{GS87, + author = {Branko Gr\"unbaum and Geoffrey Shephard}, + title = {Tilings and Patterns}, + year = {1987}, + publisher = {Freeman and Company} +} + +@Article{Laan96, + author = {Kees van der Laan}, + title = {Paradigms: Just a little bit of PostScript}, + journal = {MAPS}, + year = {1996}, + volume = {17}, + pages = {137--150} +} + +@Article{MLgraphTSI, + author = {Emmanuel Chailloux and Guy Cousineau and Asc\'ander Su\'arez}, + title = {Programmation fonctionnelle de graphismes pour la production + d'illustrations techniques}, + journal = {Technique et science informatique}, + year = {1996}, + volume = {15}, + number = {7}, + pages = {977--1007} +} + +@Misc{PstChart, + author = {Denis Girou}, + title = {PstChart. Business charts in {\AllTeX{}} + PostScript with PSTricks}, + year = {1993-1998}, + howpublished = {\url{http://www.tug.org/applications/PSTricks/PstChart}} +} + +@Misc{XYpic, + author = {Kristoffer H. Rose and Ross Moore}, + title = {{\XYpic}. Pattern and Tile extension}, + version = {3.5}, + year = {1991-1998}, + howpublished = {Available from {CTAN}, {\url{macros/generic/diagrams/xypic}}} +} + +@Misc{XYpic-polygon, + author = {Kristoffer H. Rose and Ross Moore}, + title = {{\XYpic}. Polygon feature}, + version = {3.5}, + year = {1991-1998}, + howpublished = {Available from {CTAN}, {\url{macros/generic/diagrams/xypic}}} +} + +@Misc{kloeckl2000, + author="Kl{\"o}ckl, Ingo", + title="{\LaTeXe}: {T}ips und {T}ricks", + ISBN="3-932588-37-1", + year=2000} + +@article{Bell+TB8-1-54, +author="{Bell, II}, Edwin V.", +title="{A}uto{L}etter: a {\TeX\ } form letter procedure", +journal=TUGboat, +volume=8, +number=1, +pages=54, +month=avr, +year=1987} + +@article{Garavelli+TB8-1-53, +author="Garavelli, John S.", +title="Form letter macros", +journal=TUGboat, +volume=8, +number=1, +pages=53, +month=avr, +year=1987} + +@article{Lee+TB7-3-187, +author="Lee, John", +title="Form letters", +journal=TUGboat, +volume=7, +number=1, +pages=187, +month=oct, +year=1986} + +@article{McKinstry+TB8-1-60, +author="McKinstry, Graeme", +title="Form letters", +journal=TUGboat, +volume=8, +number=1, +pages=60, +month=avr, +year=1987} + +@article{Bolek98, +author="Bolek, Piotr", +title="{\MPT} and patterns", +journal=TUGboat, +volume=19, +number=3, +pages="276--283", +month=sep, +year=1998, +note="Disponible sur CTAN en {\url{graphics/metapost/macros/mpattern/}}", +} + +@article{Wang65, +author="Wang, Hao", +title="{G}ames, {L}ogic and {C}omputers", +journal="Scientific American", +pages="98--106", +month=nov, +year=1965} + +@BOOK{kreher1998, +AUTHOR="Kreher, Donald L. and Stinson, Douglas R.", +TITLE="{C}ombinatorial {A}lgorithms: {G}eneration, {E}numeration and {S}earch", +PUBLISHER="CRC Press LTC", +ADDRESS="Boca Raton (FL)", +ISBN="084933988X", +MONTH=dec, +YEAR=1998} + +@BOOK{byram2, +AUTHOR="David Byram-Wigfield", +TITLE="The {T}inydict {T}inyguide", +PUBLISHER="Cappella Archive", +ADDRESS="Foley Terrace, Great Malvern, WR14 4RQ, England", +NOTE="{\url{http://www.cappella.demon.co.uk}} ou +{\url{byram@cappella.demon.co.uk}}", +MONTH=oct, +YEAR=1998} + +@BOOK{Davies1997, + author="W. V. Davies", + title="{R}eading the {P}ast: {E}gyptian {H}ieroglyphs", + publisher="University of California Press/British Museum", + isbn="0-520-06287-6", + year=1997} + +@BOOK{Healey1990, + author="Healey, John F.", + title="{R}eading the {P}ast: {T}he {E}arly {A}lphabet", + publisher="University of California Press/British Museum", + isbn="0-520-07309-6", + year=1990} + +@BOOK{Walker1987, + author="C. B. F. Walker", + title="{R}eading the {P}ast: {C}uneiform", + publisher="University of California Press/British Museum", + isbn="0-520-06115-2", + year=1987} + +@MISC{HIEROGLYPH, + author="Serge Rosmorduc", + title="A {\LaTeX}periment of hieroglyphic typesetting", + note="Disponible sur {CTAN} dans {\url{tex-archive/fonts/hieroglyph}}.", + year=1995} + +@article{MANCOD, + AUTHOR = {Jan Buurman and Nicolas Grimal and Michael Hainsworth and Jochen Hallof + and Dirk {Van der Plas}}, + TITLE = {Inventaire des signes hi{\'e}roglyphyques en vue de leur saisie + informatique}, + JOURNAL = {M{\'e}moires de l'{A}cad{\'e}mie des {I}nscriptions et {B}elles + {L}ettres, {P}aris}, + YEAR = {1988}, +} + +@booklet{adams1997, + AUTHOR="Adams, William F.", + TITLE="{O}ne {T}ypeface, many fonts ({A} {G}uide to {R}oman and {I}talic {D}esign)", + NOTE="{\url{http://members.aol.com/willadams/portfolio/typography/onetype.pdf}}", + YEAR=1997} + +@book{catich1985, + author="Catich, Edward M. Fra", + title="{T}he {O}rigin of the {S}erif: {B}rush {W}riting {{\&}} {R}oman {L}etters", + publisher="St. Ambrose University", + address="Davenport, Iowa", + ISBN="paperback 0-9629740-1-3, hardcover 0-9629740-0-5", + year=1985} + +@book{chappell1935, + author="Chappell, Warren", + title="{T}he {A}natomy of {L}ettering", + publisher="Lorin {{\&}} Mussey", + address="New York", + year=1935} + +@book{chappell1975, + author="Chappell, Warren", + title="{T}he {L}iving {A}lphabet", + publisher="The University of Virginia Press", + address="Charlottesvile", + ISBN="0813906350", + year=1975} + +@book{charatan1993, + author="Charatan, Karen", + title="{ABC-ZIG} {C}alligraphy", + publisher="EK Success", + address="Carlstadt, New Jersey", + year=1993} + +@book{harvey1996, + author="Harvey, Michael", + title="{C}reative {L}ettering {T}oday", + publisher="Design Books", + address="New York", + ISBN="1-55821-453-4", + year=1996} + +@BOOK{knudsen1985, + author="Knudsen, Carolyn", + title="{A}n {I}talic {C}alligraphy {H}andbook", + publisher="Stemmer House Publishers, Inc.", + address="Owings Mills, MD", + ISBN="0-88045-067-3", + year=1985} + +@BOOK{lupfer1982, + author="Lupfer, E. A.", + title="{O}rnate {P}ictorial {C}alligraphy: {G}ems of {F}lourishing", + publisher="Dover Publications", + address="New York", + ISBN="0-486-21957-7", + year=1982} + +@BOOK{meehan1991, + author="Meehan, Aidan", + title="{C}eltic {D}esign: {A} {B}eginner's {M}anual", + publisher="Thames and Hudson", + address="New York", + ISBN="0-500-27629-3", + year=1991} + +@BOOK{meehan1992, + author="Meehan, Aidan", + title="{C}eltic {D}esign: {I}llumitated {L}etters", + publisher="Thames and Hudson", + address="New York", + ISBN="0-500-27685-4", + year=1992} + +@BOOK{ogg1948, + author="Ogg, Oscar", + title="{T}he 26 {L}etters", + publisher="The Thomas Y. Crowell Company", + address="New York", + year=1948} + +@BOOK{sogen1990, + author="Sogen, Omori and {Terayama Katsujo}", + title="{Z}en and the {A}rt of {C}alligraphy", + publisher="Pengin Group, Arkansas", + address="Londres", + ISBN="0-14-019144-5", + year=1990} + +@BOOK{seligman1994, + author="Seligman, Patricia", + title="{T}lluminated {A}lphabet", + publisher="Quarto Inc.", + address="Londres", + ISBN="1-56138-458-5", + year=1994} + +@BOOK{tomkins1983, + author="Tomkins, Thomas and Milns, William", + title="{O}rnemental {P}enmanship: {T}wo {E}ighteenth-{C}entury {E}nglish {C}lassics of + {C}alligraphy", + publisher="Dover Publications", + address="New York", + ISBN="0-486-24449-0", + note="Fac-simil{\'e} de {\emph{The Beauties of Writing}} par Tomkins, 1777 et + {\emph{The Penman's Repository}} par Milnes, 1794-95", + year=1983} + +@BOOK{d-wilson1990, + author="Wilson, Diana Hardy", + title="{T}he {E}ncyclopedia of {C}alligraphy {T}echniques", + publisher="Quarto Book", + address="Philadelphia", + ISBN="0-89471-850-9", + year=1999} + +@BOOK{winters1994, + author="Winters, Eleanor", + title="{M}astering {C}opperplate {C}alligraphy", + publisher="Gramercy Books", + address="Avenel, New Jersey", + ISBN="0-517-10134-3", + year=1994} + +@BOOK{wotzkow1967, + author="Wotzkow, Helm", + title="{T}he {A}rt of {H}and {L}ettering: {I}ts {M}astery and {P}ractice", + publisher="Dover Publications", + address="New York", + ISBN="0-486-21797-3", + year=1967} + +@BOOK{zapf1985, + author="Zapf, Hermann", + title="{C}reative {T}ypography: {I}instructions and {A}lphabets", + publisher="Rotring-werke Riepe KG", + address="Allemagne", + year=1985} + +@BOOK{clark1997, + author="Clark, Nick", + title="{D}uotones, {T}ritones and {Q}uadtones: {A} {C}omplete {V}isual {G}uide to + {E}nhancing {T}wo-, {T}hree-, and {F}our-{C}olor {I}mages", + address="San Francisco, California", + publisher="Chronicle Books", + ISBN="0-8118-1426-2", + year=1997} + +@BOOK{kvern1996, + author="Kvern, Olav Martin", + title="{R}eal {W}orld {F}reehand 5.0/5.5", + publisher = pub-PEACHPIT, + address = pub-PEACHPIT+adr, + ISBN="0-201-88360-0", + year=1996} + +@BOOK{gosney1995, + author="Gosney, Michael and Dayton, Linnea", + title="{T}he {D}esktop {C}olor {B}ook", + note="{A} {V}erbum {G}uide", + edition="seconde", + publisher="MIS Press", + address="New York", + ISBN="1-55828-365-X", + year=1995} + +@BOOK{nyman1993, + author="Nyman, Matties", + title="{F}our {C}olors/{O}ne {I}mage: {G}etting {G}reat {C}olor {O}utput with + {P}hotoshop, {Q}uark{XP}ress, and {C}achet", + publisher = pub-PEACHPIT, + address = pub-PEACHPIT+adr, + ISBN="1-56609-083-0", + year=1993} + +@BOOK{tapscott1994, + author="Tapscott, Diane and Jeans, Lisa and Soberanis, Pat and Amladi, Rita and Ryan, + Jim", + title="{P}rofessional {S}tudio {T}echniques: {P}roduction {E}ssentials", + address="Mountain View, California", + publisher="Adobe Press", + ISBN="1-56830-124-3", + year=1994} + +@BOOK{bain1973, + author="Bain, George", + title="{C}eltic {A}rt: {T}he {M}ethods of {C}onstruction", + publisher="Dover Publications", + address="New York", + ISBN="0-486-22923-8", + year=1973} + +@BOOK{Burd1994, + editor="Burd, Rachel", + title="{G}raphic {A}rt {G}uild {H}andbook: {P}ricing anf {E}thical {G}uidelines", + edition="neuvi{\`e}me", + publisher="Graphic Arts Guild", + address="11 West 20th Street, 8th Floor; New York NY 10011-3704", + note="Distribu{\'e} par North Light Books, a division of {F\&W} Publications, Inc.; + 1507 Dana Avenue, Cincinnati, OH 45207", + ISBN="0-932102-09-3", + year=1994} + +@BOOK{callery1995, + editor="Callery, Emma", + title="{T}he {E}ncyclopedia of {O}rigami and {P}apercraft {T}echniques", + address="New Jersey", + publisher="Chartwell Books", + ISBN="0-7858-0441-2", + year=1995} + +@BOOK{churchill1965, + author="Churchill, Winston S.", + title="{P}ainting as a {P}astime", + address="New York", + publisher="Cornerstone Library", + year="1932, 1965"} + +@BOOK{gosney1990, + author="Gosney, Michael and Odam, John and Benson, Jim", + title="{T}he {G}ray {B}ook: {D}esigning in {B}lack {\&} {W}hite on {Y}our {C}omputer", + address="Chapel Hill, NC", + publisher="Ventana Press", + ISBN="1-56604-073-6", + year=1990} + +@BOOK{p-johnson1990, + author="Johnson, Pauline", + title="{C}reative {B}ookbinding", + publisher="Dover Publications", + address="New York", + ISBN="0-486-26307-X", + year=1990} + +@BOOK{little1994, + author="Little, Chad M.", + title="{B}ecoming a {C}omputer {A}rtist", + address="Indianapolis", + publisher="Sams Publishing", + ISBN="0-672-30397-3", + year=1994} + +@BOOK{white1980, + author="White, Jan V.", + title="{G}raphic {I}dea {N}otebook: {I}nventive techniques for designing printed pages", + address="New York", + publisher="Watson-Guptill Publications", + ISBN="0-8230-2149-1", + year=1980} + +@BOOK{withers1993, + author="Withers, Larry", + title="{H}ow to {F}old, {V}ol.~1: 102~{F}olds for the {A}rt {D}irector and {G}raphic {D}esigner {P}lus + {P}oint-of-{S}ale, {D}irect {M}ail, {I}nvitations, {G}reeting {C}ards and {M}ore", + address="Glenbrook, CT", + publisher="Art Direction Book Company", + ISBN="0-881080118-3", + year=1993} + +@BOOK{moye1994, + author="Moye, Stephen", + title="{T}ype by {D}esign: {A} {F}ontographer {U}ser's {G}uide to {E}lectronic {T}ypography", + address="Providence, Rhode Island", + publisher="The Studio", + ISBN="1-55828-447-8", + year=1994} + +@BOOK{burke1972, + author="Burke, Clifford", + title="{P}rinting {I}t", + address="New York", + publisher="Ballantine Books, Inc.", + ISBN="345-02694-2-295", + year=1972} + +@BOOK{felici1991, + author="Felici, James", + title="{T}he {D}esktop {S}tyle {G}uide", + address="New York", + publisher="Bantam Books, Inc.", + ISBN="0679790829", + year=1991} + +@BOOK{giegengack1945, + author="Giegengack, Augustus E.", + title="{U}nited {S}tates {G}overnment {P}rinting {O}ffice {S}tyle {M}anual", + address="Washington", + publisher="United States Government Printing Office", + month=jan, + year=1945} + +@ARTICLE{mendelson1992, + author="Mendelson, Edward", + title="{T}ypecasing: {C}hoosing and {U}sing {F}onts", + journal="PC Magazine", + pages="199--254", + month="27 " # oct, + year=1992} + +@BOOK{moore1991, + author="Moore, George", + title="{T}rue{T}ype {T}echnical {T}alk {\#}1: {A}n {I}ntroduction to {D}igital {T}ypography using + {T}rue{T}ype", + address="Redmond, Washington", + publisher="Microsoft Corporation", + month="5 " # nov, + year=1991} + +@BOOK{moore1992, + author="Moore, George", + title="{T}rue{T}ype {T}echnical {T}alk {\#}2: {L}inear vs. {N}on-{L}inear {S}caling", + address="Redmond, Washington", + publisher="Microsoft Corporation", + month="20 " # avr, + year=1992} + +@BOOK{schneiker1990, + author="Schneiker, Henry", + title="{T}ype {T}echnologies {I}lluminated", + address="Tucson, Arizona", + publisher="Kingsley/ATF Type Corp.", + year="1989, 1990"} + +@BOOK{stone1991, + author="Stone, Sumner", + title="{O}n {S}tone: {T}he {A}rt and {U}se of {T}ypography on the {P}ersonal {C}omputer", + address="San Francisco", + publisher="Bedford Arts, Publishers", + ISBN="0-938491-41-5", + year=1991} + +@BOOK{tracy1986a, +AUTHOR="Tracy, Walter", +TITLE="{L}etters of {C}redit: {A} {V}iew of {T}ype {D}esign", +ADDRESS="Boston", +PUBLISHER="David R. Godine, Publisher, Inc.", +YEAR=1986} + +@BOOK{ballinger1956, + author="Ballinger, Raymond A.", + title="{L}ettering {A}rt in {M}odern {U}se", + address="New York", + publisher="Rienhold Publishing Company", + year="1952, 1956"} + +@BOOK{binns1989, + author="Binns, Betty", + title="{B}etter {T}ype: {L}earn to see subtle distinctions in the faces and the spaces of + text type. {A}chieve legible, beautiful, and expressive type every time", + address="New York", + publisher="A Roundable Press Book, Watson-Guptill Publications", + ISBN="0-8230-0484-8", + year=1989} + +@BOOK{burke1990, + author="Burke, Clifford", + title="{T}ype from the {D}esktop: {D}esigning with {T}ype and your {C}omputer", + address="Chapel Hill, NC", + publisher="Ventana Press", + ISBN="0-940087-45-6", + year=1990} + +@BOOK{dwiggins1932, + author="Dwiggins, Willian Addison", + title="{C}ontemporary {T}itle {P}ages: {A} {S}election of {O}utstanding {B}ooks composed on + {L}inotype including {T}wenty-one of the 1931 ``{F}ifty {B}ooks of the {Y}ear''", + address="Brooklyn, New York", + publisher="Mergenthaler Linotype Company", + year=1932} + +@BOOK{newman1995, + author="Newman, Bruce and Newman, Brenda and Level, Jeff", + title="{P}recision {T}ype {F}ont {R}eference {G}uide 5.0", + address="Comack, New York", + publisher="Precision Type, Inc.", + year=1995} + +@BOOK{rogers1949, + author="Rogers, Bruce", + title="{C}entaur {T}ypes", + address="Chicago", + publisher="October House", + year=1949} + +@BOOK{rogers1979, + author="Rogers, Bruce", + title="{P}aragraphs on {P}rinting", + address="New York", + publisher="Dover Publications", + ISBN="0-486-23817-2", + year=1979} + +@BOOK{smeijers1996, + author="Smeijers, Fred", + title="{C}ounterpunch: making type in the sixteenth century, designing typefaces now", + address="Londres", + publisher="Hyphen Press", + ISBN="0-907259-060-5", + year=1996} + +@BOOK{williams1990, + author="Williams, Robin", + title="{T}he {PC} is not a {T}ypewriter: {A} {S}tyle {M}anual for {C}reating + {P}rofessional-level {T}ype on {Y}our {PC}", + publisher = pub-PEACHPIT, + address = pub-PEACHPIT+adr, + ISBN="0938151495", + year=1990} + +@Article{Hornbach+TB7-2-99, + author = "Hornbach, Kathy", + title = "{VAX} {L}anguage {S}ensitive {E}ditor {T}emplates and {G}uide for use with + {\LaTeX}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1986", + volume = "7", + number = "2", + pages = "99--99", + month = jun, +} + +@Article{Ludden+TB7-2-186, + author = "Ludden, Jim", + title = "{P}ost-{\LaTeX} {I}ndex {F}ormatting", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1986", + volume = "7", + number = "2", + pages = "186--186", + month = jun, +} + +@Article{Hofman+TB7-3-186, + author = "Hofman, Thomas", + title = "{A} {\LaTeX} addition for formatting indexes", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1986", + volume = "7", + number = "3", + pages = "186--186", + month = oct, +} + +@Article{Zocchi+TB8-1-62, + author = "Zocchi, Maurizio", + title = "{\LaTeX}'s {I}ndex {P}rocessing", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1987", + volume = "8", + number = "1", + pages = "62--62", + month = apr, +} + +@Article{Dyck+TB8-1-74, + author = "Dyck, Jennifer", + title = "{APA} style in {\LaTeX}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1987", + volume = "8", + number = "1", + pages = "74--74", + month = apr, +} + +@Article{Aurbach+TB8-2-201, + author = "Aurbach, Richard L.", + title = "{A}utomated index generation for {\LaTeX}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1987", + volume = "8", + number = "2", + pages = "201--209", + month = jul, +} + +@Article{Bechtolsheim+TB9-2-203, + AUTHOR="{von Bechtolsheim}, Stephan P.", + title = "{A} note on processing parts with {\LaTeX}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1988", + volume = "9", + number = "2", + pages = "203--294", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Laan+TB10-1-113, + AUTHOR="{van der Laan}, C. G.", + title = "{T}ypesetting bridge via {\LaTeX}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "1", + pages = "113--116", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Modest+TB10-1-67, + AUTHOR="Modest, Michael", + title = "{U}ing {\TeX} and {\LaTeX} with {WordPerfect~5.0}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "1", + pages = "67--72", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Anonyme+TB10-2-287, + AUTHOR="Anonyme", + title = "{\LaTeX} course book in {D}utch", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "2", + pages = "287--287", + month = jul, +} + +@Article{Hailperin+TB10-3-360, + AUTHOR="Hailperin, Max", + title = "{U}sers' guide to {\texttt{LaTeX-help}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "3", + pages = "360--360", + month = nov, +} + +@Article{Hoover+TB10-4-549, + AUTHOR="Hoover, Anita Z.", + title = "{U}sing {WordPerfect~5.0} to create {\TeX} and {\LaTeX} documents", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "4", + pages = "549--559", + month = dec, +} + +@Article{Mittelbach+TB10-4-681, + AUTHOR="Mittelbach, Frank", + title = "{W}ith {\LaTeX} into the nineties", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "4", + pages = "681--690", + month = dec, +} + +@Article{Cheswick+TB10-4-707, + AUTHOR="Cheswick, Bill", + title = "{A} permuted index for {\TeX} and {\LaTeX}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "4", + pages = "707--713", + month = dec, +} + +@Article{Sydoriak+TB10-4-715, + AUTHOR="Sydoriak, Steve", + title = "{\LaTeX} memos and letters", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "4", + pages = "715--726", + month = dec, +} + +@Article{Geyer-Schulz+TB11-4-644, + AUTHOR="Geyer-Schulz, Andreas and Matulka, Josef and Neumann, Gustav", + title = "{A} {\LaTeX} document style option for typesetting {APL}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1990", + volume = "11", + number = "4", + pages = "644--644", + month = nov, +} + +@Article{Braams+TB12-1-21, + AUTHOR="Braams, Johannes and E{\ij}khout, Victor and Poppelier, Nico", + title = "{T}he {D}utch national {\LaTeX} effort", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1991", + volume = "12", + number = "1", + pages = "21--24", + month = mar, +} + +@Article{Mittelbach+TB12-1-74, + AUTHOR="Mittelbach, Frank and Sch{\"o}pf, Rainer", + title = "{T}owards {\LaTeX~3.0}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1991", + volume = "12", + number = "1", + pages = "74--79", + month = mar, +} + +@Article{Poppelier+TB12-2-235, + AUTHOR="Poppelier, Nico", + title = "{R}eview of {\emph{\LaTeX}} for engineers and scientists", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1991", + volume = "12", + number = "2", + pages = "235--236", + month = jun, +} + +@Article{Clarkson+TB12-2-160, + AUTHOR="Clarkson", + title = "{\LaTeX} styles", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1991", + volume = "12", + number = "2", + pages = "160--160", + month = jun, +} + +@Article{Anonyme+TB12-2-172, + AUTHOR="Anonyme", + title = "{\texttt{LaTeX-help}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1991", + volume = "12", + number = "2", + pages = "172--172", + month = jun, +} + +@Article{Bartlett+TB12-34-367, + AUTHOR="Bartlett, Frederick H.", + title = "{C}ontra-{\LaTeX}, or what really works in the publishing world", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1991", + volume = "12", + number = "34", + pages = "367--371", + month = nov, +} + +@Article{Roth+TB12-34-517, + AUTHOR="Roth, Mark A.", + title = "{T}ypesetting forms with {\LaTeX}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1991", + volume = "12", + number = "34", + pages = "517--522", + month = nov, +} + +@Article{Poppelier+TB13-1-58, + AUTHOR="Poppelier, Nico", + title = "{N}ew books on {\LaTeX}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "1", + pages = "58--59", + month = apr, +} + +@Article{Anonyme+TB6-3-58, + AUTHOR="Anonyme", + title = "{\LaTeX} command summary {(Version~2.05)} available from {TUG}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1985", + volume = "6", + number = "3", + pages = "158--158", + month = nov, +} + +@Article{Yap+TB8-1-58, + author = "Ken Yap", + title = "{{Contents of \LaTeX{} style collection as of 15th + February 1987}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1987", + volume = "8", + number = "1", + pages = "58--59", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Yap+TB8-2-198, + author = "Ken Yap", + title = "{{Contents of \LaTeX{} style collection as of 15th + May 1987}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1987", + volume = "8", + number = "2", + pages = "198--200", + month = Jul, +} + +@Article{Yap+TB8-3-320, + author = "Ken Yap", + title = "{{Contents of \LaTeX{} style collection as of 15th + September 1987}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1987", + volume = "8", + number = "3", + pages = "320--323", + month = Nov, +} + +@Article{Yap+TB9-2-200, + author = "Ken Yap", + title = "{{Contents of \LaTeX{} style collection as of 19th + June 1988}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1988", + volume = "9", + number = "2", + pages = "200--203", + month = aug, +} + +@Article{Damrau+TB8-3-323, + author = "Damrau, Jackie", + title = "{T}he {\LaTeX} user's column", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1987", + volume = "8", + number = "3", + pages = "323--326", + month = nov, +} + +@Article{Damrau+TB9-2-198, + author = "Damrau, Jackie", + title = "{T}he {\LaTeX} user's column", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1988", + volume = "9", + number = "2", + pages = "198--199", + month = aug, +} + +@Article{Damrau+TB9-3-297, + author = "Damrau, Jackie", + title = "{T}he {\LaTeX} user's column", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1988", + volume = "9", + number = "3", + pages = "297--297", + month = nov, +} + +@Article{Damrau+TB11-4-644, + author = "Damrau, Jackie", + title = "{T}he {\LaTeX} user's column", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1990", + volume = "11", + number = "4", + pages = "644--644", + month = nov, +} + +@Article{Damrau+TB12-2-284, + author = "Damrau, Jackie", + title = "{T}he {\LaTeX} user's column", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1991", + volume = "12", + number = "2", + pages = "284--285", + month = jun, +} + +@Article{Poppelier+TB12-2-284, + author = "Poppelier, Nico", + title = "{A} comment on {T}he {\LaTeX} user's column", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1991", + volume = "12", + number = "2", + pages = "285--286", + month = jun, +} + +@Article{DeCore+TB9-3-294, + author = "DeCore, Michael", + title = "{{Contents of \LaTeX{} style collection as of 24th + September 1988}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1988", + volume = "9", + number = "3", + pages = "294--297", + month = nov, +} + +@Article{DeCore+TB10-1-97, + author = "DeCore, Michael", + title = "{{Contents of \LaTeX{} style collection as of 16th + January 1989}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1989", + volume = "10", + number = "1", + pages = "97--102", + month = apr, +} + +@Article{Damrau+TB13-1-94, + author = "Damrau, Jackie", + title = "{T}he {\LaTeX} user's column", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "1", + pages = "94--95", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Mittelbach+TB13-1-96, + author = "Mittelbach, Frank", + title = "{\LaTeX~2.09 $\hookrightarrow$ \LaTeX3}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "1", + pages = "96--101", + month = Apr, +} + +@Article{Luvisetto+TB13-2-181, + author = "Maria Luisa Luvisetto and Enzo Ugolini", + title = "{B}ook review: {A} {I}talian guide to {\LaTeX} (by {C}laudio {B}eccari)", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "2", + pages = "181--182", + month = Jul, + note = "{Voir~\cite{Beccari+1991+SEE}}", +} + +@Article{Poppelier+TB13-2-182, + author = "Poppelier, Nico", + title = "{B}ook reviews: {Jane Hahn}, {\emph{\LaTeX}} for {E}veryone; {Eric van + Herwijnen}, {P}ractical {SGML}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "2", + pages = "182--185", + month = Jul, + note = "{V}oir{~\cite{everyone}} et{~\cite{sgml-pra}}", +} + +@Article{Partl+TB13-2-217, + author = "Partl, Hubert", + title = "{H}ow to change the layout eith {\LaTeX~2.09}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "2", + pages = "217-220", + month = Jul, +} + +@Article{Thorup+TB13-3-304, + author = "Thorup, Kresten Krab", + title = "{GNU} emacs as a front end to {\LaTeX}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "3", + pages = "304--308", + month = oct, +} + +@Article{Arnon+TB13-3-380, + author = "Arnon, Dennis S. and Attali, Isabelle and Franchi-Zannettacci, Paul", + title = "{M}odel-based conversions of {\LaTeX} documents", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "3", + pages = "380--389", + month = oct, +} + +@Article{Mittelbach+TB13-4-510, + author = "Mittelbach, Frank", + title = "{V}olunteer work for the {\LaTeX3} project", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1992", + volume = "13", + number = "4", + pages = "510--515", + month = dec, +} + +@Article{Damrau+TB12-4-510, + author = "Jackie Damrau and Michael Wester", + title = "{Form letters with 3-across labels capability}", + journal = TUGboat, + volume = "12", + number = "4", + pages = "510--516", + month = nov, + year = "1991", + ISSN = "0896-3207", + bibdate = "Fri Jun 4 18:08:09 MDT 1999", + bibsource = "ftp://ftp.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/tugboat.bib; + http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/index-table-t.html#tugboat", + acknowledgement = ack-bnb # " and " # ack-nhfb, +} + +@Article{Anonyme+TB14-2-103, + author = "Anonyme", + title = "{T} {A-in-\LaTeX} {C}ontest: {D}eadline extended", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "2", + pages = "103--103", + month = jul, +} + +@Article{Poppelier+TB14-2-127, + author = "Poppelier, Nico", + title = "{R}eview or recent {\LaTeX} books", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1993", + volume = "14", + number = "2", + pages = "127--128", + month = jul, +} + +@Article{Jones+TB15-2-103, + author = "Jones, David M. and Wald, David E.", + title = "{Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin, \emph{The + \LaTeX{}} Companion}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "2", + pages = "103--106", + month = jun, +} + +@Article{Andre+TB15-2-107, + author = "Andr{\'e}, Jacques", + title = "{C}hristian {R}olland, {\emph{\LaTeX}} guide pratique", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "2", + pages = "107--107", + month = Jun, +} + +@Article{Mittelbach+TB15-3-170, + author = "Mittelbach, Frank and Goossens, Michel", + title = "{R}eal life book production{\Dash}lessons learned from {\emph{The \LaTeX}} + Companion", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1994", + volume = "15", + number = "3", + pages = "170--173", + month = sep, +} + +@Article{Beccari+TB16-1-18, + author = "Beccari, Claudio", + title = "{C}onfiguring {\TeX} or {\LaTeX} for typesetting in several languages", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1995", + volume = "16", + number = "1", + pages = "18-30", + month = mar, +} + +@Article{Rahtz+TB16-4-413, + author = "Rahtz, Sebastian", + title = "{W}hatever is wrong with my {\LaTeX} file?", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1995", + volume = "16", + number = "4", + pages = "413--416", + month = dec, +} + +@Article{Carlisle+TB17-1-67, + author = "Carlisle, David", + title = "{A \LaTeX} tour, {P}art{~1}: {T}he basic distribution", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1996", + volume = "17", + number = "1", + pages = "67--73", + month = mar, +} + +@Article{Carlisle+TB17-3-321, + author = "Carlisle, David", + title = "{A \LaTeX} tour, {P}art{~2}: {T}he {\textsf{tools}} and {\textsf{graphics}} + distributions", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1996", + volume = "17", + number = "3", + pages = "321-326", + month = sep, +} + +@Article{Carlisle+TB18-1-48, + author = "Carlisle, David", + title = "{A \LaTeX} tour, {P}art{~3}: {\textsf{mfnfss}}, {\textbf{psnfss}} and {\textsf{babel}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1997", + volume = "18", + number = "1", + pages = "48--55", + month = mar, +} + +@Article{Gratzer+TB17-4-396, + author = "Gr{\"a}tzer, George", + title = "{S}uggestions wanted for new edition of {\emph{Math into \LaTeX}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1996", + volume = "17", + number = "4", + pages = "396-366", + month = dec, +} + +@Article{Sofka+TB18-1-37, + author = "Sofka, Michael D.", + title = "{\emph{Writing with \TeX, and \TeX{} \& \LaTeX: Drawing \& Literate + Programming,}} by {Etian M.~Gurari}", + note = "{Voir~cite{gurari}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1997", + volume = "18", + number = "1", + pages = "37-38", + month = mar, +} + +@Article{L3Team+TB18-2-127, + AUTHOR="{{\LaTeX3} {Project Team}}", + KEY="latex3", + TITLE="Modifying {\LaTeX{}}", + journal = TUGboat, + MONTH=jun, + volume=18, + number=2, + pages="127--130", + YEAR=1997} + +@Article{Chow+TB18-2-79, + author = "Chow, Sydney", + title = "{F}eatures for a {WYSIWYG \LaTeX} editor", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1997", + volume = "18", + number = "2", + pages = "79--79", + month = jun, +} + +@Article{Aphalo+TB18-4-297, + author = "Aphalo, Pedro J.", + title = "{A} proposal for citation commands in {\LaTeX3}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1997", + volume = "18", + number = "4", + pages = "297--202", + month = dec, +} + +@Article{L3Team+TB19-2-137, + AUTHOR="{{\LaTeX3} {Project Team}}", + KEY="latex3", + TITLE="{D}efault docstrip headers", + journal = TUGboat, + MONTH=jun, + volume=19, + number=2, + pages="137--138", + YEAR=1998} + +@Article{L3Team+TB19-2-139, + AUTHOR="{{\LaTeX3} {Project Team}}", + KEY="latex3", + TITLE="{\LaTeX} {News}, {Issue~9}, {June~1998}", + journal = TUGboat, + MONTH=jun, + volume=19, + number=2, + pages="139--139", + YEAR=1998} + +@Article{Sutor+TB19-2-157, + author = "Sutor, Robert S. and Dooley, Samuel S.", + title = "{\TeX} and {\LaTeX} on the {W}eb via {IBM~\textsf{techexplorer}}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1998", + volume = "19", + number = "2", + pages = "157--161", + month = jun, +} + +@Article{Hendrickson+TB19-2-162, + author = "Hendrickson, Amy", + title = "{R}eal {L}ife {\LaTeX}: {A}dventures of a {\TeX} consultant", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1998", + volume = "19", + number = "2", + pages = "162--167", + month = jun, +} + +@Article{Hoenig+TB19-2-168, + author = "Hoenig, Alan J.", + title = "{T}ypesetting with {\TeX} and {\LaTeX}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1998", + volume = "19", + number = "2", + pages = "168--175", + month = jun, +} + +@Article{Taupin+TB19-3-289, + author = "Taupin, Daniel", + title = "{\texttt{ltx2rtf}}: {E}xporting {\LaTeX} documents to {W}ord addicts", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1998", + volume = "19", + number = "3", + pages = "289--292", + month = sep, +} + +@Article{Pandey+TB19-4-417, + author = "Pandey, Anshuman", + title = "{R}omanized {I}ndic and {\LaTeX}", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1998", + volume = "19", + number = "4", + pages = "417--418", + month = dec, +} + +@Article{L3Team+TB20-1-52, + AUTHOR="{{\LaTeX3} {Project Team}}", + KEY="latex3", + TITLE="{\LaTeX} {News}, {Issue~10}, {December~1998}", + journal = TUGboat, + volume=20, + number=1, + pages="52--52", + month=mar, + YEAR=1999} + +@TECHREPORT{chen1987, + AUTHOR="Chen, Pehong", + TITLE="{GNU Emacs} {\TeX} {Mode}", + INSTITUTION="University of California", + ADDRESS="Berkeley", + NUMBER="CSD-87-316", + PAGES=60, + MONTH=feb, + YEAR=1987} + +@TECHREPORT{chen1986, + AUTHOR="Chen, Pehong", + TITLE="{GNU Emacs} {\BibTeX} {Mode}", + INSTITUTION="University of California", + ADDRESS="Berkeley", + NUMBER="CSD-87-317", + PAGES=37, + MONTH=oct, + YEAR=1986} + +@ARTICLE{Levine+CPC-58-1-2-181, + AUTHOR="Levine, Michael J. S.", + TITLE="{A} {\LaTeX} {G}raphics {R}outine for drawing {F}eynman {D}iagrams", + JOURNAL=j-COMP-PHYS-COMM, + VOLUME=58, + NUMBER="1--2", + PAGES="181--198", + MONTH= feb # "--" # mar, + YEAR=1990} + +@ARTICLE{Ohl+CPC-90-2-3-340, + AUTHOR="Ohl, Thorsten", + TITLE="{D}rawing {F}eynman diagrams with {\LaTeX} and {\MFT}", + JOURNAL=j-COMP-PHYS-COMM, + VOLUME=90, + NUMBER="2--3", + PAGES="340--354", + MONTH= oct, + YEAR=1995} + +@MastersThesis{Bushek1988, + type="Thesis {(M.S.)}", + AUTHOR="Bushek, Joan", + TITLE="{\LaTeX} and {SGML}: a functional evaluation of one approach to automatic + generation of translators", + SCHOOL="Department of Computer and Information Science", + ADDRESS="Ohio State University", + pages="132--??", + year=1988} + + +@TECHREPORT{Laan1989, + AUTHOR="Laan, C. G. van der and Coleman, D. C. and Luyten, J. R.", + title="{SGML--\LaTeX} 1.{~M}athematical formulas", + institution="Rekencentrum der Rijksuniversiteit te Groningen", + type="RC-Rapport", + number=24, + year=1989} + +@TECHREPORT{BK1993, + AUTHOR="Br{\"u}ggemann-Klein, Anne and Wood, Derick", + TITLE="{T}he {V}alidation of {SGML} {C}ontent {M}odels", + institution="Computer Science Department", + address="University of Western Ontario", + number=355, + month=mar, + year=1993} + +@ARTICLE{Drakos+CN-27-2-215, + AUTHOR="Drakos, Nikos", + TITLE="{F}rom text to hypertext: {A} post-hoc rationalisation of {\LaTeX2HTML}", + JOURNAL="Computer Networks and ISDN Systems", + volume=27, + number=2, + pages="215--224", + month=nov, + year=1994} + +@ARTICLE{Raggett+CN-27-2-135, + AUTHOR="Raggett, David", + TITLE="{A} review of the {HTML+} document format", + JOURNAL="Computer Networks and ISDN Systems", + volume=27, + number=2, + pages="135-145", + month=nov, + year=1994} + +@ARTICLE{Gordon+CSI+17-1-25, + AUTHOR="Gordon, Thomas F.", + TITLE="{T}he qwertz synthesis of {SGML} and {\LaTeX}", + JOURNAL="Computer Standards and Interfaces", + volume=17, + number=1, + pages="25--33", + month=jan, + year=1995} + +@ARTICLE{Wusteman+Program+30-4-319, + AUTHOR="Wusteman, J.", + TITLE="{E}lectronic journal formats", + JOURNAL="Program", + volume=30, + number=4, + pages="319--343", + month=oct, + year=1996} + +@TECHREPORT{ArnonRR1731, + author = "Arnon, Dennis S. and Attali, Isabelle and Franchi-Zannettacci, Paul", + title="{L}anguage-based document processing", + institution="Inria, Institut National de Recherche en Informatique et en Automatique", + number="RR-1731", + pages=18} + +@TECHREPORT{ChancelierRR0093, + author = "Chancelier, J. Ph. and Sulem, A.", + title="{MACROTEX}: a {\LaTeX} code generator in MACSYMA", + institution="Inria, Institut National de Recherche en Informatique et en Automatique", + number="RT-0093", + pages=26} + +@TECHREPORT{MerletRR0097, + author = "Merlet, Jean-Pierre", + title="{JPDRAW} un {\'e}diteur de dessins sur {SUN} pour {\LaTeX}", + institution="Inria, Institut National de Recherche en Informatique et en Automatique", + number="RT-0097", + pages=66} + +@TECHREPORT{MerletRR0139, + author = "Merlet, Jean-Pierre", + title="{N}otice d'utilisation {JPdraw}", + institution="Inria, Institut National de Recherche en Informatique et en Automatique", + number="RT-0139", + pages=109} + +@ARTICLE{Johnson+LJ-18, + author="Johnson, Kim", + title="{\LaTeX} for the {S}lightlt {T}imid", + journal="Linux Journal", + volume=18, + month=oct, + year=1995} + +@ARTICLE{Artymiak+LJ-70, + author="Artymiak, Jacek", + title="{\LaTeX} for {S}ecretaries", + journal="Linux Journal", + volume=70, + month=feb, + year=2000} + +@Book{borceux1990, + author = "Borceux, Francis", + title = "{\LaTeX}---la perfection dans le traitement du texte", + publisher="{\'E}ditions Ciaoco", + year=1990} + +@Article{Kneser+TB12-1-28, + author = "Thomas Kneser", + title = "{\LaTeX}-paragraphs floating around figures", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1991", + volume = "12", + number = "1", + pages = "28--30", + month = mar, +} + +@misc{kwok1988, + author="Kwok, Conrad", + title="{EEPIC}: {E}xtensions to {EPIC} and {\LaTeX} picture environment", + year=1988} + +@article{Rogers+TB18-4-246, + author = "Rogers, David F.", + title="{\emph{The \LaTeX\ Graphics Companion}} + by {M}ichel {G}oossens, {S}ebastian {R}ahtz and {F}rank {M}ittelbach", + journal = TUGboat, + year = "1997", + volume = "18", + number = "4", + pages = "246--246", + month = dec, +} + +@TECHREPORT{dickinson1991, + author="Dickinson, I. P.", + title="{T}ypesetting {VDM} with {VDMSL} macros", + institution="NPL", + address="Teddington, Middlesex, UK", + number="TW11 0LW", + month=fev, + year=1991} + +@TECHREPORT{oostenenk1990, + author="Oostenenk, Jan-Bert", + title="{T}ypesetting {VDM} with {VDMSL} macros", + institution="NPL", + address="Teddington, Middlesex, UK", + number="TW11 0LW", + month=jun, + year=1990} + +@ARTICLE{Higham+SIAMN27-10, + author="Higham, Nicholas J.", + title="{\BibTeX:} {A} {V}ersatile {T}ool for {\LaTeX} {U}sers", + journal="{SIAM News}", + volume=27, + pages="10, 11, 19", + month=jan, + year=1994} + +@BOOK{Higham1998, + author="Higham, Nicholas J.", + title="{H}andbook of {W}riting for the {M}athematical {S}cience", + publisher="Society for Industrial {\&} Applied Mathematics", + ISBN="0898714206", + edition="seconde", + month=aug, + year=1998} + +@article{morin1994, + author="Morin, Richard", + title="{\TeX}, {ReDuX} {(Part~II)}", + journal="{S}un{E}xpert", + volume=5, + number=12, + pages="28--31", + month=dec, + year=1994} + +@techreport{King1991, + author="King, Paul", + title="{P}rinting{~Z} and {Object-Z} {\LaTeX} {D}ocuments", + institution="Software Verification Centre, Department of Computer Science", + address="The University of Queensland Australia", + year=1991} + +@article{dibattista1994, + author="{Di Battista}, Giuseppe and Eades, Peter and Tamassia, Roberto and Tollis, + Ioannis G.", + title="{A}lgorithms for {D}rawing {G}raphs: {A}n {A}nnotated {B}ibliography", + journal="Computational Geometry: Theory and Applications", + volume=4, + pages="235--282", + month=jun, + year=1994} + +@misc{zandt1992, + author={Zandt, Timothy van}, + title="{\texttt{seminar.sty}}: a {\LaTeX} {S}tyle for {S}lides and {N}otes", + month="8 " # mai, + year=1992} + +@article{lemberg+TB-18-3-214, + author="Lemberg, Werner", + title="{T}he {CJK} package for {\LaTeXe}---{M}ultilingual support beyond + {\texttt{babel}}", + journal=TUGboat, + volume=18, + number=3, + pages="214--224", + month=sep, + year=1997} + +@techreport{Cerin1989, + type="{R}apports de recherche", + author = "C{\'e}rin, Christophe", + title = "Gi{\TeX}, {Paps}~: deux logiciels manipulant + {Post\-Script} et {\LaTeX}", + institution="Universit{\'e} de {P}aris-{S}ud, {C}entre d'{O}rsay {L}aboratoire de + {R}echerche en {I}nformatique", + number=522, + pages=15, + year = 1989} + +@techreport{Bruggemann-Klein1987, + author = "Anne Br{\"u}ggemann-Klein and Derick Wood", + title="{D}ocument {D}esign with {Hi\TeX}: {A} {S}tep beyond {\LaTeX}", + institution="Albert-Ludwigs-Universit{\"a}t {F}reiburg, {I}nstitut f{\"u}r {I}nformatik", + number="00002", + month=oct, + year=1987} + +@techreport{kotz1990, + author="Kotz, David", + title="{GNUPLOT \LaTeX} {T}utorial {Version~2.0}", + institution="Computer Science Depatment, Duke University", + month=fev, + year=1990} + +@techreport{williams1990-gnuplot, + author="Williams, Thomas and Kelley, Colin and Campbell, John anf Kotz, David", + title="{GNUPLOT}---{A}n {I}nteractive {P}lotting {P}rogram", + institution="Free Software Foundation", + month=aug, + year=1990} + +@BOOK{kamp1993, + author="H. Kamp and U. Reyle", + title="{F}rom {D}iscourse to {L}ogic", + publisher="Kluwer Academic Publishers", + address="Dordrecht", + year=1993} + +@MISC{Chua2000, + author="{Chua Eng Huang}, Cecil", + title="{E}lectronic {P}ublishing: {E}xplaining the {D}ichotomy {B}etween {L}ogical and + {V}isual {M}arkup", + note="{\url{http://www.cis.gsu.edu/~cchua/finalproj.pdf}}", + month= "30 " # nov, + year=2000} + +@MISC{Cottrell, + author = {Allin Cottrell}, + title = {{W}ord {P}rocessors: {S}tupid and {I}nefficient}, + howpublished = {\url{http://ricardo.ecn.wfu.edu/~cottrell/wp.html}}, + month = jun, + year = 1999 +} + +@BOOK{troffbook, + author = {Joseph F. Ossanna and Brian W. Kernighan}, + title = {{T}roff {U}ser's {M}anual}, + publisher = {AT\&T Bell Labs}, + year = 1981, + note = {\url{http://www.kohala.com/~rstevens/troff/cstr54.ps}} +} + +@ARTICLE{Seybold, + author = {Conrad Taylor}, + title = {{W}hat {H}as {WYSIWYG} {D}one {T}o {U}s?}, + journal = {The Seybold Report on Publishing Systems}, + year = 1996, + volume = 26, + number = 2, + pages = {1-18}, + month = "30 " # sep, + note = {\url{http://www.ideography.co.uk/library/seybold/WYSIWYG.html}} +} + +@MISC{Kyrnin, + author = {Jennifer Kyrnin}, + title = {{WYSIWYG} vs. {H}and {C}oding, the {G}reat {D}ebate}, + howpublished = {\url{http://html.about.com/compute/html/library/weekly/aa021400a.htm}}, + month = fev, + year = 2000 +} + +@MISC{Lewis, + author = {Chris Lewis}, + title = {{F}requently {A}sked {Q}uestions for comp.text}, + howpublished = {[online]}, + month = jun, + year = 1999 +} + +@MISC{NewsBad, + author = {comp.text.tex digest}, + title = {{C}onvincing the {S}keptics}, + howpublished = {\url{Message-ID: <76d8o892gc.fsf@perdita.zdv.Uni-Mainz.de>}}, + month = jul, + year = 1997, + key = {CTT97} +} + +@MISC{NewsBad2, + author = {Tim Love}, + title = {{CUED}: {W}hy {\LaTeX}?}, + howpublished = {\url{tpl@eng.cam.ac.uk}}, + month = sep, + year = 2000 +} + +@MISC{Browne, + author = {Christopher B. Browne}, + title = {{D}ocument {F}ormats}, + howpublished = {\url{http://www.ntlug.org/~cbbrowne/document.html}}, + month = sep, + year = 2000 +} + +@MISC{Hutchinson, + author = {Ian Hutchinson}, + title = {{C}omparative {R}eview of {W}orld-{W}ide-{W}eb {M}athematics {R}enderers}, + howpublished = {\url{http://hutchinson.belmont.ma.us/tth/mmlreview/}}, + month = jun, + year = 1999 +} + +@ARTICLE{Debate, + author = {Leslie Lamport}, + title = {{D}ocument {P}roduction: {V}isual or {L}ogical?}, + journal = {Notices of the American Mathematical Society}, + year = 1987, + volume = 34, + pages = {621-624} +} + +@ARTICLE{TAM, + author = {Fred D. Davis}, + title = {{U}ser {A}cceptance of {I}nformation {T}echnology: {S}ystem {C}haracteristics, {U}ser {P}erceptions and {B}ehavioral {I}mpacts}, + journal = {International Journal of Man-Machine Studies}, + year = 1993, + volume = 38, + pages = {475-487} +} + +@ARTICLE{WPvsTextP, + author = {Larry Ayers}, + title = {{W}ord {P}rocessing and {T}ext {P}rocessing}, + journal = {Linux Gazette}, + year = 1997, + month= oct, + volume = 1, + number= 22 +} + +@ARTICLE{Wysigood2, + author = {Tim Bushell}, + title = {{N}amo {W}eb {E}ditor}, + journal = {Outer Rim}, + year = 1997, + month= may, + volume = 1, + number= 5 +} + +@ARTICLE{ScholarTool, + author = {James H. Coombs and Allen H. Renear and Steven J. {DeRose}}, + title = {{M}arkup {S}ystems and the {F}uture of {S}cholarly {T}ext {P}rocessing}, + journal = {Communications of the {ACM}}, + year = 1987, + month= nov, + volume = 30, + number= 11, + pages = {933-947} +} + +@ARTICLE{XMLAgent, + author = {Robert J. Glushko and Jay M. Tenenbaum and Bart Meltzer}, + title = {{A}n {XML} {F}ramework for {A}gent-based {E}-{C}ommerce}, + journal = {Communications of the {ACM}}, + year = 1999, + month= mar, + volume = 42, + number= 3, + pages = {106-114} +} + +@MISC{VetterXML, + author = {Ronald J. Vetter}, + title = {{W}eb-{B}ased {E}nterprise {C}omputing}, + howpublished = {Powerpoint slides}, + month = nov, + year = 1999 +} + +@ARTICLE{Intuitive, + author = {Jef Raskin}, + title = {{I}ntuitive {E}quals {F}amiliar}, + journal = {Communications of the {ACM}}, + year = 1994, + month= sep, + volume = 37, + number= 9, + pages = 17 +} + +@INPROCEEDINGS{TextLearning, + author = "M. B. Rosson", + title = "{P}atterns of {E}xperience in {T}ext {E}diting", + booktitle = "{P}roceedings of {C}omputer-{H}uman {I}nteractions", + year = 1983, + pages = "171-175", +} + +@INPROCEEDINGS{PaperBad, + author = "P{\aa}l S{\o}rgaard and Tone Irene Sandahl", + title = "{P}roblems with {S}tyles in {W}ord {P}rocessing: {A} {W}eak {F}oundation for {E}lectronic {P}ublishing with {SGML}", + booktitle = "{P}roceedings of the 30th {H}awaii {I}nternational {C}onference on {S}ystems {S}cience", + year = 1996, + pages = "137-146", +} + +@INPROCEEDINGS{Quill, + author = "Donald D. Chamberlin and Helmut F. Hasselmeier and Allen W. Luniewski and Dieter P. Paris and Bradford W. Wade and Mitch L. Zolliker", + title = "{Q}uill: {A}n {E}xtensible {S}ystem for {E}diting {D}ocuments of {M}ixed {T}ype", + booktitle = "{P}roceedings of the 21st {H}awaii {I}nternational {C}onference on {S}ystems {S}cience", + year = 1987, + pages = "317-326", +} + +@ARTICLE{Concordia, + author = {Janet H. Walker}, + title = {{S}upporting {D}ocument {D}evelopment with {Concordia}}, + journal = {IEEE Computer}, + year = 1988, + month= jan, + volume = 21, + number= 1, + pages= {48-59} +} + +@INPROCEEDINGS{OOWP, + author = "Paul Calder and Mark Linton", + title = "{T}he {O}bject-{O}riented {I}mplementation of a {D}ocument {E}ditor", + booktitle = "{P}roceedings of the {O}bject-{O}riented {P}rogramming, {S}ystems, {L}anguages and {A}pplications ({OOPSLA})", + year = 1992, + pages = "154-165", +} + +@ARTICLE{OntologyDef, + author = "Tom R. Gruber", + title = "{T}ranslation {A}pproach to {P}ortable {O}ntology {S}pecifications", + journal = "Knowledge Acquisition", + volume= 5, + number= 2, + year = 1993, + pages = "199-220", + month = jun, +} + +@ARTICLE{Swartout, + author = "William R. Swartout", + title = "{O}ntologies", + journal = "{IEEE} Intelligent Systems", + month= jan # "--" #fev, + year = 1999, + pages = "18-19", +} + +@INCOLLECTION{ManyHierarchies, + author = "Allen Renear and Elli Mylonas and David Durand", + title = "{R}efining our {N}otion of {W}hat {T}ext {R}eally {I}s: {T}he {P}roblem of {O}verlapping {H}ierarchies", + year = 1996, + pages = "263-280", + note = "\url{http://www.stg.brown.edu/resources/stg/monographs/ohco.html}", + booktitle = "{R}esearch in {H}umanities {C}omputing", + publisher = "Oxford University Press", + editor= "Nancy Ide and Susan Hockey", +} + +@ARTICLE{sophomore, + author = {Michael E. Gordon and L. Allen Slade and Neal Schmitt}, + title = {{T}he {S}cience of the {S}ophomore {R}evisited: {F}rom {C}onjecture to {E}mpiricism}, + journal = {Academy of Management Review}, + year = 1986, + volume = 11, + number = 1, + pages = {191-207} +} + +@BOOK{CookCampbell, + author = {Thomas D. Cook and Donald T. Campbell}, + title = {{Q}uasi-{E}xperimentation: {D}esign {A}nd {A}nalysis {I}ssues for {F}ield {S}ettings}, + publisher = {Houghton Mifflin}, + year = 1979 +} + +@ARTICLE{badXML, + author = {Jukka Korpela}, + title = {{L}urching {T}oward {B}abel: {HTML}, {CSS}, and {XML}}, + journal = {IEEE Computer}, + year = 1998, + volume = 31, + number = 7, + pages = {103-106} +} + +@INPROCEEDINGS{NLDBSWQ, + author = "Roger H.L. Chiang and {Chua Eng Huang}, Cecil and Veda Storey", + title = "{A} {S}mart {W}eb {Q}uery {E}ngline for {S}emantic {R}etrieval of {W}eb {D}ata and its {A}pplication to {E}-trading", + booktitle = "{P}roceedings of the 5th {I}nternational {C}onference on {A}pplications of {N}atural {L}anguage to {I}nformation {S}ystems", + year = 2000, +} + +@MISC{mimesimple, + author = {Mark Grand}, + title = {{MIME} {O}verview}, + howpublished = {\url{http://www.mindspring.com/~mgrand/mime.html}}, + month = oct, + year = 1993 +} + +@MISC{mime, + author = {Nathaniel S. Borenstein and Ned Freed}, + title = {{RFC 1521- MIME} ({M}ultipurpose {I}nternet {M}ail {E}xtensions) {P}art {O}ne: +{M}echanisms for {S}pecifying and {D}escribing the {F}ormat of {I}nternet {M}essage {B}odies}, + howpublished = {\url{http://cie.motor.ru/RFC/1521/}}, + month = sep, + year = 1993 +} + +@MISC{CSS2, + title = {{C}ascading {S}tyle {S}heets, level 2 {CSS2} {S}pecification}, + howpublished = {\url{http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-CSS2/}}, + month = may, + year = 1998, + author= "{World Wide Web Committee 98}", +} + +@INPROCEEDINGS{editor2, + author = "Nathaniel S. Borenstein", + title = "{T}he {E}valuation of {T}ext {E}ditors: {A} {C}ritical {R}eview of the {R}oberts and {M}oran {M}ethodology {B}ased on {N}ew {E}xperiments", + booktitle = "{P}roceedings of {C}omputer {H}uman {I}nteraction", + year = 1985, + pages = "99-105", +} + +@ARTICLE{baddvorak, + author = {Stan Liebowitz and Stephen E. Margolis}, + title = {{T}he {F}able of the {K}eys}, + journal = {Journal of Law and Economics}, + year = 1990, + volume = 33, + pages = {1-23} +} + +@MISC{viemacs, + author = {William Knottenbelt}, + title = {{A} {C}omparative {S}tudy of {V}i and {E}macs from the {P}erspective of {N}ovice and {R}egular {U}sers}, + howpublished = {\url{http://www.csn.net/~bediger/knottenbelt.txt}}, + month = feb, + year = 1999 +} + +@phdthesis{HANSEN71, +author = "Hansen, Wilfred J.", +title = "Creation of Hierarchic Text with a Computer Display", +month = jun, +year = "1971", +type = "{Ph.~D.} Dissertation", +school = "Stanford University", +department = "Computer Science Department", +address = "Stanford, California", +pages = "x+130", +note = "R{\'e}imprim{\'e} dans{~\cite{HANSEN71A}}", +checked = "17 August 1990", +updated = "8 May 1997"} + +@techreport{HANSEN71A, +author = "Hansen, Wilfred J.", +title = "Creation of Hierarchic Text with a Computer Display", +type = "Report", +number = "ANL--7818", +institution = "Argonne National Laboratory", +department = "Applied Mathematics Division", +address = "Argonne, Illinois", +month = jun, +year = "1971", +pages = "x+130", +note = "R{\'e}impression de{~\cite{HANSEN71}}", +checked = "17 August 1990", +updated = "8 May 1997"} + +@article{OPPEN80, +author = "Oppen, Derek C.", +title = "Prettyprinting", +journal = "ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems", +month = oct, +volume = "2", +number = "4", +year = "1980", +pages = "465--483", +checked = "4 September 1990"} + +@inbook{SCHRAGE1992, +chapter="sur la m{\'e}thode de {Schrage}", +editor="Press, W. and others", +title="{N}umerical Recipes in{~\texttt{C}}", +edition="seconde", +publisher="Cambridge University Press", +year=1992} + +@BOOK{florio2001, +author="Florio, Emmanuel", +title="Guide de la couleur et de l'image impri{\'e}e", + PUBLISHER="Ateliers Perrousseaux, {\'e}diteur", + ADDRESS="{L}a {T}uilli{\`e}re, 04110 {R}eillanne", +isbn="2-911220-06-4", +year=2001} + +@book{mandel2001, +author="Mandel, Ladislas", +title="{\'E}critures, miroir des hommes et des soviétés", + PUBLISHER="Ateliers Perrousseaux, {\'e}diteur", + ADDRESS="{L}a {T}uilli{\`e}re, 04110 {R}eillanne", +isbn="2-911220-03-X", +year=2001} + +@book{richaudeau2001, +author="Richaudeau, Fran{\c{c}}ois", +title="{D}es neurones, des mots et des pixels", + PUBLISHER="Ateliers Perrousseaux, {\'e}diteur", + ADDRESS="{L}a {T}uilli{\`e}re, 04110 {R}eillanne", +isbn="2-911220-04-8", +year=2001} + +@article{mittelbach-tug21-2000, +author="Mittelbach, Frank", +title="Formatting documents with floats -- A new algorithm for {\LaTeXe*}", +journal=tub, +year=2000, +volume=21, +} + +@phdthesis{thanh2000, +AUTHOR="Th{\`a}nh, H{\`a}n {\ensuremath{\mathrm{Th\acute{\hat{e}}}}}", +TITLE="Micro-typographic extensions to the {\TeX} typesetting +system", +TYPE="Dissertation", +SCHOOL="Faculty of {I}nformatics", +ADDRESS="Masaryk {U}niversirt {B}rno", +NOTE="Disponible à {\url{http://www.fi-muni.cz/~thanh/download/thesis.pdf}}", +MONTH=oct, +YEAR=2000} + +@article{gibbons1997, +author="Jeremy Gibbons", +title="{Hey --- it works!}", +journal=TUGboat, +volume=18, +number=2, +month=jun, +pages=75, +year=1997} + +@misc{calc1998, +author="Thorup, Kresten Krab and Jensen, Frank and Rowley, Chris", +TITLE="The {\texttt{calc}} package, infix notation + arithmetic in {\LaTeX}", +NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/required/tools}}", +MONTH=jul, +YEAR=1998} + +@misc{keyval1999, +author="Carlisle, David Paul", +TITLE="The {\texttt{keyval}} package", +NOTE="Disponible dans {\url{CTAN/macros/latex/required/graphics}}", +MONTH=mar, +YEAR=1999} + +@book{tory1998, +author="Tory, Geofroy", +title="Champfleury. {A}rt et science de la vraie proportion des lettres", +publisher="Biblioth{\`e}que de l'{I}mage", +note="R{\'e}-impression de ce livre de 1529", +address="Paris", +year=1998} + +@book{bernard1857, +author="Bernard, Auguste-Joseph", +title="Geofroy {T}ory, peintre et graveur, premier imprimeur royal, r{\'e}formateur de +l'orthographe et de la typographie sous {F}ran{\c{c}}ois {Ier}", +publisher="E.~tross", +address="Paris", +year=1857} + +@book{chatelain1993, +author="Chatelain, Jean-Marc", +title="Livres d'embl{\`e}mes et de devises, une anthologie (1531-1735)", +publisher="Klincksieck", +address="Paris", +year=1993} + +@book{febvre1971, +author="Febvre, Lucien and Martin, H.J.", +title="L'apparition du livre", +publisher="Albin Michel", +address="Paris", +year=1971} + +@book{renouard1898, +author="Renouard, Philippe", +title="Imprimeurs parisiens, libraires, fondeurs de caract{\`e}res et correcteurs +d'imprimerie", +publisher="Librairie {A.~C}laudin", +address="Paris", +year=1898} + +@incollection{martin1983, +author="Martin, H.J.", +title="Au commencement {\'e}tait le signe", +booktitle="Histoire de l'{\'e}dition fran{\c{c}}aise, +{\rm T.~1, p.~443-476}", +publisher="Promodis", +address="Paris", +year=1983} + +@book{saenger1977, +author="Saenger, Paul", +title="{Geofroy Tory} et la nomenclature des {\'e}critures livresques fran{\c{c}}aises au +{\textsc{xv}\textsuperscript{e}} si{\`e}cle", +publisher="Moyen {\^A}ge", +pages="493-420", +address="Paris", +year=1977} + +@article{megret1932, +author="Megret, Jacques", +title="{Geofroy Tory}", +journal="Arts et m{\'e}tiers graphiques", +volume=28, +pages="7-15", +year=1932} + +@MISC{PATCHCMD, +AUTHOR="Downes, Michael J.", +TITLE="Le paquetage {\texttt{patchmd}}", +MONTH=jul, +YEAR=2000, +NOTE="{\CTAN}: \url{tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/patchcmd}"} + +@article{Ahlen1997, +author="{\r{A}hl\'en} Marit", +key="Ahlen", +title="Runristaren {\"O}pir", +journal="Runr{\"o}n", +volume=12, +address="Uppsala", +year=1997} + +@article{Barnes1994, +author="Barnes, Michael P.", +title="{T}he {R}unic {I}nscriptions of {M}aeshowe, {O}rkney", +journal="Runr{\"o}n", +volume=8, +address="Uppsala", +year=1997} + +@article{Parsons1999, +author="Parsons, David N.", +title="{R}ecasting the {R}unes. {T}he {R}eform of the {A}nglo-{S}axon {F}uthorc", +journal="Runr{\"o}n", +volume=14, +address="Uppsala", +year=1999} + +@misc{Dahlgren2000, +author="Dahlgren, Kalle", +howpublished="{\url{http://www.runristare.se}}", +year=2000} + +@misc{Jansson1987, +author="Jansson, Sven B. F.", +title="{R}unes in {S}weden", +address="Stockholm", +year=1987} + +@BOOK{DRI1941-1942, +EDITOR="Jacobsen, Lis and Moltke, Erik", +TITLE="Danmarks runeindskrifter", +PUBLISHER="K{\o}benhavn", +year="1941-1942"} + +@BOOK{Enoksen1998, +AUTHOR="Enoksen, Lars Magnar", +TITLE="{R}unor. {H}istoria, tydning, tolkning", +PUBLISHER="Lund", +YEAR=1998} + +@BOOK{Looijenga, +AUTHOR="Looijenga, Tineke", +TITLE="{R}unes {A}round the {N}orth {S}ea and {O}n the {C}ontinent {AD} 150-700; {T}exts {\&} + {C}ontexts", +PUBLISHER="Groningen", +YEAR=1997} + +@BOOK{Moltke1985, +AUTHOR="Moltke, Erik", +TITLE="{R}unes and {T}heir {O}rigin. {D}enmark and {E}lsewhere", +PUBLISHER="Copenhagen", +YEAR=1985} + +@BOOK{Odenstedt1990, +AUTHOR="Odenstedt, Bengt", +TITLE="{O}n the {O}rigin and {E}arly {H}istory of the {R}unic {S}cript. + {T}ypology and {G}raphic {V}ariation in the {O}lder {F}uthark", +PUBLISHER="Uppsala", +YEAR=1990} + +@BOOK{Page1999, +AUTHOR=" Page, R. I.", +TITLE="{A}n {I}ntroduction to {E}nglish {R}unes", +EDITION="seconde", +PUBLISHER="Woodbridge", +YEAR=1999} + +@BOOK{Runmarkt1994, +EDITOR="Benneth, Solbritt and \r{A}hl{\'e}n, Marit", +TITLE="{R}unm{\"a}rkt. {F}r{\r{a}}n brev till klotter. {R}unorna under medeltiden", +PUBLISHER="Stockholm", +YEAR=1994} + +@INPROCEEDINGS{Peterson1994, +AUTHOR="Peterson, Lena", +TITLE="{T}he {G}raphemic {S}ystem of the {S}taveless {R}unes", +CROSSREF="Proceedings1994"} + +@INPROCEEDINGS{Quak1994, +AUTHOR="Quak, Arend", +TITLE="{Z}ur {I}nschrift von {W}esteremden {B}", +CROSSREF="Proceedings1994"} + +@INPROCEEDINGS{Spurkland1994, +AUTHOR="Spurkland, Terje", +TITLE="{\textarm{\p}} and {\textarm{\"b}}: {O}ne {G}rapheme or {T}wo?", +XTITLE="{\armp} and {\textarm{\"b}}: {O}ne {G}rapheme or {T}wo?", +CROSSREF="Proceedings1994"} + +@PROCEEDINGS{Proceedings1994, +EDITOR="Knirk, James E.", +TITLE="{P}roceedings of the {T}hird {I}nternational {S}ymposium on {R}unes and {R}unic {I}nscriptions", +PUBLISHER="Uppsala", +YEAR=1994} + +@INCOLLECTION{Derolez1995, +AUTHOR="Derolez, Ren{\'e}e", +TITLE="{O}n the ``{O}therness'' of the {A}nglo-{S}axon {R}unes and the + ``{P}erfect {F}it'' of the {F}u{\th}ark", +BOOKTITLE="{R}uneninschriften als {Q}uellen interdisziplin{\"a}rer {F}orschung", +SERIES="{E}rg{\"a}nzungsb{\"a}nde zum {R}eallexikon der {G}ermanischen {A}ltertumskunde", +NUMBER=15, +PUBLISHER="Berlin/New York", +YEAR=1995} + +@INCOLLECTION{Parsons1994, +AUTHOR="Parsons, David N.", +TITLE="{A}nglo-{S}axon {R}unes in {C}ontinental {M}anuscripts", +BOOKTITLE="{R}unische {S}chriftkultur in kontinental-skandinavischer und -angel{\-}s{\"a}chsischer {W}echselbeziehung", +SERIES="{E}rg{\"a}nzungsb{\"a}nde zum {R}eallexikon der {G}ermanischen {A}ltertumskunde", +NUMBER=10, +PUBLISHER="Berlin/New York", +YEAR=1994} + +@MISC{MEMOIR, +AUTHOR="Wilson, Peter R.", +TITLE="{T}he memoir class for configurable book typesetting", +NOTE="Disponible sur CTAN dans {\url{macros/latex/contrib/supported/memoir}}", +MONTH=jun, +YEAR=2001} + +@MISC{NATBIB, +AUTHOR="Daly, Patrick W.", +TITLE="{N}atural {S}ciences {C}itations and {R}eferences", +NOTE="Disponible sur CTAN dans {\url{macros/latex/contrib/supported/natbib}}", +MONTH=may, +YEAR=1999} + +@techreport{Freed1996, + author = {Nathaniel S. Borenstein and Ned Freed}, + month = nov, + year = 1996, + title = {{M}ultipurpose {I}nternet {M}ail {E}xtensions {(MIME)} {P}art {T}wo: {M}edia types}, + type = {{R}equest for {C}omments {(RFC)}}, + number = 2046, + institution = {Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF), Network Working Group}, + note = {Disponible via {\url{http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2046.txt}.}} +} + +@misc{MediaTypes, + author = {{Internet Assigned Numbers Authority}}, + title = {Media types}, + note = {Disponible via {\url{http://www.isi.edu/in-notes/iana/assignments/media-types/media-types}}} +} + +@UNPUBLISHED{Wilson2001, +AUTHOR="Wilson, Peter R.", +TITLE="{A} {R}umour of {H}umour: {A} scientist's commonplace book", +NOTE="{\`A} para{\^{\i}}tre", +YEAR=2001} + +@INCOLLECTION{jouette1993, + AUTHOR="Jouette, Andr{\'e}", + BOOKTITLE="Dictionnaire d'orthographe et d'expression {\'e}crite", + TITLE="{Les Usuels}", + PUBLISHER="Robert", + YEAR=1993} + +@INCOLLECTION{dubesset2000, + AUTHOR="Dubesset, Michel", + BOOKTITLE="Le manuel du {S}yst{\`e}me {I}nternational d'unit{\'e}s -- lexique et + conversions", + TITLE="Publications de l'{I}nstitut {F}ran{\c{c}}ais du {P}{\'e}trole", + PUBLISHER="{\'E}ditions {TECHNIP}", + ADDRESS="Paris", + ISBN="2-7108-0762-9", + YEAR=2000} + +@BOOK{christin2001, + EDITOR="Christin, Anne-Marie", + TITLE="Histoire de l'{\'e}criture -- de l'id{\'e}ogramme au multim{\'e}dia", + PUBLISHER="Flammarion", + ADDRESS="Paris", + ISBN="2-08-012279-7", + YEAR=2001} + +@BOOK{gautier2001, + AUTHOR="Gautier, Damien", + TITLE="Typo-graphie, guide pratique", + EDITION="seconde", + PUBLISHER="PYRAMID", + ADDRESS="Paris", + ISBN="2-910565-16-5", + YEAR=2001} + +@BOOK{syropoulos2002, + AUTHOR="Syropoulos, Apostolos and Tsolomitis, Antonis and Sofroniou, Nick", + TITLE="{D}igital {T}ypography {U}sing {\LaTeX}", + PUBLISHER="Springer-Verlag", + ADDRESS="New York", + ISBN="0-387-95217-9", + PAGES=368, + YEAR=2002} + |